search icon

Moline City Zoning Code

ARTICLE III

ZONING

SEC. 35-3100. PURPOSE.

   The area located within the jurisdiction of this Code (See Sec. 35-1109) is hereby divided into zoning districts of such number and community character as are necessary to achieve compatibility of land uses within each district, to implement the officially adopted City of Moline Comprehensive Plan, and to achieve the other purposes of this Code (See Sec. 35-1104).

SEC. 35-3101. RELATIONSHIP TO ILLINOIS QUAD CITIES UNIFIED ZONING CODE.

All but one of the zoning districts used in this Code are contained in the Illinois Quad Cities Unified Zoning Code (ILQCUZC); however, several of the districts found in the ILQCUZC are not included in this Code as they were found to be inconsistent with the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. Likewise, of those districts that are included some modifications have been made to the standards as necessary to achieve consistency with and fully implement the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. In some instances, these modifications are noted in this Code to assist readers who have familiarity with the ILQCUZC. Nevertheless, in every instance where there are differences between the codes, whether noted or not, the provisions of the Moline Zoning and Land Development Code shall prevail.

SEC. 35-3102. STANDARD ZONING DISTRICTS AND STANDARD ZONING DISTRICT CATEGORIES.

   For the purpose of this Code, all areas within the jurisdiction of this Code are hereby divided into the following standard zoning categories, and standard zoning districts. The categories are listed in increasing order of intensity. Likewise, the districts within the categories are also listed in increasing order of intensity.
   (1)   RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS:
      a.   “R-2” One-Family Residence District
      b.   “R-4” One to Six Family Dwelling District
      c.   “R-6” Multi-Family Residence District
      d.   “R-7” Mobile Home/Park District
   (2)   RESOURCE DISTRICTS:
      a.   “C-2” Conservation District
      b.   “AG-2” General Agricultural District
   (3)   NON-RESIDENTIAL/RESOURCE DISTRICTS:
      a.   Office Districts:
         1.   “O-1” Office District
         2.   “ORT” Office/Research Park and Technology District
      b.   Business Districts:
         1.   “B-1” Neighborhood Business District
         2.   “NC” Neighborhood Center District
         3.   “B-2” Central Business District
         4.   “B-3” Community Business District
         5.   “B-4” Highway/Intensive Business District
      c.   Industrial Districts:
         1.   “I-1” Light Industrial District
         2.   “I-2” General Industrial District

SEC. 35-3103. MAP OF STANDARD ZONING DISTRICTS.

   Standard zoning districts established by this Code are shown on the Official Zoning Map of the City of Moline, which together with all explanatory materials thereon, is hereby made part of this Code.
   The Official Zoning Map shall be published in pamphlet form in the City Clerk’s office on or before March 31 of each year. No prosecution or other legal action may be maintained by the City for a violation of the Zoning and Land Development Code under a change to said Official Zoning Map after March 31 of the year following said change unless or until the publication requirement contained herein has been met. If in any calendar year there are no changes in zoning uses, divisions, restrictions, regulations and classifications within the City, publication shall not be necessary for that calendar year.
(Ord. No. 3013-2007; Sec. 35-3103 repealed; new Sec. 35-3103 enacted; 03/27/07)

SEC. 35-3104. INTERPRETATION OF ZONING DISTRICT BOUNDARIES.

   The following rules shall be used to determine the precise location of any zoning district boundary shown on the Official Zoning Map of the City of Moline:
   (1)   Zoning district boundaries shown as following or approximately following the limits of any City, Township or County boundary shall be construed as following such limits;
   (2)   Zoning district boundaries shown as following or approximately following streets or railroad lines shall be construed as following the centerline of such streets or railroad lines;
   (3)   Zoning district boundary lines shown as following or approximately following platted lot lines or other property lines as shown on the Rock Island County Supervisor’s Assessment Maps (“tax maps”) shall be construed as following such lines;
   (4)   Zoning district boundaries shown as following or approximately following the centerlines of streams, rivers, or other continuously flowing watercourses shall be construed as following the channel centerlines of such watercourses, and, in the event of a natural change in the location of such streams, rivers, or other watercourses, the zoning district boundary shall be construed as moving with the channel centerline;
   (5)   Zoning district boundaries shown as following or approximately following ridgelines or watershed boundaries shall be construed as following such lines; and
   (6)   Zoning district boundaries shown as separated from any of the features listed in paragraphs (1) through (5) above shall be construed to be at such distances therefrom as are shown on the Official Zoning Map. Where any uncertainty exists as to the exact location of a zoning district boundary line, as shown on the Official Zoning Map, the location of the line shall be determined by the zoning administrator.

SEC. 35-3105. NEW OR ANNEXED LANDS.

   Submerged land heretofore reclaimed, or which may be reclaimed hereafter, and which is not shown on the Official Zoning Map, shall be classified as the zoning district of the land immediately adjacent thereto. Land heretofore annexed or which may be annexed to the City of Moline hereafter, and which is vacant or used for agriculture and is not shown on the Official Zoning Map, shall be classified as AG-2, General Agriculture District (see Sec. 35-3210); and land which is used for residential and is not shown on the Official Zoning Map shall be classified as R-2, One-Family Residential District.

SEC. 35-3106. PRINCIPLE AND MAJOR ACCESSORY STRUCTURE BULK STANDARDS.

   The following terms and symbols are used on the principle and major accessory structure bulk standards Tables 35-3201.1, 35-3201.2 and 35-3301.1 contained in this Code. Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are measured in feet and areas are measured in square feet. The following provides summary definitions of those terms. For complete definitions of each term, please consult Article I, Division 2 of this Code.
   (1)   ALL ZONING DISTRICTS.
      a.   Minimum Lot Dimensions: Lot Area – Lot size for newly created lots.
      b.   Minimum Lot Dimensions: Width – Width at the front building line of a lot.
      c.   Minimum Lot Dimensions: Street Frontage – Lot width adjacent to a street.
      d.   Minimum Yard Setback: Front – Distance between street right-of-way and structure.
      e.   Minimum Yard Setback: Least Side – Distance between side property line and    structure.
      f.   Minimum Yard Setback: Sum Side – Combined distance between side property line    and structure on both sides.
      g.   Minimum Yard Setback: Rear – Distance between rear property line and structure.
      h.   Maximum Building Height - Height of structure measured in feet and stories.
      i.   Minimum On-Site Building Separation - Minimum distance between the principal    structure and major accessory structures, and between major accessory structures on the    same lot.
      j.   Maximum Building Coverage - Gross ground floor area of all buildings measured as a    percentage of total lot area.
   (2)   RESIDENTIAL AND RESOURCE DISTRICTS.
      a.   Minimum Lot Dimensions: Area Per Unit – Area of land required for each dwelling    unit located on the lot.
      b.   Maximum Floor Area Ratio – Ration of gross floor area of a building to the size of the    lot. In Residential and Resource Districts, applies only to non-residential uses.
      c.   Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio: Front Setback – Ratio of landscaped area    required within the front yard setback to the total area of the front yard setback.   Landscape area includes walkways but excludes patios, decks, driveways and other paved    surfaces.
   (3)   NON-RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS.
      a.   Maximum Building Size – Total Gross floor area of the principle structure permitted    without special use approval. May be measured in square feet or as a floor area ratio.
      b.   Minimum Landscape Surface Area Ratio – Ratio of landscaped area to the total lot    area.
   (4)   SYMBOLS. The following symbols are used on the bulk standard tables in all zoning districts:
      a.   Shading – Bulk Standards not included in ILQC Unified Zoning Code.
      b.   Bold – Bulk Standards that are different than those in the ILQC Unified Zoning Code.

SEC. 35-3107. MINOR ACCESSORY STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS PERMITTED IN SETBACKS.

   The following terms are used on the Minor Accessory Structures and Obstruction Permitted in Required Yard Setback Tables 35-3201.3. and 35-3301.2. for all zoning districts. The following provides summary definitions for these terms. For complete definitions of each term, please consult Article I, Division 2 of this Code.
   (1)   TERMS.
      a.   All Yards – Principal structure front, side and rear yard setbacks.
      b.   Front Yard – Principal structure front yard setback.
      c.   Side Yard – Principal structure side yard setback.
      d.   Rear Yard – Principal structure rear yard setback.
      e.   Limitations – Limitations on size and location of structures within setbacks.

SEC. 35-3108. PRINCIPLE AND MAJOR ACCESSORY STRUCTURE BULK STANDARD EXCEPTIONS.

   (a)   MINIMUM FRONT YARD SETBACK . The following Minimum Setbacks shall be applied to lots of record created prior to 1991 that do not meet all of the Bulk Standards for Minimum Lot Dimension contained in Table 35-3201.1 or Table 35-3301.1:
   (1)   Minimum corner lot side street setback : 10 feet.
   (2)   Minimum reverse corner lot side street setback : 50% of the minimum front yard setback of the lot to the rear or 15 feet, whichever is less.
   (b)   ESTABLISHED FRONT YARD SETBACK EXCEPTION. For single-family residential principal structures on streets with established front yard setbacks differing from the Minimum Front Yard Setback requirements in Tables 35-3201.1 and 35-3301.1, exceptions to the required front yard setback can be applied under the following conditions:
   (1)   On block faces with five or more lots fronting on the public right of way, if 40% or more of the lots on one side of a street between two intersecting public streets have a front setback less than the required front yard setback listed in Tables 35-3201.1 or 35-3301.1, the established setback line shall establish the required front yard setback for the entire block face.
   (2)   If there is no established setback line, the average front yard setback of those lots shall establish the required front yard setback for the entire block face.
   (3)   This exception only applies to the principal structure of single-family residential land uses, i.e., new construction, additions, porches, etc.
   (4)   This exception does not apply to accessory structures, decks or other obstructions.
   (c)   MAXIMUM HEIGHT EXCEPTIONS . The Maximum Height Requirements shall not apply to the following. However, if in the opinion of the building official such structures would adversely affect abutting or adjacent properties, such greater height shall not be authorized except by approval of a variance by the zoning hearing officer as per Sec. 35-2207 of this Code.
   (1)   Church spires, belfries, cupolas and domes, monuments, water Towers, fire and hose Towers, masts and aerials.
   (2)   Indoor institutional uses such as churches, schools and other permitted public and semi-public buildings not to exceed six 6 stories or 75 feet, provided that for each foot over the maximum height otherwise permitted in the district, the minimum side and rear yard setbacks shall be increased in width and depth by an additional foot.
   (3)   Barns, silos or other farm buildings provided they are not less than 50 feet from every lot line.
   (4)   Bulkheads, conveyors, derricks, elevators, penthouses, monitors, scenery lofts, cooling Towers, grain elevators, gas holders, or other structures where the permitted industrial use requires a greater height.
   (5)   Generators, heating, cooling, ventilation, communications, utility and related equipment, provided that such equipment meets all other applicable standards in this Code including but not limited to screening, visibility, height, or placement.
(Ord. No. 3008-2009; Sec. 35-3108(a) repealed; new Sec. 35-3108(a) enacted; 03/24/09) (Ord. No. 3007-2017; new Sec. 35-3108(b)(5) enacted; 06/13/17) (Ord. No. 3007-2019; new Sec. 35-3108(b) enacted and current subsection (b) consecutively renamed as subsection (c); 03/12/19)

SEC. 35-3109. LAND USE REGULATIONS.

   Land Use regulations for all zoning districts are provided in Division 4 of this Article.

SEC. 35-3110. NONCONFORMING LOT REGULATIONS.

   If two or more lots or combinations of lots and portions of lots with continuous frontage under common ownership were of record at the time of passage of this Code, and if all of the lots do not meet the requirements established for lot width and area, the lands involved shall be considered to be an undivided parcel for the purposes of this Code, and no portion of said parcel shall be used or sold in a manner which diminishes compliance with lot width and area requirements established by this Code, nor shall any division of any parcel be made which creates a lot with width or area below the requirements stated in this Code, except in the following situations:
   (1)   One vacant, nonconforming lot of record, adjacent to and held in common ownership with a lot occupied by a permitted use, may be used for a permitted use, not withstanding limitations imposed by other provisions of this Code, provided that the vacant lot is not more than 10% smaller in area or width than the average lot size of all developed lots within the block in which it is located. This provision is intended to apply to single nonconforming lots located on both sides of a developed lot (a maximum of three contiguous lots).
   (2)   Two vacant lots under the same ownership with continuous frontage which were of record at the time of passage of this Code, and which, individually, do not meet the requirements established for lot width and area, may be used individually provided each lot is not less than 90% of the average width and area of the lots within the block.
   Any single lot or parcel of land that does not adjoin another lot held in common ownership, which was of record at the time of adoption of this Code, that does not meet the requirements for minimum lot width or area may be utilized for a permitted use. With the approval of the zoning administrator, one or more of the other bulk standards of the district may be reduced by an amount proportional to the lot's failure to comply with the minimum width or area requirements; provided however, that no bulk standard shall be reduced by more than 25%.
(Ord. No. 3007-2025; Sec. 35-3110 amended; passed 2/4/25)

SEC. 35-3111. NONCONFORMING USE REGULATIONS.

   (a)   DEFINITION. “Nonconforming use” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 35-1203(243) of this Code.
   (b)   CONTINUATION . A lawful use made nonconforming by the adoption of this Code or ordinances of the City may continue only for so long as such use continues unabated subject to the requirements of this section. This section shall not prohibit normal maintenance or minor repair of any nonconforming use.
   (c)   NON-RESIDENTIAL USES . Nonconforming non-residential uses shall be regulated in accordance with the following:
      (1)   Maintenance . The normal maintenance of a structure or land containing or related to a nonconforming use is permitted, including necessary repairs and incidental alterations which do not exacerbate the adverse impacts of the nonconforming use in relation to the purpose of this Code. In no instance shall said repairs exceed over the life of the structure, 50% of the present assessed market value of said structure or property prior to said repairs.
      (2)   Expansion . In all Non-Residential/Resource Districts, expansion of up to 20% of the total existing floor area or 20% of any outdoor operations/storage area may be permitted with an approved site plan review in any continuous five year period, provided all other provisions of this Code are met. Expansion of a non-residential use in a Residential District shall be limited to no more than 10% and only with the approval of a special use permit.
      (3)   Change of use . Any nonconforming use may be changed to another nonconforming use upon the approval of the zoning administrator, provided that:
         a.   The proposed use is equally or more appropriate and less intensive than the existing use, but may not thereafter be returned to the previous nonconforming use or changed to any more intensive use;
         b.   The change will not increase congestion in the streets;
         c.   The change will not endanger the health, safety, morals, or general welfare of the district in which it is located;
         d.   The amount of land devoted to the nonconforming use shall not be increased;
         e.   The zoning administrator may require whatever conditions and safeguards deemed necessary in granting the change; and
         f.   Any part of a building, structure or land occupied by a nonconforming use which is changed to or replaced by a use conforming to the provisions of this Code shall not thereafter be used or occupied by a nonconforming use.
      (4)   Abandonment . A nonconforming use that has been discontinued for a continuous period of 12 months, for whatever reason, shall be considered to be abandoned and shall not be re-established. Any further use on the property shall be in conformance with all applicable provisions of this Code. Evidence of intent to abandon the nonconforming use is not required.
      (5)   Destruction . A nonconforming use damaged to less than 50% of its fair market value, based on the valuation of the township assessor or a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser, may be restored provided that: all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes; a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit. If damage exceeds 50% or more of the fair market value, restoration or improvement shall not be permitted unless the restoration results in a use conforming to all applicable provisions of this Code.
   (d)   RESIDENTIAL USES . Nonconforming residential uses shall be regulated in accordance with the following provisions. As used in this paragraph, nonconforming residential uses are those uses which are nonconforming due to the number of dwelling units they contain or their location in a zoning district that does not permit residential uses.
      (1)   Maintenance . The normal maintenance of a structure or land containing or related to a nonconforming use is permitted, including necessary repairs and incidental alterations which do not exacerbate the adverse impacts of the nonconforming use in relation to the purpose of this Code.
      (2)   Expansion . In all zoning districts, nonconforming single family homes may expand by the greater of either 20% of the existing gross floor area or 20% of the value of the existing structure, based on the valuation of the township assessor or a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser, in any continuous five year period provided that: an addition of up to 150 square feet shall be permitted regardless of existing size or value of the structure; no additional dwelling units are created; and all other provisions of this Code are met. Expansion of residential structures other than single family homes shall be strictly limited to common areas only and limited to 300 square feet in any continuous five year period.
      (3)   Abandonment . A nonconforming residential use, other than a single family home, that has not been occupied for a continuous period of 12 months, for whatever reason, shall be considered to be abandoned and shall not be re-occupied. Any further use on the property shall be in conformance with all applicable provisions of this Code. Evidence of intent to abandon the nonconforming use is not required.
         a.   A nonconforming single family home that has not been occupied for a continuous period 12 months or longer shall not be considered to be abandoned and may be re-occupied at any time provided the structure has not been changed, legally or illegally, to a non-residential use or multiple-unit residential use.
         b.   Removal of a nonconforming mobile home or manufactured home not in a mobile home park, from its foundation or pad for a continuous period of 12 months shall constitute abandonment of the use and placement of a new unit must comply with the provisions of this Code. Evidence of intent to abandon the nonconforming mobile home or manufactured home use is not required.
         c.   Failure to correct code violations that have been adjudicated and so ordered in the manner and time frame so ordered shall constitute an intent to abandon a nonconforming residential use.
      (4)   Destruction . Nonconforming residential uses that are damaged may be rebuilt in accordance with the following:
         a.   A structure damaged to less than 50% of its fair market value, based on the valuation of the township assessor or a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser, may be restored provided that: all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; the number of dwelling units does not increase; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes; a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit.
         b.   A structure damaged to 50% or greater of its fair market value, based on the valuation of the township assessor or a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser, may be rebuilt to its existing number of units provided that: the units were legally created at the time they were built; all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; the number of dwelling units does not increase; the structure and property are in compliance with all other regulations of this Code, other than the number of units; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes; a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit.
            1.   Single family homes which are damaged by more than 50% may be restored within the existing footprint provided that; all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes, a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit.
      (5)   Density Acceptance . Owners who are unable to prove to the satisfaction of the zoning administrator that the density (number of units) on their property was legally established may appeal to the zoning hearing officer to be granted rebuilding rights under this section. In deciding such appeals, the zoning hearing officer shall hold a public hearing and consider the following: any and all documentation available regarding the development history of the property, both permitted and unpermitted; the number, type and disposition of Code violations and criminal infractions on the property; the length of time the current owner has had the property and whether the density or violations preceded that ownership; the degree of non-conformity of density; the number and extent of any site non-conformities; and the potential impact granting indefinite rebuilding rights would have on surrounding properties and general neighborhood. Notice of the hearing shall be provided in the same manner as required for a variance before the zoning hearing officer.
      (6)   Rebuilding . All structures damaged to 50% or greater of their fair market value, that are reconstructed, shall comply with all provisions of this Code, other than density, including, but not limited to: setbacks; building height; parking; landscaping and open space. Although the property shall retain the right to re-establish the same number of dwelling units, changes may be required to the size and type of units and the configuration of the structure(s) in order to meet other Code requirements. If the property does not conform with all requirements of this Code, other than density, approval of a special use permit shall be required in order to vary from the requirements. In addition to complying with the special use permit criteria, the applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed redevelopment of the property complies with the Code requirements to the maximum extent practical given it is the intent of this Code that the property be permitted to retain its density and remain viable.
(Ord. No. 3006-2023; Sec. 35-3111 (a) amended; 03-07-23)

SEC. 35-3112. NONCONFORMING SITES AND STRUCTURES REGULATIONS.

   (a)   DEFINITIONS.
      (1)   “Nonconforming building or structure” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 35-1203(239) of this Code.
      (2)   “Nonconforming site” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 35-1203(241) of this Code.
      (3)   “Nonconforming site development element” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 35-1203(242) of this Code.
   (b)   CONTINUATION.
      (1)   A nonconforming building or structure may be used for any purposes permitted in the zoning district so long as the use is in conformance with the provisions of this section.
      (2)   A nonconforming site may be used for any purposes permitted in the zoning district so long as the use is in conformance with the provisions of this section.
   (c)   STRUCTURE MAINTENANCE AND RESTORATION IMPACT ON NONCONFORMING SITE COMPLIANCE. In any continuous 12 month period, interior or exterior remodeling of a structure situated on a nonconforming site that requires a building permit shall require correction of existing nonconforming site development elements that do not conform with the nonconforming site development element standards set forth in Article V of this Code, in accordance with this section. The cost of the structure remodeling shall be as shown on the approved building permit application and the current fair market value of the existing structure, exclusive of the fair market value of the land, shall be based on a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser or as determined by the township assessor.
      (1)   Remodeling projects that cost 25% or less of the current fair market value of the structure shall not require any correction of nonconforming site development elements, other than as may be required by Fire and Building Codes.
      (2)   Remodeling projects that cost more than 25%, but less than 75% of the current fair market value of the structure shall require a corresponding percentage increase in compliance of the nonconforming site development elements with the nonconforming site development element standards set forth in Article V of this Code, until the site achieves 100% compliance. (For example, if a site has only 2000 of the 3000 required landscape points and the cost of the remodeling is 30% of the value of the building, then 30% of the required landscape points shall be provided, or 900 points.)
      (3)   Remodeling projects that cost 75% or greater of the current fair market value of the structure shall require nonconforming site development elements to achieve 100% compliance with the nonconforming site development element standards set forth in Article V of this Code.
      (4)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, structure remodeling projects of any size that do not expand the footprint of the subject building shall not require changes in the number of parking spaces required by Division 1 of Article V, as provided in Sec. 35-5100(b).
      (5)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, structure remodeling projects that cost less than 75% of the current fair market value of the structure shall not require changes to nonconforming site development elements that deviate from the performance standards and requirements set forth in Division 4 of Article V pertaining to operational nuisances, such as noise, vibration, odors, heat, glare and smoke. Remodeling projects that cost 75% or greater of the current fair market value of the structure shall require nonconforming site development elements that deviate from the performance standards and requirements set forth in Division 4 of Article V to achieve 100% compliance with said standards.
      (6)   Properties that are physically constrained from complying with these provisions shall comply to the maximum extent practicable as determined by the zoning administrator.
      (7)   Structure remodeling projects of any size that only renovate the interior of a structure and do not impact the exterior of the building, other than identifying signage affixed to such building, shall not require changes to nonconforming site development elements that deviate from the standards and requirements set forth in Division 5 of Article V pertaining to façade appearance, building materials, screening of mechanical elements, and undergrounding or screening of utility facilities.
   (d)   ALTERATIONS TO NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES.
      (1)   Routine maintenance and repair may be performed on any nonconforming structure without eliminating nonconformities therein, provided that no such maintenance or repairs are permissible that would create any new nonconformities, increase the degree of any previously existing nonconformity, or otherwise increase the bulk of the building or structure. Any maintenance or repairs involving structural alterations shall not be deemed “routine maintenance and repair” for purposes of this subsection (d).
      (2)   Structural alterations to nonconforming structures are permitted only in the following situations:
         a.   When the alteration is required by law or is necessary to restore the structure to a safe condition upon the order of any official charged with protecting public safety; or
         b.   When the alteration will eliminate the nonconformity; or
         c.   When the alteration will not create any new nonconformity or increase the degree of any existing nonconformity.
      (3)   Destruction. A nonconforming structure which is damaged to 50% or less of its fair market value, based on a valuation of the township assessor or a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser, may be restored within the existing footprint provided that: all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes; a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit. If damage exceeds 50%, restoration or improvement shall not be permitted unless the restoration results in a structure and site conforming to all applicable requirements of this Code, except for the following:
         a.   Nonconforming single family homes which are damaged by more than 50% may be restored within the existing footprint provided that; all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes, a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit.
   (e)   EXPANSION. In any continuous five year period, additions to structures on nonconforming sites shall require correction of nonconforming site development elements in accordance with the following:
      (1)   Expansions that would result in less than a 35% increase of the total gross square footage of the existing structure(s) shall require a corresponding percentage increase in compliance with the substantive nonconforming site development elements set forth in Article V of this Code until the site achieves 100% compliance. The same requirements also shall apply to the addition of new or increased areas for outdoor operations/storage. (For example, if the addition is 20% of the size of the existing building and the site contains only 50% of the required landscaping, 20% of the required landscaping for the entire site must be provided thereby bringing the site to 70% of the total required.
      (2)   Complete replacement of existing structures or expansions that result in a 35% or greater increase of the total gross square footage of the existing structure(s) require the nonconforming site development elements to meet all of the substantive nonconforming site development elements of Article V of this Code. The same requirements applicable to structure expansion also shall apply to the addition of new or increased areas for outdoor operations/storage.
      (3)   Expansions that necessitate an increase in the number of parking spaces shall be required to provide 100% of the required parking spaces for the use as applied only to the area of addition or expansion in accordance with Section 35-5100(b)(2) of this Code. The additional parking area shall comply with all associated landscaping and drainage requirements of this Code, although the previously-existing parking area only needs to be brought into compliance with the applicable standards of Article V to an extent proportionate to the scope of expansion as set forth in Subsections (d)(1) and (d)(2) above.
      (4)   Structures with wall lines that fail to meet the setbacks established in this Code may be expanded horizontally or vertically at the existing setback dimension provided that the setback dimension is 75% or greater of the required setback and all other applicable bulk standards are met.
      (5)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, expansions shall require Article V-compliant lighting for such addition as set forth in Section 35-5303(5).
   (f)   CHANGE OF USE. Changes of use within an existing structure shall be exempt from complying with the standards of Article V, Division 1, provided that the change in use within an existing structure does not include any new structures or additions to existing structures. Where a change in use occurs that necessitates an increase in the number of parking spaces in conjunction with new construction or the expansion of an existing building, additional parking spaces shall be required in accordance with Sec. 35-5100.
   (g)   CHANGES TO NONCONFORMING SITE DEVELOPMENT ELEMENTS. Remodeling projects involving alterations to nonconforming site development elements, either exclusively or in conjunction with the renovation of a structure, shall be conducted in accordance with the following:
      (1)   Nonconforming Site Development Elements Maintenance. Normal maintenance and incidental repair to a nonconforming site development element may be performed without bringing such elements into compliance with nonconforming site development element standards set forth in Article V of this Code, provided that no such maintenance or repairs are permissible that would create any new site development element nonconformity or increase the degree of the previously existing site development nonconformity. For purposes of this subsection, resealing or re-striping of an existing parking lot, which does not entail paving, resurfacing, or replacement of the asphalt, concrete, or other paving material, shall be considered normal maintenance and incidental repair not triggering compliance of the nonconforming site development element with Article V of this Code.
      (2)   Nonconforming Site Development Elements Wholesale Replacement. Any nonconforming Site Development Element that is removed, demolished, or destroyed shall not be re-established, but instead must be replaced or restored only in conformance with nonconforming site development element standards set forth in Article V of this Code.
      (3)   Nonconforming Site Development Elements Partial Replacement.
         a.   Nonconforming Parking Lot Landscaping: When a parking lot of ten (10) or more spaces does not conform to the landscape requirements pertaining to such parking lots, it must be brought into conformance pursuant to the following requirements when such parking lot is reconstructed or expanded by:
            1.   25% of its total off-street parking surface area or less this shall not require any correction of nonconforming landscaping requirements;
            2.   More than 25%, but less than 75% of its total off-street parking surface area, this shall require a corresponding percentage increase in compliance of the nonconforming landscaping requirements; or
            3.   75% or greater of its total off-street parking surface area, this shall require 100% compliance with the nonconforming landscaping requirements.
            For purposes of this subsection, resealing or re-striping of an existing parking lot, which does not entail paving, resurfacing, or replacement of the asphalt, concrete, or other paving material, is not considered reconstruction.
         b.   Nonconforming Exterior Lighting: For exterior lighting, when twenty-five percent (25%) or more of exterior lighting fixtures are replaced, all exterior lighting on the site must be brought into conformance with Division 3 of Article V. This is calculated as installation of new lighting posts and/or non-post mounted lighting fixtures based on the total lighting installed by the type of mounting. For example, if over twenty-five percent (25%) of the wall-mounted fixtures are to be replaced, all wall-mounted fixtures must be brought into conformance while nonconforming freestanding fixtures may remain.ed within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit.
   (h)   DESTRUCTION. A nonconforming structure which is damaged to 50% or less of its fair market value, based on a valuation of the township assessor or a market appraisal performed by a certified appraiser, may be restored within the existing footprint provided that: all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes; a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit. If damage exceeds 50%, restoration or improvement shall not be permitted unless the restoration results in a structure and site conforming to all applicable requirements of this Code, except for the following:.
      (1)   Single family homes which are damaged by more than 50% may be restored within the existing footprint provided that; all portions of the structure being restored are not and were not on or over a property line; all construction is in compliance with current construction codes, such as the Fire and Building Codes, a building permit is obtained within six months from the date of the damage; and the Certificate of Occupancy (or other final inspection) is issued within one year of the issuance of the building permit.
(Ord. No. 3006-2023; Sec. 35-3112(a)-(e) amended; Sec. 35-3112(g) enacted; 03/07/23)

SEC. 35-3113. NONCONFORMING USE, SITES AND STRUCTURES TIME EXTENSIONS.

   The zoning hearing officer may permit one extension of up to 12 additional months to the time periods for abandonment, obtaining a building permit, and/or completing construction provided the applicant can demonstrate circumstances out of his control have prevented a good faith attempt to re-establish or rebuild the nonconforming use and/or structure. Such circumstances may include the health of the applicant, court proceedings, failure to reach an insurance settlement, acts of god, or similar difficulties.

SEC. 35-3114. VARIANCES FOR NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, SITES AND STRUCTURES.

   The zoning hearing officer may vary the nonconforming use, site and structure provisions of this Article. Application and processing shall be in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 35-2207.

SEC. 35-3115. NONCONFORMING LOTS, USES, SITES AND STRUCTURES EVIDENCE OF STATUS.

   The nonconforming regulations of this Article apply only to legally established, nonconforming lots, uses, sites or structures, and evidence of the legal status of a nonconforming lot, use, site or structure shall be supplied by the owner of the property upon request of the zoning administrator. Owners who fail to present sufficient evidence that the lot, use, site, or structure was legally established under a previous Code may be denied the rights and privileges granted by this article and may subject the owner to enforcement proceedings by the City in order to obtain full compliance with this Code.

SEC. 35-3200. RELATIONSHIP TO ILLINOIS QUAD CITIES UNIFIED ZONING CODE AND MOLINE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN.

   (a)   RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS FROM ILQC UNIFIED ZONING CODE . The Moline Zoning and Land Development Code includes the following Residential Districts from the ILQC Unified Zoning Code as these districts have been found to be the most consistent with the goals, objectives and policies of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan:
   (1)   “R-2” One-Family Residence District;
   (2)   “R-4” One to Six Family Dwelling District;
   (3)   “R-6” Multi-family Residence District;
   (4)   “R-7” Mobile Home Park District.
   (b)   RESOURCE ZONING DISTRICTS FROM ILQC UNIFIED ZONING CODE . The Moline Zoning and Land Development Code includes the following Resource Districts from the ILQC Unified Zoning Code as these districts have been found to be the most consistent with the goals, objectives and policies of the Moline Comprehensive Plan:
   (1)   “C-2” Conservation District;
   (2)   “AG-2” General Agricultural District.
   (c)   MODIFICATIONS TO ILQC UNIFIED ZONING CODE DISTRICTS . In order to fully implement the goals, objectives and policies of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan, modifications have been made to the Residential and Resource Districts selected from the Unified Code. In some instances, these modifications are noted in this Code to assist readers of this Code who have familiarity with the Unified Code. However, in every instance where there are differences between the codes, whether highlighted or not, the provisions of the Moline Zoning and Land Development Code shall prevail.

SEC. 35-3201. BULK STANDARDS.

   (a)   PRINCIPAL STRUCTURES . Table 35-3201.1. lists the bulk standards for principal structures in all Residential and Resource Districts.
   (1)   Terms . Please see Sec. 35-3106 for an explanation of the terms used on Table 35-3201.1.
   (2)   Exceptions. Please see Sec. 35-3108 for exceptions to the bulk standards on Table 35-3201.1.
Table 35-3201.1
Residential and Resource Districts
Principal Structure Bulk Standards(1)(2)
Zoning District
Maximum Density (du/Ac)
Minimum Lot Dimensions
Minimum Yard Setbacks (ft)
Side
Maximum Building                                                                                Height (feet/ stories)
Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio Front Setback
Max. Floor Area Ratio (4)
Area Per Unit
(sq ft)
Lot Area (sq ft)
Width (ft)
Street front (ft)(3)
Front(9)
Least
Sum
Rear
Table 35-3201.1
Residential and Resource Districts
Principal Structure Bulk Standards(1)(2)
Zoning District
Maximum Density (du/Ac)
Minimum Lot Dimensions
Minimum Yard Setbacks (ft)
Side
Maximum Building                                                                                Height (feet/ stories)
Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio Front Setback
Max. Floor Area Ratio (4)
Area Per Unit
(sq ft)
Lot Area (sq ft)
Width (ft)
Street front (ft)(3)
Front(9)
Least
Sum
Rear
R-2(5)
6
6,000
6,000
60
20
25
5
12
30
35/2 1/2
0.50
0.25
R-2 (<6,000 sq/ft)
N/A
2,000
2,000
20
20
5
5
12
10
35/2 1/2
0.25
1.00
R-4
14
3,000
5,000
50
20
25
5
12
30
35/2 1/2
0.50
0.50
R-6 (6) 
34
1,250
5,000
50
20
25
5+
15+
25+
150/12
0.50
1.00
R-7(7)
34
1,250
5,000
50
 
25
5+
15+
25+
150/12
0.50
1.00
C-2 (8)
0.07
15 acres
15 acres
165
50
40
15
30
40
35/2 1/2
0.85
0.10
AG-2
0.07
15 acres
15 acres
165
50
40
15
30
40
35/2 1/2
0.85
0.10
 
Footnotes:
(1) See Sec. 35-3106 for a summary of terms used on the table.
(2) See Sections 35-3107 and 35-3108 for a list of permissible obstructions and exceptions to these standards.
(3) The requirements may be waived if the City Engineer instead approves, and the applicant records, an irrevocable access easement.
(4) Applies to non-residential uses only.
(5) See Sec. 35-3211 for alternative standards applicable to residential infill development.
(6) For each story above the second, add 2 feet to least side setback, 4 feet to sum side setback, and 5 feet to rear setback.
(7) For mobile home parks, the standard in Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances shall apply. The standards shown on this table shall apply to other land uses.
(8) For residential uses on existing lots of record of less than 2 acres, the R-2 standards shall apply.
(9) The required front yard setbacks apply to all sides of a corner lot that have street frontage. (See Section 35-3108 for exceptions.)
Standards in bold indicate difference between Moline Zoning and Land Development Code and ILQC Unified Zoning Code.
Standards that are shaded indicate those not included in ILQC Unified Zoning Code.
 
(Ord. No. 3008-2009; Table 35-3201.1 amended by inserting footnote (9) to Minimum Yard Setbacks, “Front;” 03/24/09; Ord. No. 3039-2025; Table 35-3201.1 amended by inserting row “R-2 (<6,000 sq/ft);” 9/9/25)
   (b)   MAJOR ACCESSORY STRUCTURES . Table 35-3201.2 lists the bulk standards for major accessory structures in all Residential and Resource Districts. In general, major accessory structures are those that exceed 120 square feet in area and that are not otherwise defined as principal or minor accessory structures. No major accessory structure can have more lot coverage than the principal structure. Multiple structures are permitted.
   (1)   Terms . Please see Sec. 35-3106 for an explanation of the terms used on Table 35-3201.2.
   (2)   Exceptions . Please see Sec. 35-3108 for exceptions to the bulk standards on Table 35-3201.2.
Table 35-3201.2.
Residential and Resource Districts
Major Accessory Structure Bulk Standards (1)
Zoning District
Minimum Yard Setbacks (feet)
Minimum Onsite Building Separation (ft)(4)
Maximum Height (ft.)
Front(6)
Single Side (3)
Sum Sides(3)
Rear
Table 35-3201.2.
Residential and Resource Districts
Major Accessory Structure Bulk Standards (1)
Zoning District
Minimum Yard Setbacks (feet)
Minimum Onsite Building Separation (ft)(4)
Maximum Height (ft.)
Front(6)
Single Side (3)
Sum Sides(3)
Rear
R-2
25
3
25% lot width
5
6
15
R-4
25
3
25% lot width
5
6
15
R-6
20
3
25% lot width
5
6
15
R-7(5)
20
3
25% lot width
5
6
15
(See Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances)
C-2
10,000 sq. ft.
40
15
30
15
20
35
AG-2
10,000 sq. ft.
40
15
30
15
20
35
Footnotes:
(1) The Zoning Administrator, Building Official or Fire Marshall may increase any of the standards and/or impose additional restrictions on any major accessory structure as may be necessary to comply with other codes and/or to protect the health and safety of persons on the subject property or adjoining properties.
(2)    Major accessory structures must be located behind the rear building line of the principal structure or must meet the principle structure side setbacks.
(3)   One major accessory structure may be connected to the principle structure with a breezeway that is: covered but has no walls; is less than 6 feet in width; and complies with all other major accessory structure standards and requirements.
(4)   For mobile home parks, the standards in Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances shall apply. The standards shown on this table apply to all other land uses.
(5)   The required front yard setbacks apply to all sides of a corner lot that have street frontage. (See Section 35-3108 for exceptions)
Dimensions in bold indicate difference between requirements of Moline Land Development Code and ILQC Unified Zoning Code. 
Standards that are shaded are those not included in Unified Code.
 
Table 3201.2.1
Residential and Resource Districts
Building Lot Coverage(1)
 
Zoning District
% of Lot Coverage
R-2
35%
R-2 (<6,000 sq/ft)
80%
R-4
35%
R-6
40%
R-7
40%
 
(1)   Includes principal and all major and minor accessory structure square footage. Does not apply to swimming pools.
(Ord. No. 3022-2019; 9/17/19; Ord. No. 3008-2009; Table 35-3201.2 amended by inserting footnote (6) to Minimum Yard Setbacks, "Front;" 03/24/09; Ord. No. 3039-2025; Table 35-3201.2.1 amended by inserting row “R-2 (<6,000 sq/ft);” 9/9/25)
   (c)   MINOR ACCESSORY STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS PERMITTED WITHIN SETBACKS . Table 35-3201.3. lists the minor accessory structures and obstructions permitted within required principal structure yard setbacks in all Residential and Resource Districts.
   (1)   Terms .   Please see Sec. 35-3107 for an explanation of the terms used on Table 35-3201.3.
Table 35-3201.3
Residential and Resource Districts
Minor Accessory Structures and Obstructions Permitted in Required Yard Setbacks
All Setbacks
Front Setbacks
Side Setbacks
Rear Setbacks
Limitations (1)
All Setbacks
Front Setbacks
Side Setbacks
Rear Setbacks
Limitations (1)
Fences, walls & hedges (2)
Barbed Wire
T
Agricultural and Conservation Districts only, 5 feet from right-of-way.
Electric Fence
T
Agricultural District only for enclosure of livestock; charge should not be greater than 25 milliamperes nor a pulsating current larger than 1/10 second in a one second cycle; fence to carry the seal of an approved testing laboratory.
Fence Wall
T
Not more than 42 inches in height and not less than one foot from front property line when constructed in the required front yard.
Fence Wall
T
T
Not more than 6 feet in height when constructed out of the required front yard.
Hedge
T
Not more than 16 feet in height.
Retaining Wall
T
Not more than 6 feet in height, terraced slopes to have a minimum of 3 feet horizontal distance between walls.
Minor Accessory Structures (3)
Arbor/Trellis/ Pergola
T
Not more than 16 feet in height covering less than 10% of front setback.
Arbor/Trellis/ Pergola
T
T
Not more than 16 feet in height covering less than 50% of required setback.
Dumpster Enclosure (2)
T
T
Dumpsters placed at any location on the property must be screened on four sides (including a gate for access) with a solid fence or wall 6 feet in height.
Basketball Hoop
T
 
Clothes Line
T
T
Not more than 6 feet in height.
Flag Pole
T
Not more than 20 feet in height.
Fountain
T
Not more than 5 feet in height, no closer than 3 feet to any property line and no more than 20 square feet.
Gazebo/Picnic Shelters
T
T
Not more than 16 feet in height and no larger than 120 square feet.
Patio/ Freestanding Deck
T
Not more than 1 foot above grade and in compliance with minimum landscape area ratio.
Seasonal Decorations
T
Not displayed longer than 90 days.
Shed/Storage Building
T
T
Not more than 16 feet in height and no larger than 120 square feet.
Statuary/Art Objects
T
Not more than 5 feet in height with a footprint no larger than 20 square feet.
Swimming Pools/ Recreation Courts
T
T
Edge of water/playing structure or surface to be 3 feet from all property lines; all permanent equipment to be not more than 16 feet in height.
Swingset/Play Equipment
T
Not more than 16 feet in height and covering no more than 120 square feet.
Walkways/Steps
T
Not more than 1 foot above grade.
Obstructions (4)
Awning/Canopy
T
Projections into setback not more than 3 feet.
Bay Window/Balcony
T
Not more than 1/3 of wall area and projecting not more than 3 feet into setback.
Chimney, Flue, Belt Courses, Cornice, Leader, Lentil, Sil, Pilaster
T
Projecting not more than 18 inches into setback.
Eaves and Gutter
T
T
Projecting not more than 18 inches into setback.
Elevated Deck/Porch
T
T
Not covered and not closer than 3 feet to any property line.
Fire Escape
T
Projecting not more than 3 feet into setback.
Mechanical Equipment
T
T
Not closer than 3 feet to any property line.
Stoop/Landing
T
Not higher than ground floor of building and not larger than 25 sq. ft. (not including steps).
Wheelchair Ramp
T
Generally, no larger than minimum requirements to meet accessibility codes.
 
Footnotes:
(1)   The following shall apply to all items on this table.
   a. All items shall comply with visibility triangle requirements of Sec. 35-5210.
   b. The Zoning Administrator, Building Official and Fire Marshall may alter any of these standards and/or impose additional requirements as necessary to achieve compliance with other codes and/or to protect the health and safety of persons on the subject property or adjoining properties.
(2)   Please see Sec. 35-5209 for complete requirements pertaining to fences and walls.
(3)   Minor accessory structures are those that are generally less than 18 feet in height and less than 120 square feet and which, in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator, are similar in size, character and function to those listed here. Minor accessory structures which do not comply with the limitations on this table shall be considered to be major accessory structures and shall comply with all major accessory structure requirements and standards.
(4)   Obstructions are features that are integral to or otherwise permanently attached to the principal structure. Other integral or attached features, which in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator are not similar to those listed in this table, shall comply with the principal buildings setbacks.
(Ord. No. 3008-2009; Table 35-3201.3 amended by adding "Wheelchair Ramp" to "Obstructions"; 03/24/09; Ord. No. 3035-2020; Table 35-3201.3 repealed; Table 35-3201.3 added; 12/01/2020; Ord. No. 3007-2025; Table 35-3201.3 amended by adding “Minor Accessory Structures” and “Obstructions”; 02/4/25)

SEC. 35-3202. LAND USE REGULATIONS.

   Land use regulations for all Residential and Resource zoning districts are provided in Division 4 of this Article.

SEC. 35-3203. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The Residential Districts (R-2, R-4, R-6, R-7) are established in order to protect public health and promote public safety, convenience, comfort, morals, prosperity, and welfare. These general goals include, but are not limited to, the following specific purposes:
   (1)   To protect residential areas against fire, explosion, noxious fumes, offensive noise, smoke, vibrations, dust, odors, heat, glare, and other objectionable factors.
   (2)   To protect residential areas to the greatest extent possible and as appropriate in each area    against unduly heavy motor vehicle traffic, especially through-traffic, and to alleviate congestion by promoting off-street parking.
   (3)   To protect residential areas against undue congestion of public streets and other    public facilities by controlling the density of population through regulations of the bulk    of buildings.
   (4)   To protect and promote the public health and comfort by providing for ample light and air to buildings and the windows thereof.
   (5)   To promote public comfort and welfare by providing for usable open space on the same zoning lot with residential development.
   (6)   To provide sufficient space in appropriate locations to meet the probable need for future residential expansion and to meet the need for necessary and desirable services in the vicinity of residences, which increase safety and amenity for residents and which do not exert objectionable influences.
   (7)   To promote the best use and development of residential land in accordance with the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan, to promote stability of residential development and protect the character of desirable development, and to protect the value of land and improvements and so strengthen the economic base of the City.
   (8)   To preserve and enhance existing neighborhoods and development and promote new development consistent with the stated purpose and intent of each residential district.
   (9)   To ensure adequate public facilities and services are available with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of the magnitude of development planned for each residential district.

SEC. 35-3204. “R-2” ONE-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT.

   (a)   Purpose and Intent. The R-2 District is intended to provide areas for low density residential development (6 or less dwelling units per gross acre) consistent with the Low Density Future Land Use Category of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards and regulations have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District. In recognition of the evolving housing needs and to support housing diversity and attainability, the R-2 District may also accomodate smaller residential lots.
   (b)   Defining Characteristics. The R-2 District in Moline is characterized by a predominance of single family detached homes facing local streets. Streets typically are on a continuous grid network with some areas also served by alleys. Individual developments within the District have lot sizes that are uniform or at least have uniform widths and orientations to the street creating identifiable and distinct "neighborhoods". Typically, permissible non-residential developments within the District (such as churches and schools) are scattered and tend to occur on large lots with ample open space with site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with neighboring residences. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. Likewise, the street network meanders to follow the topography of an area. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude. As per the provisions in Sec. 35-3211 of this Article, residential infill development of higher densities and different unit configurations may be appropriate for larger undeveloped or under-developed tracts within the District.
   (c)   Bulk Standards. Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND Use REGULATIONs. Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   Site Development Standards. Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   Site Improvement and Performance Standards. Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All non-residential land uses in this District shall, in addition to Division 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.
(Ord. No. 3039-2025; Sec. 35-3204(a) amended; 9/9/25)

SEC. 35-3205. “R-4” ONE TO SIX FAMILY DWELLING DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The R-4 District is intended to provide areas for medium density residential development (7 to 14 dwelling units per gross acre) consistent with the Medium Density Future Land Use Category of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards and regulations have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The R-4 District in Moline is characterized by a mix of residential unit types including; detached single family homes, attached single family homes, duplexes, townhomes, and garden apartments, among others, facing local or collector streets. Streets typically are on a continuous grid network with some areas also served by alleys. In some instances, several units share access to the streets and may share parking as well. Individual developments within the District have lot sizes and building types that are somewhat uniform with similar orientations to the street. In many cases, this District serves as a transition between lower density residential areas and higher density residential or non-residential areas. In such instances, site layouts and building orientations are designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining lower density district while also providing appropriate screening and buffering from the adjoining, more intensive development. Typically, permissible non-residential developments within the District (such as churches and schools) are scattered and tend to occur on large lots with ample open space with site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with neighboring residences. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. Likewise, the street network meanders to follow the topography of an area. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude. In order to maximize the city’s investment in these facilities and services, and given the limited area zoned R-4, development densities should be within the specified range, with lower density development discouraged.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS. Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Division 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All non-residential land uses in this District shall, in addition to Divisions 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3206. “R-6” MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The R-6 District is intended to provide areas for high density residential development (over 14 dwelling units per gross acre) consistent with the High Density Future Land Use Category of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards and regulations have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS. The R-6 District in Moline is characterized by a wide range of residential unit types including; attached single family homes, duplexes, townhomes, and multi-level apartment buildings, among others, facing local, collector or arterial streets. Streets typically are on a continuous grid network with several units sharing access and parking as well. Individual developments within the District have lot sizes and building types that are somewhat uniform with similar orientations to the street; however, larger developments may include a variety of building and unit types. In many cases, this District serves as a transition between lower density residential areas and non-residential areas. In such instances, site layouts and building orientations are designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining residential district while also providing appropriate screening and buffering from the adjoining non-residential development. Typically, permissible non-residential developments within the District (such as churches and schools) tend to be of a similar size and scale with the residential development. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. Likewise, the street network meanders to follow the topography of an area. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude. In order to maximize the city’s investment in these facilities and services, and given the very limited area zoned R-6, development densities should be within the specified range, with lower density development discouraged.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this
   District. All non-residential land uses in this District shall, in addition to Division 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3207. “R-7” MOBILE HOME PARK DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The R-7 District is intended to provide areas for mobile home parks in accordance with Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances, and well as other residential and institutional uses that are consistent with residential districts.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS. The R-7 District in Moline is characterized by mobile home park development but also permits other residential uses and non-residential uses (such as schools and churches) that are of a similar size and scale. For mobile home parks, the pattern of development is that described in Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances. For all other development, the pattern and quality of development is similar to that described for the R-6 District.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District, except for mobile home parks which also shall be regulated by the standards in Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances.
SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District, except for mobile home parks which also shall be regulated by the standards in Chapter 19 of the Moline Code of Ordinances. All non-residential land uses in this District shall, in addition to Divisions 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3208. RESOURCE DISTRICTS.

   The Resource Districts (C-2 and AG-2) are established to protect natural resources from indiscriminate and untimely development consistent with the goals and objectives of the Moline Comprehensive Plan.

SEC. 35-3209. “C-2” CONSERVATION DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT. The C-2 District is intended to limit development in areas requiring environmental protection and preservation, while allowing some uses for the enjoyment of their natural beauty. Consistent with the Parks and Conservation Future Land Use Category of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan residential development is limited to one dwelling unit per 15 acres in order to adequately protect the natural features and resources. The District standards and regulations have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS. The C-2 District in Moline is characterized by significant natural features and resources that may include; wetlands, marshes, swamps, scenic areas, hillsides of excessive slopes, water courses, aquifer recharge areas, watershed protection areas, wildlife habitat, rough terrain, areas subject to siltation and erosion, and/or similar natural features and resources that limit the density and intensity of development. Due to these constraints, the predominate form of development in the District is open space and developed park facilities. The primary exceptions are the several smaller residential lots located along the shore of the Rock River. For those properties, the District provides a relaxed set of bulk and development standards, but new subdivisions within the District are strongly discouraged and must comply with the gross density requirement. Non-residential and non-park/recreation uses are limited to those that typically require large expanses of land but have minimal impacts on natural features and resources and which are not subject to damage from periodic flooding and other natural occurrences. On individual lots, buildings and site improvements typically are clustered in order to protect the natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. Because this District is mapped in areas that have limited or no public facilities and services, and where extensions of such facilities and services are not contemplated, development is further limited to those uses with minimal needs for such facilities and services.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS .
   (1)   Lots of record 2 acres or larger . The bulk standards listed for the C-2 District on Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. for principal and accessory structures shall apply to all existing lots of record of 2 acres or larger, and to all lots created after adoption of this Code.
   (2)   Lots of record less than 2 acres . The bulk standards listed for the R-2 District on Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. for principal and accessory structures shall    apply to all lots of record of less than 2 acres that were recorded prior to the adoption of this Code.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District.

SEC. 35-3210. “AG-2” GENERAL AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The AG-2 District is intended to serve as a holding zone for larger, newly annexed properties prior to approval of appropriate development plans. Consistent with the Agriculture Future Land Use Category of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan, residential densities are limited to one dwelling unit per 15 acres. The District standards and regulations have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, to ensure redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The AG-2 District in Moline is characterized by open space, woodlands and agricultural lands, which due to their location, soils, and use for agricultural activities, warrant protection from indiscriminate development. However, their proximity to existing development, combined with pressures for new development, makes most of these lands unsuitable for permanent preservation. The District, then, acts as a holding zone to deter inappropriate and untimely development prior to approval of master development plans. Accordingly non-residential development is restricted primarily to agricultural uses. Because this District is mapped in areas that have limited or no public facilities and services, development is further limited to those uses with minimal needs for such facilities and services.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2. and 35-3201.3. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District.

SEC. 35-3211. RESIDENTIAL INFILL STANDARDS.

   (a)   PURPOSE .   Throughout many neighborhoods in Moline north of the Rock River, there are large vacant or underutilized parcels with existing infrastructure that can support more compact and dense development than would otherwise be permitted in the R-2 district. Most of these parcels are too small to re-zone to R-4, and the R-4 district standards do not necessarily ensure that newer, more dense development would be compatible with the existing, predominately detached single-family homes in the area. The purpose of these residential infill standards, then, is to provide for a more efficient use of larger vacant and underutilized parcels located in the R-2 district, while still maintaining compatibility with surrounding existing development. Residential infill development as described in this section may be permitted by-right or with a special use permit, as indicated herein.
   (1)   By-Right Infill Development . Twin House and Zero Lot Development as described in this section shall be permitted by-right, subject to approval of a corresponding final subdivision plat as per Chapter 29 of the Moline Code of Ordinances and a site plan review as described in Sec. 35-2105, except that final action on the site plan review shall be taken by the decision making body taking action on the final plat.
   (2)   Special Use Permit . Town House Development and Multiplex Development as described in this section shall require approval of a special use permit as per Sec. 35-2206 and a corresponding final subdivision plat as per Chapter 29 of the Moline Code of Ordinances.
   (3)   Major and Minor Accessory Structures . Major and minor accessory structures within all residential infill developments described in this section shall be governed by the applicable regulations of the R-2 zoning district, unless more restrictive standards are required as part of the site plan review or special use permit approval. In no case shall the regulations of the R-2 zoning district applicable to major and minor accessory structures be reduced.
   (b)   TWIN HOUSE DEVELOPMENT .   A “Twin House” is a structure with two single family homes that have a common wall. Each unit is on a separate platted lot, or a condominium, with covenants that control the maintenance of the common wall. For purposes of this section, the term ”structure” applies to the entire structure housing both units. The term “unit” applies to individual dwelling units located within the “structure.” The term “development” applies to the land area and all of the structures that are constructed as part of the same infill project.
   (1)   All Twin House Developments . The following regulations apply to all Twin House developments:
      a.   Structure Design :
         1.   Each structure shall have a maximum of two units.
         2.   For developments with three to nine structures, a minimum of two different front and rear building elevations and two color pallets is required, which should be distributed throughout the development.   Structures with the same elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another.
         3.   For developments with more than nine structures, a minimum of three different front and rear building elevations and three color pallets is required, which should be distributed throughout the development.   Structures with the same front elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another. Wherever possible, locating structures with the same front elevation next to one another should be avoided, regardless of differences in color pallets.
         4.   The main entry to each unit shall be located on the front elevation, with a walkway leading to it from either the driveway or, preferably, from the sidewalk/street.
         5.   The main front entries to the units shall be a minimum of 10 feet apart. The distance may be reduced by one foot for each foot of setback one entry has from the other, down to a minimum separation of 3 feet.
         6.   Each building elevation shall have a minimum of two windows and/or    doors.
         7.   Within a Twin House structure, the gross floor area of the units may not vary by more than 20%.
         8.   Regardless of differences in unit size, one unit should not appear to be subordinate to the other.
         9.   Within a Twin House development, different structure sizes are encouraged.
      b.   Garages and Driveways :
         1.   Each unit shall have an attached or detached garage suitable for at least    one car.
         2.   For each unit, garages wider than 24 feet or with more than two overhead doors are prohibited.
         3.   Where alleys are present or can be extended, driveways, parking areas and garages are prohibited in the front.
         4.   Two-car garages on alleys may be attached to each other if the combined width of both is less than 45 feet and: four doors are used, or; the face of one garage is setback from the other a minimum of 3 feet,    or; there is break in the roof line between the garages.
         5.   Where permitted in the front, the face of the garage shall not project beyond the main portion of the front wall of the house and shall be five feet behind the furthest front projecting portion of the structure (e.g.    front porch, bay window, etc.).
         6.   Driveways in the front shall be at least 5 feet from properties not in the development.
   (2)   Twin House Developments on Parcels of Less Than 20,000 sq. ft. In addition to the regulations applicable to all Twin House developments, the following regulations shall apply to developments on parcels of less than 20,000 sq. ft.:
      a.   Garages and Driveways :
         1.   Single-car garages in the front may be attached to each other if the combined width of both is less than 30 feet.
         2.   Two-car garages in the front may not be attached to each other.
      b.   Lot Dimensions and Setbacks :
         1.   Min. Lot Area: 5,000
         2.   Min. Lot Width: 50 feet
         3.   Min. Front Setback – Front Wall Line: If located on a through street, the average of existing houses on the same side of the street on the same block or 25 feet, whichever is less. If located at the end of dead end street, 20 feet.
         4.   Min. Front Setback – Front Entry: If located on a through street, 20 feet for a covered or enclosed front entry of no more than 60 sq. ft. of floor area and no more than 15 feet in height. If located at the end of a dead end street, 15 feet.
         5.   Min. Corner Lot Side Street Setback: The average of existing houses on the same side of the street on the same block, or 20 feet, whichever is less.
         6.   Min. Side Setback – Unattached Side: 6 feet adjacent to property not in the development, 5 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         7.   Min. Rear Setback: 30 feet adjacent to property not in the development or an alley, 25 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         8.   Min. Building Separation: 10 feet
   (3)   Twin House Developments on Parcels of 20,000 sq. ft. or greater . In addition to the regulations applicable to all Twin House developments, the following regulations shall apply to developments on parcels of 20,000 sq. ft. or greater:
      a.   Garages and Driveways :
         1.   Two-car garages in the front may be attached to each other if the combined width of both is less than 45 feet and: four doors are used, or; the face of one garage is setback from the other a minimum of 3 feet, or; there is break in the roof line between the garages.
      b.   Lot Dimensions and Setbacks :
         1.   Min. Lot Area: 4,500
         2.   Min. Lot Width: 45 feet
         3.   Min. Front Setback – Front Wall Line: 20 feet
         4.   Min. Front Setback – Front Entry: 15 feet for a covered or enclosed front entry    of no more than 60 sq. ft. of floor area and no more than 15 feet in height.
         5.   Min. Corner Lot Sidestreet Setback: 15 feet
         6.   Min. Side Setback-unattached side: 6 feet adjacent to property not in the development, 5 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         7.   Min. Rear Setback: 30 feet adjacent to property not in the development or an alley, 20 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         8.   Min. Building Separation: 10 feet
   (c)   ZERO LOT LINE DEVELOPMENT .   A “Zero Lot Line Development” is comprised of detached, single family homes where the area (side yards) between the homes is reserved for use by only one of the homes, thereby providing for greater use and enjoyment of the side yard area. Each house is on a separate platted lot or condominium. In the case of platted lots, each home is located 5 feet from each side property line as necessary to comply with all fire and building code requirements regarding building separation. However, on one side of the home a five-foot easement is created running the entire depth of the lot. Under the provisions of the easement, the neighboring (receiving) property is granted full use rights of the area, and the granting property maintains limited use rights as needed only for maintenance and emergency access. In the case of a condominium, one of the homes is granted exclusive use of the area between the homes, with exceptions for maintenance and emergency access to the other home. To enhance the privacy of the receiving property in using the easement area, no windows or doors typically are located on the adjoining wall of the home of the granting property. For purposes of this section, the term “home” applies to a single detached dwelling unit located within the development. The term “development” applies to the land area and of the homes that are constructed as part of the same residential infill project. The term “zero lot line side” applies to that side of a lot or home for which a use easement has been granted to the neighboring property.
   (1)   All Zero Lot Line Developments . The following regulations apply to all Zero Lot Line developments:
      a.   Structure Design :
         1.   For developments with two to nine homes, a minimum of two different front and rear building elevations and two color pallets is required,    which should be distributed throughout the development. Structures    with the same elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another.
         2.   For developments with more than nine homes, a minimum of three different front and rear building elevations and three color pallets is required, which should be distributed throughout the development.   Structures with the same front elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another. Where ever possible, locating structures with the same front elevation next to one another should be avoided, regardless of differences in color pallets.
         3.   The main entry to the house shall be located on the front elevation, with a walkway leading to it either from the driveway or, preferably, from the sidewalk/street.
         4.   Each building elevation shall have a minimum of two windows and/or doors, except the zero lot line side. The zero lot line side wall may not be higher than 22 feet, unless it is a gable end. No openings are required in zero lot line walls, although some form of wall articulation (such as the use of different materials at first and second levels, banding, etc.) must be provided.
      b.   Garages and Driveways :
         1.   Each unit shall have an attached or detached garage suitable for at least    one car.
         2.   Where alleys are present or can be extended, driveways, parking areas and garages are prohibited in the front.
         3.   Where permitted in the front, the face of the garage shall not project beyond the main portion of the front wall of the house and shall be five feet behind the furthest front projecting portion of the structure (e.g. front porch, bay window, etc.).
         4.   Driveways in the front shall be at least 5 feet from properties not in the development.
      c.   Lot Restrictions :
         1.   A five foot easement shall be recorded on the zero lot line side, granting    exclusive use of the area to the neighboring property except as needed for maintenance and emergency access to the granting property.
         2.   The zero lot line side shall not be adjacent to a parcel that is not a part of the development
   (2)   Zero Lot Line Developments on Parcels of Less Than 20,000 sq. ft.  In addition to the regulations applicable to all Zero Lot Line developments, the following regulations shall apply to developments on parcels of less than 20,000 sq. ft.:
      a.   Lot Dimensions and Setbacks :
         1.   Min. Lot Area: 5,000
         2.   Min. Lot Width: 50 feet
         3.   Min. Front Setback – Front Wall Line: If located on a through street, the    average of existing houses on the same side of the street on the same block or 25 feet, whichever is less. If located at the end of a dead end street, 20 feet.
         4.   Min. Front Setback – Front Entry: If located on a through street, 20 feet for a covered or enclosed front entry of no more than 60 sq. ft. of floor area and no more than 15 feet in height. If located at the end of dead end street, 15 feet.
         5.   Min. Corner Lot Side Street Setback: The average of existing houses on the same side of the street on the same block, or 20 feet, whichever is less.
         6.   Min. Side Setback: 10 feet adjacent to property not in the development, 5 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         7.   Min. Rear Setback: 30 feet adjacent to property not in the development or an alley, 25 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         8.   Min. Building Separation: 10 feet
   (3)   Zero Lot Line Developments on Parcels of 20,000 sq. ft. or greater .   In addition to the regulations applicable to all Zero Lot Line developments, the following regulations shall apply to developments on parcels of 20,000 sq. ft. or greater:
      a.   Lot Dimensions and Setbacks :
         1.   Min. Lot Area: 4,500
         2.   Min. Lot Width: 45 feet
         3.   Min. Front Setback – Front Wall Line: 20 feet
         4.   Min. Front Setback – Front Entry: 15 feet for a covered or enclosed front entry of no more than 60 sq. ft. in floor area and no more than 15 feet in height.
         5.   Min. Corner Lot Side Street Setback: 15 feet
         6.   Min. Side Setback: 10 feet adjacent to property not in the development, 5 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         7.   Min. Rear Setback: 30 feet adjacent to property not in the development or an alley, 20 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         8.   Min. Building Separation: 10 feet
   (d)   TOWN HOUSE DEVELOPMENT .   A “Town House” is a structure with a maximum of four, attached single-family homes. The units are located side by side within the structure and not above or below each other. Each unit is on a separate platted lot, or a condominium, with covenants that control the maintenance of the common walls. For purposes of this section, the term “structure” applies to the entire structure housing the units. The term “unit” applies to individual dwelling units located within the “structure.” The term “development” applies to the land area and all of the structures that are constructed as part of the same infill project.
   (1)   All Town House Developments .  The following regulations apply to all Town House developments:
      a.   Eligible Development Parcels . Parcels eligible to apply for Town House infill    development include those with:
         1.   A minimum area of 20,000 sq. ft.; or
         2.   Three or more residential units, or
         3.   An existing non-residential use or, if vacant, where the last use was not    residential
      b.   Lot Dimensions and Setbacks :
         1.   Min. Lot Area: 4,500 per unit
         2.   Min. Lot Width: 30 feet
         3.   Min. Front Setback – Front Wall Line: 10 feet
         4.   Min. Front Setback – Front Entry: 5 feet for a covered or enclosed front entry of    no more than 60 sq. ft. of floor area and no more than 15 feet in height
         5.   Min. Front Setback – Garage: 20 feet
         6.   Min. Corner Lot Side Street Setback: 10 feet
         7.   Min. Side Setback: 10 feet adjacent to property not in the development, 5 feet adjacent to property in the development.
         8.   Min. Rear Setback: 20 feet
         9.   Min. Building Separation: 10 feet
      c.   Structure Design :
         1.   The front and rear elevations shall include a wall break between each unit.
         2.   The front and rear elevations shall include at least one roof break for every two units.
         3.   Exterior wall and roof materials shall be the same or similar to the predominate materials of existing single family homes located within one block on the same street.
         4.   Roof design shall be consistent with the predominate design of existing single family homes located within one block on the same the street.
         5.   For developments with three to five structures, a minimum of two different front and rear building elevations and two color pallets is required, which should be distributed throughout the development. Structures with the same elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another.
         6.   For developments with more than five structures, a minimum of three different front and rear building elevations and three color pallets are required, which should be distributed throughout the development. Where ever possible, locating structure with the same front and rear elevation next to one another should be avoided regardless of difference of color pallets. Structure with the same front elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another.
         7.   All units shall be accessed directly from the exterior of the structure. Internal hallways serving multiple units are prohibited although shared porches between two units are permitted.
         8.   At least one unit in each structure shall have its main entry located on the front elevation, with a walkway leading to it from either the driveway or, preferably, from the sidewalk/street.
         9.   Entries for different units may be paired, with 20 feet provided between pairs or between pairs and single entries. There is no minimum separation between entries to the same unit.
         10.   Each building elevation shall have a minimum of two windows and/or doors.
         11.   The floor area of the units within a structure may not vary by more than 50%.
         12.   Exterior stairways to the second floor are prohibited on the front and side elevations.
         13.   Each building elevation shall have a minimum of two windows and/or doors.
      d.   Garages and Driveways :
         1.   Each unit shall have an attached or detached garage suitable for at least    one car.
         2.   Where alleys are present or can be extended driveways, parking areas and garages are prohibited in the front.
         3.   Regardless of location, garages serving one or more units may not exceed a width of 45 feet and shall have at least one wall break and one    roof break for    every 24 feet of width.
         4.   Where permitted in the front, the face of the garage shall not project beyond the    main portion of the front wall of the structure and shall be five feet behind the furthest front projecting portion of the structure (e.g. front porch, bay window, etc.).
         5.   Driveways in the front shall be at least 5 feet from properties not in the development.
         6.   For each unit, garages wider than 24 feet or with more than two overhead doors are prohibited.
         7.   All surface parking (other than driveways leading to private garages) shall have the same minimum front setback as the garage.
   (e)   MULTIPLEX DEVELOPMENT .  A Multiplex structure may take several forms including attached town houses, tri-plexes, quad-plexes, or flats with units located on different levels. Regardless of configuration, each structure contains a maximum of four units and is on a separate platted lot or a condominium and all units have separate exterior entrances. For purposes of this section, the term “structure” applies to the entire structure housing the units. The term “unit” applies to individual dwelling units located within a “structure.” The term “development” applies to the land area and all of the structures that are constructed as part of the same infill project.
   (1)   All Developments with Multiplex Structures . The following regulations apply to all Multiplex developments:
      a.   Eligible Developable Parcels . Parcels eligible to apply for Multiplex development include those with:
         1.   A minimum area of 20,000 sq. ft.; or
         2.   Three or more residential units, or
         3.   An existing non-residential use or, if vacant, where the last use was not residential
      b.   Lot Dimensions and Setbacks :
         1.   Min. Lot Area: 4,500 per unit
         2.   Min. Lot Width: 30 feet
         3.   Min. Front Setback – Front Wall Line and Garage: 20 feet
         4.   Min. Front Setback – Front Entry: 15 feet for a covered or enclosed front    entry of no more than 60 sq. ft. of floor area and no more than 15 feet in height.
         5.   Min. Corner Lot Side Street Setback: 15 feet
         6.   Min. Side Setback: 10 feet adjacent to property not in the development, 5 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         7.   Min. Rear Setback: 30 feet adjacent to property not in the development or an alley, 20 feet adjacent to property within the development.
         8.   Min. Building Separation: 10 feet
      c .   Structure Design :
         1.   Front building elevations shall not exceed 120 feet in length and shall have a minimum of one wall break for every 30 feet.
         2.   All other building elevations shall not exceed 125 in length and shall a minimum of one wall break for every 50 feet.
         3.   Exterior wall and roof materials shall be the same or similar to the predominate materials of existing single family homes located within one block on the same street.
         4.   Roof design shall be consistent with the predominate design of existing single family homes located within one block on the same street.
         5.   For developments with three to five structures, a minimum of two different front and rear building elevations and two color pallets is required, which should be distributed throughout the development. Structures with the same elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another.
         6.   For developments with more than five structures, a minimum of three different front and rear building elevations and three color pallets is required, which should be distributed throughout the development.   Structures with the same elevation and the same color pallet may not be located next to one another. Wherever possible, locating structures with the same elevation next to one another should be avoided, regardless of differences in color pallets.
         7.   All units shall be directly accessed from the exterior of the structure. Internal hallways serving Multiplex units are prohibited, although shared porches between two units are permitted.
         8.   At least one unit in each structure shall have its main entry located on the front elevation, with a walkway leading to it from either the driveway or, preferably, from the sidewalk/street.
         9.   Entries for different units may be paired, with 20 feet provided between pairs or between pairs and single entries. There is no minimum separation between entries to the same unit.
         10.   Each building elevation shall have a minimum of two windows and/or doors.
         11.   The floor area of the units within a structure may not vary by more than 50%.
         12.   Structures with units on different levels shall have elevation designs that suggest the first and second floors are part of the same unit.
         13.   Exterior stairways to the second floor are prohibited on the front and side elevations.
      d.   Garages and Driveways :
         1.   Each unit shall have an attached or detached garage suitable for at least    one car.
         2.   Where alleys are present or can be extended, driveways, parking areas and garages are prohibited in the front.
         3.   Regardless of location, garages serving one or more units may not exceed a width of 45 feet and shall have at least one wall break and one roof break for every 24 feet of width
         4.   Where permitted in the front, the face of the garage shall not project beyond main portion of the front wall of the structure and shall be five behind the furthest front projecting portion of the structure (e.g. front porch, bay window, etc.).
         5.   Driveways in the front shall be at least 5 feet from properties not in the development.
         6.   All surface parking (other than driveways leading to private garages) shall have the same minimum front setback as the garage.
         7.   All surface parking (other than driveways leading to private garages) that are adjacent to property not in the development shall provide a landscape bufferyard.

SEC. 35-3300. RELATIONSHIP TO ILLINOIS QUAD CITIES UNIFIED ZONING CODE AND MOLINE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN.

   (a)   ZONING DISTRICTS FROM ILQC UNIFIED ZONING CODE . The Moline Zoning and Land Development Code includes the following Non-Residential/Resource Districts from the ILQC Unified Zoning Code as these districts have been found to be the most consistent with the goals, objectives and policies of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan:
   (1)   “O-1” Office District
   (2)   “ORT” Office/Research Park and Technology District
   (3)   “B-1” Neighborhood Business District
   (4)   “B-2” Central Business District
   (5)   “B-3” Community Business District
   (6)   “B-4” Highway/Intensive Business District
   (7)   “I-1” Light Industrial District
   (8)   “I-2” General Industrial District
   (b)   MODIFICATIONS TO ILQC UNIFIED ZONING CODE DISTRICTS . In order to fully implement the goals, objectives and policies of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan, some modifications have been made to the Non-Residential/Resource Districts selected from the ILQC Unified Zoning Code. In some instances, these modifications are noted in this Article to assist readers of this Code who have familiarity with the ILQC Unified Zoning Code. However, in every instance where there are differences between the codes, whether highlighted or not, the provisions of the Moline Zoning and Land Development Code shall prevail.
   (c)   ADDITIONAL ZONING DISTRICTS . To further the goals, objectives and policies of the Moline Comprehensive Plan, the Moline Land Development Code also includes the following Non-Residential/Resource District, which is not a part of the ILQC Unified Zoning Code:
   (1)   “NC” Neighborhood Center District (The permitted uses within the NC District are similar to those permitted in the “B-1” Neighborhood Business District of the ILQC Unified Code, but the bulk standards are significantly different as necessary to reflect the unique and desired character of those areas in Moline where the NC District is mapped.)

SEC. 35-3301. BULK STANDARDS.

   (a)   PRINCIPAL AND MAJOR ACCESSORY STRUCTURES . Table 35-3301.1. lists the bulk standards for principal and major accessory structures in all Non-Residential/Resource Districts.
   (1)   Terms . Please see Sec. 35-3106 for an explanation of the terms used on Table 35-3301.1.
   (2)   Exceptions . Please see Sec. 35-3108 for exceptions to the bulk standards on Table 35-3301.1.
Table 35-3301.1.
Non-Residential/Resource Districts
Principal and Major Accessory Structure Bulk Standards
Minimum Lot Dimensions
Minimum Yard Setbacks(2) (ft)
Side
Maximum Building Height (ft/stories
Maximum Building Coverage (4) (%)
Maximum Building Size (3)
(sq ft/FAR)
Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio
Minimum On-Site Building Separation(5) (ft)
Zoning District
Lot Area (sq ft)
Width (feet)
Street Front (feet)(1)
Front(8)
Least
Sum
Rear
Minimum Lot Dimensions
Minimum Yard Setbacks(2) (ft)
Side
Maximum Building Height (ft/stories
Maximum Building Coverage (4) (%)
Maximum Building Size (3)
(sq ft/FAR)
Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio
Minimum On-Site Building Separation(5) (ft)
Zoning District
Lot Area (sq ft)
Width (feet)
Street Front (feet)(1)
Front(8)
Least
Sum
Rear
O-1(6)
5,000
50
20
15
0
15
15
35/2 1/2
50
20,000
0.25
20
B-1(6)
5,000
50
20
20
0
0
10
35
70
10,000
0.20
0/20
NC(6)
5,000
50
20
0
0
0
0
35
100
10,000
0.00
0/10
B-2(6)
5,000
50
20
0
0
0
0
None
100
5.0 FAR
0.00
0/10
B-3(6)
5,000
50
20
20
0
0
10
45
60
100,000
0.10
0/20
B-4(7)
20,000
50
20
20
0
0
20
70
50
500,000
0.20
0/20
ORT
20,000
50
20
50
15
30
20
45
50
250,000
0.30
40
I-1
20,000
50
20
20
15
30
20
45
60
250,000
0.10
0/10
I-2(7)
20,000
50
20
20+
15
30
20+
75
70
2.0 FAR
0.10
0/10
 
Footnotes:
   The requirements may be waived if the City engineer instead approves, and the applicant records, an irrevocable access easement.
   Yards adjoining Residential Districts shall have minimum setbacks equal to the adjoining Residential District. Required bufferyards (see Sec. 35-5207) may also require larger setbacks.
   Maximum size of building permitted by right. Larger buildings require approval of a special use permit (see Sec. 35-2206).
   Combined coverage of all principal and major accessory structures.
   Where “0” and another dimension are indicated, buildings must be attached or have the minimum separation indicated.
   For residential development, refer to the R-6 District standards.
   For buildings higher than 50 feet, the minimum front yard setback shall be 40% of building height and the minimum rear yard setback shall be 30 feet.
   The required front yard setbacks apply to all sides of a corner lot that have street frontage (See Section 35-3108 for exceptions).
(Ord. No. 3008-2009; Table 35-3301.1 amended by inserting footnote (8) to Minimum Yard Setbacks, “Front”; 03/24/09; Ord. No. 3007-2017; Table 35-3301.1 repealed in entirety; new Table 35-3301.1 enacted; 06/13/17)
Standards in bold indicate difference between Moline Zoning and Land Development Code and ILQC Unified Zoning Code.
   Standards that are shaded indicate those not included in ILQC Unified Building Code.
   (b)   Minor Accessory Structures and Obstructions Permitted in Setbacks. Table 35-3301.2. lists the minor accessory structures and obstructions permitted within required principal structure yard setbacks in all Non-Residential/Resource Districts.
   (1)   Terms . Please see Sec. 35-3107 for an explanation of the terms used on Table 35-3301.2.
Table 35-3301.2
Non-Residential and Resource Districts
Minor Accessory Structures and Obstructions Permitted in Required Yard Setbacks
 
All Setbacks
Front Setbacks
Side Setbacks
Rear Setbacks
Limitations (1)
All Setbacks
Front Setbacks
Side Setbacks
Rear Setbacks
Limitations (1)
Fences, walls & hedges (2)
Barbed Wire
T
Industrial Districts only, no less than 8 feet above grade and 5 feet from right-of-way. All other districts by special use permit only.
Fence Wall
T
Not more than 42 inches in height and not less than one foot from front property line when constructed in the required front yard.
Fence Wall
T
T
Not more than 6 feet in height when constructed out of the required front yard. Fences in Industrial districts may exceed 6 feet if they meet building setbacks.
Retaining Wall
T
Not more than 6 feet in height, terraced slopes to have a minimum of 3 feet horizontal distance between walls.
Minor Accessory Structures (3)
Arbor/Trellis
T
Not more than 16 feet in height covering less than 10% of front setback.
Arbor/Trellis
T
T
Not more than 16 feet in height covering less than 50% of required setback.
Dumpster Enclosure(2)
T
T
Dumpsters placed at any location on the property must be screened on four sides (including a gate for access) with a solid fence or wall 6 feet in height.
Flag Pole
T
Not higher than 30 feet or principal structure, whichever is greater.
Fountain
T
Not more than 5 feet in height.
Gazebo/Picnic Shelters
T
T
Not more than 16 feet in height and no larger than 120 square feet.
Patio/Plaza
T
Not more than 1 foot above grade.
Seasonal Decorations
T
Not displayed longer than 90 days.
Shed/Storage Building
T
T
Not more than 16 feet in height and no larger than 120 square feet.
Statutory/Art Objects
T
Not more than 5 feet in height with a footprint no larger than 20 square feet.
Swimming Pools/Recreation Courts (4)
T
T
Edge of water/playing structure to be 3 feet from all property lines; all permanent equipment to be not more than 16 feet in height.
Walkways/Steps
T
Not more than 1 foot above grade.
Obstructions (5)
Awning/Canopy
T
Projecting not more than 3 feet into setback.
Bay Window/Balcony
T
Not more than 1/3 of wall area and projecting not more than 3 feet into setback.
Chimney, Flue, Belt Courses, Cornice, Leader, Lentil, Sil, Pilaster
T
Projecting not more than 18 inches into setback.
Eaves and Gutter
T
T
Projecting not more than 18 inches into setback.
Elevated Deck/Porch
T
T
Not covered and not closer than 3 feet to any property line.
Fire Escape
T
Projecting not more than 3 feet into setback.
Mechanical Equipment
T
T
Not closer than 3 feet to any property line.
Stoop/Landing
T
Not higher than ground floor of building and not larger than 25 sq. ft. (not including steps).
Wheelchair Ramp
T
Generally, no larger than minimum requirements to meet accessibility codes.
 
Footnotes:
(1)   The following shall apply to all items on this table.
   a. All items shall comply with visibility triangle requirements of Sec. 35-5210.
   b. The Zoning Administrator, Building Official and Fire Marshall may alter any of these standards and/or impose additional requirements as necessary to achieve compliance with other codes and/or to protect the health and safety of persons on the subject property or adjoining properties.
(2)   Please see Sec. 35-5209 for complete requirements pertaining to fences and walls.
(3)   Minor accessory structures are those that are generally less than 16 feet in height and less than 120 square feet and which, in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator, are similar in size, character and function to those listed here. Minor accessory structures which do not comply with the limitations on this table shall be considered to be major accessory structures and shall comply with all major accessory structure requirements and standards.
(4)   Applies only to pools and courts provided by employer for use by their employees strictly for enjoyment, not as a part of business operation.
(5)   Obstructions are features that are intregal to or otherwise permanently attached to the principal structure. Other integral or attached features, which in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator are not similar to those listed in this table, shall comply with the principal buildings setbacks.
(Ord. No. 3007-2009; Table 35-3301.2 amended by deleting Row 11, "Dumpster Enclosure;" new Row 11, "Dumpster Enclosure" enacted; 03/17/09; Ord. No. 3008-2009; Table 35-3301.2 amended by repealing "Fences, walls & hedges;" new "Fences, walls & hedges enacted;" and by adding "Wheelchair Ramp" to "Obstructions;" 03/24/09; Ord. No. 3035-2020; Table 35-3301.2 repealed; Table 35-3301.2 added; 12/01/20; Ord. No. 3007-2025; Table 35-3301.2 amended by adding “Minor Accessory Structure” and “Obstructions”; 02/4/25)

SEC. 35-3302. LAND USE REQUIREMENTS.

   Land use regulations for all Non-Residential / Resource Districts are provided in Division 4 of this Article.

SEC. 35-3303. OFFICE DISTRICTS.

   The Office Districts (O-1 and ORT) are established to provide sufficient areas for office and/or research uses consistent with goals and objectives of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan.

SEC. 35-3304. “O-1” OFFICE DISTRICTS.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The O-1 District is intended to provide areas for office, institutional and residential uses consistent with the Mixed Use, Office, Commercial and Business Park Overlay Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. In special or unique circumstances, the O-1 District may also accommodate personal or small business services where consistent with the defining characteristics of the District. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The O-1 District in Moline is primarily characterized by professional office, institutional and residential uses housed in smaller buildings (20,000 square feet or less) with low building heights (30 feet or less) and low lot coverages (50% or less). The District may also include secondary business establishments with accessory or specialty retail sales on a limited basis where the development focus is more on design rather than use to ensure compatibility with the surrounding development. Some developments within the District have two or more buildings/lots arranged in a campus-type setting, while others entail single buildings on single lots lined up along prominent collector and minor arterial roads that bi-sect residential areas. Accordingly, the District can serve as a transition between residential development and higher traffic roadways or, in some instances, more intensive non-residential development. All parking needs are provided on-site. Off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors lights and vibrations are minimal in this District. Site layouts and building orientations are designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining residential districts, while also providing appropriate screening and buffering from the adjoining, more intensive non-residential development. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
(Ord. No. 3019-2018; Sec. 35-3304 repealed; new Sec. 35-3304 enacted; 06/12/18)
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (1)   Residential Uses . For all principle residential uses, the R-6 District bulk standards shall apply (see Table 35-3201.1.).
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Division 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site design and materials standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3305. “ORT” OFFICE/RESEARCH PARK AND TECHNOLOGY DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT. The ORT District is intended to provide for major office, research and technology-based light industrial uses primarily located along expressways or arterial roads consistent with the Office, Commercial, Commercial/Industrial, and Business Park Overlay Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The ORT District in Moline is characterized by large, attractively landscaped, low-density, office and research uses and some specialized unobjectionable light industrial activities. These uses take advantage of the adjoining transportation corridors but are sufficiently restricted to be compatible with adjacent residential and commercial development. These may include manufacturing, processing, packaging, assembly or treatment of finished or semi-finished products from previously prepared materials. No outdoor storage is allowed in this District, and all operations must be in an enclosed building. Areas within the District typically are the subject of a master development plan that includes multiple lots in a campus like setting. All parking needs are provided on-site, and off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights, and vibrations are minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining lower intensity districts, while also providing appropriate screening and buffering from the adjoining, more intensive non-residential development. This District is intended to have a green/open space atmosphere conducive to quality development with the preservation of significant natural features. Thus, where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the district as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Divisions 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3306. BUSINESS DISTRICTS.

   The Business Districts (B-1, NC, B-2, B-3 and B-4) are established to provide sufficient areas for commercial uses as necessary to enhance the economic health of the community without negatively impacting residential areas, consistent with the goals and objectives of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan.

SEC. 35-3307. “B-1” NEIGHBORHOOD BUSINESS DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The B-1 District is intended to provide areas for small scale commercial uses generally serving the needs of the surrounding residential areas consistent with the Mixed Use and Commercial Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The B-1 District in Moline is mapped in smaller, neighborhood-oriented business districts. These areas are characterized by a limited range of retail, professional office, personal and business services, and food and drink establishments housed in small buildings (10,000 square feet or less) with low building heights (35 feet or less). Some buildings may also contain a mix of uses with ground floor retail and second story offices or residential units. Sites and buildings tend to have pedestrian orientations, but also provide on-site parking. Typical building design elements include front awnings, display windows and projecting, flush wall-mounted and window signage. The District is mapped in small, discrete locations on a collector or minor arterial that bi-sects residential areas. Accordingly, the District serves as an activity center and as a transition between residential development and higher traffic roadways or, in some instances, more intensive non-residential development. Off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations are minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining residential districts. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS. Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Divisions 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3308. “NC” NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The NC District is intended to provide areas for small scale commercial uses generally serving the needs of the surrounding residential areas consistent with the Mixed Use and Commercial Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted and are intended to be implemented so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The NC District in Moline is mapped in identifiable neighborhood business districts, such as Olde Towne and portions of Uptown and Avenue of the Cities. These areas are characterized by a limited range of retail, professional office, personal and business services, and food and drink establishments housed in small buildings (10,000 square feet or less) with low building heights (35 feet or less). Many buildings also contain a mix of uses with ground floor retail and second story offices or residential units. Buildings tend to have pedestrian orientations characterized by a lack of front and side setbacks creating continuous block-long façades fronting directly on public sidewalks. Typical building design elements include front awnings, display windows and projecting, flush wall-mounted and window signage. Most parking needs are met on-street, with some additional parking provided in the rear of the buildings. The District is mapped in short stretches (generally less than three blocks) in the heart of the identifiable business districts, most which occur along collector and minor arterials that bi-sect residential areas. Accordingly, the District serves as an activity center and as a transition between residential development and higher traffic roadways or, in some instances, more intensive non-residential development. Off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations are minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining residential districts. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1.and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Divisions 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3309. “B-2” CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The B-2 District is intended to be a high density, compact, pedestrian oriented shopping, office, service, residential and entertainment area generally serving the needs of the entire city and region consistent with the adopted Moline Centre Plan and other portions of the Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The B-2 District in Moline is mapped in the heart of the downtown and serves as a primary activity center for the city. However, the District consists of several sub-areas each of which have different predominate uses and building forms as identified in the adopted Moline Centre Plan. In general, the District is characterized by retail, professional office, personal and business services, residential, food and drink establishments, entertainment, and general commercial uses housed in buildings of various sizes and heights, some of which are quite tall, and most of which cover nearly the entire lot. Many buildings contain a mix of uses with retail on the ground floor and offices or residential units above. Buildings tend to have pedestrian orientations characterized by a lack of front and side setbacks creating continuous block-long façades fronting directly on public sidewalks. Typical building design elements include differentiated façades at the first floor level with front awnings, display windows, and projecting, wall-mounted and window signage. Most parking needs are met on-street or in public lots, with some additional parking provided in the rear of the buildings or in structures. Given the intensity of use and site development within the District, off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations can be significant and need to be evaluated on a site-by-site basis to ensure compatibility with existing and proposed surrounding development within and adjacent to the District. This District is mapped in an area that has adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (1)   Residential Uses . For all principle residential uses, the R-6 District bulk standards shall apply (see Table 35-3201.1).
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Divisions 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V.

SEC. 35-3310. “B-3” COMMUNITY BUSINESS DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The B-3 District is intended to provide for general commercial businesses which serve a significant segment of the population consistent with the Mixed Use and Commercial Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The B-3 District in Moline is mapped in general commercial areas mostly along collector and arterial streets, such as much of the Avenue of the Cities, 4th Avenue west of the downtown, and portions of 16th Street. Some of these are included in adopted area plans, each of which identify and plan for different predominate uses and building forms. In general, the District is characterized by a variety of commercial uses housed in buildings of various sizes, but most of which are one or two stories in height. Buildings may contain either a single use, or several uses in a strip plaza type setting. The District is dominated by uses with indoor operations, although some have limited outdoor activities. Buildings typically occupy about half of the lot area, with the other half devoted to parking and landscape buffers. Signage consists of limited freestanding monuments or poles in addition to flush wall-mounted and window signs. Given the intensity of use and site development within the District, off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations can be significant and need to be minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining residential districts. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the district as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. This District is mapped in an area that has adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Division 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V. (Ord. No. 3034-2006; Section 35-3310(f) repealed in its entirety; new Section 35-3310(f) enacted; 8/15/06)

SEC. 35-3311. “B-4” HIGHWAY/INTENSIVE BUSINESS DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The B-4 District is intended to permit development of intensive, general commercial uses adjacent to expressways or along other major arterial thoroughfares consistent with the Commercial and Commercial/Industrial Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The B-4 District in Moline is mapped in intensive general commercial areas along major arterial streets, such as John Deere Road and portions of the Avenue of the Cities, as well as significant business districts catering to citywide and regional needs, such as the South Park Mall area. Some of these are included in adopted area plans, each of which identify and plan for different predominate uses and building forms. In general, the District is characterized by a variety of intensive commercial uses housed in large buildings, but most of which are one story or two stories in height. Buildings may contain either a single use, or several uses in a strip center type setting. The District is dominated by uses with indoor operations, but also provides for functions and businesses that may be characterized by outdoor display, storage and/or sale of merchandise. Although large, buildings typically occupy less than half of the lot area, with the other half devoted mostly to parking and some to landscape buffers. Signage consists of freestanding monuments or poles in addition to flush wall-mounted signs. Given the intensity of use and site development within the District, off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations can be significant and need to be minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining lower intensity districts. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. This District is mapped in areas that have adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REQUIREMENTS .  Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District. All land uses in this district, except one- and two-family dwellings shall, in addition to Division 1 through 4, comply with the quality building and site standards contained in Division 5 of Article V. (Ord. No. 3007-2009; Sec. 35-3311(f) repealed; new Sec. 35-3311(f) enacted; 03/17/09)

SEC. 35-3312. INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS.

   The Industrial Districts (I-1 and I-2) are established to provide sufficient area for a range of commercial, industrial, warehousing and storage uses as necessary to enhance the economic health of the community without negatively impacting residential and lesser-intensive non-residential areas, consistent with the goals and objectives of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan.

SEC. 35-3313. “I-1” LIGHT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The I-1 District is intended to provide for less intensive industrial uses consistent with the Commercial/Industrial and Industrial Future Land Use Categories of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted, and are intended to be implemented, so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The I-1 District in Moline is mapped in several, smaller, heavy commercial and light industrial areas. The District is characterized by a variety of commercial, office, assembly, fabrication, processing, and storage uses housed in buildings of various sizes, most of which are one story in height on small lots. The District is dominated by uses with indoor operations, although some have limited outdoor activities. Buildings typically occupy about half of the lot area, with the other half devoted to parking and landscape buffers. Signage consists of limited freestanding monuments or poles in addition to flush wall-mounted signs. Given the intensity of use and site development within the District, off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations can be significant and need to be minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining lower intensity districts. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. This District is mapped in an area that has adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REQUIREMENTS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District.

SEC. 35-3314. “I-2” GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT.

   (a)   PURPOSE AND INTENT . The I-2 District is intended to provide for large scale manufacturing uses consistent with the Industrial Future Land Use Category of the adopted Moline Comprehensive Plan. The District standards have been crafted and are intended to be implemented so that redevelopment and new development projects preserve and enhance the defining characteristics of the District.
   (b)   DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS . The I-2 District in Moline is mapped in a few, larger industrial areas and is characterized by a variety of assembly, fabrication, processing, storage and manufacturing uses housed in buildings of various sizes, most of which are one story in height on larger lots. The District contains uses with indoor and outdoor operations. Buildings typically occupy about half of the lot area, with the other half devoted to related outdoor activities (such as storage and work yards) parking and landscape buffers. Signage consists of limited freestanding monuments or poles in addition to flush wall-mounted signs. Given the intensity of uses and site development within the District, off-site impacts from traffic generation, noise, odors, lights and vibrations are significant and need to be minimized through site layouts and building orientations designed to achieve compatibility with the adjoining lower intensity districts. Where areas in the District adjoin deep ravines or other natural features, lot sizes are larger than the minimums specified for the District as a whole or buildings and improvements clustered in order to protect these natural features and resources in accordance with Article IV of this Code. This District is mapped in an area that has adequate public facilities and services with capacity to serve the existing and projected impacts and needs of development of this magnitude.
   (c)   BULK STANDARDS . Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. list bulk standards for principal and accessory structures.
   (d)   LAND USE REGULATIONS . Division 4 of this Article provides all land use regulations for this District.
   (e)   SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . Article IV of this Code provides site development standards applicable to development within this District.
   (f)   SITE IMPROVEMENT AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . Article V, Divisions 1 through 4, of this Code provides site improvement and performance standards applicable to development within this District.

SEC. 35-3400. PURPOSE.

   The purpose of this Division is to indicate which land uses may locate in each zoning district and under what requirements; and which land uses may not locate therein. A further distinction is made for land uses which may locate in a given district only upon obtaining a special or temporary use permit to do so. Finally, certain land uses may locate in a given district as a matter of right upon compliance with special regulations for such a land use.

SEC. 35-3401. REGULATION OF ALLOWED USES.

   The land uses listed in Table 35-3401.1. are specifically designated and refer to the detailed listing of land uses contained in this Division and are subject to the following:
   (1)   LAND USES PERMITTED BY RIGHT . Land uses permitted by right are indicated with a “P” on Table 35-3401.1. These are permitted per the general land use requirement of this Division; per the general requirements of the specific zoning district in which they are located; per any additional requirements applicable to that particular land use as contained in this Division; per any additional requirements imposed by applicable overlay zoning districts as designated on the Official Zoning Map; per the general requirements of this Code; and per any and all other applicable City, County, State, and Federal regulations.
   (2)   LAND USES PERMITTED AS RESIDENTIAL INFILL DEVELOPMENT . Land uses permitted as Residential Infill Development are indicated with an "I" on Table 35-3401.1. These are permitted subject to all of the requirements contained in Sec. 35-3211, and all of the requirements applicable to uses permitted by right, above, plus any additional requirements imposed as part of the applicable site plan review or special use permit approval processes.
   (3)   LAND USES PERMITTED AS A SPECIAL USE . Land uses listed as permitted as a special use are indicated with an “S” on Table 35-3401.1.
      a.   Special uses are permitted subject to all the requirements applicable to uses permitted by right as listed in subsection (a), above, provided the use meets the conditions for a special use listed in Sec. 35-2206, including any additional requirements imposed as part of the special use process. Each application for, and instance of, a special use shall be considered a unique situation and shall not be construed as precedent for similar requests.
      b.   In recommending special uses hereunder for those applications which are subject to the Fair Housing Act (“FHA”, 42 U.S.C.A. 3601 et seq.) or the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”, found generally at 42 U.S.C.A. 12131 et seq.) or both, the Plan Commission is hereby authorized to waive or vary provisions of the zoning code when necessary to reasonably accommodate the statutory rights of the disabled. This authority shall be interpreted and administered in order to ensure the full exercise and enjoyment of a disabled person’s right to the residential housing of his or her choosing. The provisions of this Section 35-3401(c)(2) shall not apply to commercial or business activities or zones; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be interpreted or otherwise construed as limiting the exercise of a disabled person’s rights by or through a residential care provider. This Section 35-3401(c)(2) shall be implemented and interpreted in accordance with the ADA and the FHA.
      c.   When the Plan Commission finds that a reasonable accommodation is necessary, such reasonable accommodation shall be provided as follows:
         1.   Upon application of a disabled person or individual or entity providing services to the disabled in a residential facility or other group living arrangement, the Plan Commission is hereby authorized to vary, modify or waive the requirements of this zoning code in order to provide a reasonable accommodation as necessary to provide a disabled person full enjoyment of a residence.
         2.   The City’s duty to accommodate is an affirmative one, and the Plan Commission is therefore authorized to provide accommodations in a proactive manner.
         3.   Review of a request for a special use requiring a reasonable accommodation may, at the discretion of the Plan Commission, include citizen input or information as provided for in the Plan Commission’s hearing process. The Plan Commission shall provide written notice of the proposed accommodation to the applicant and property owners as required by City policy.
         4.   When applying the reasonable accommodation process required hereunder, stereotypical assumptions regarding the disabled should be avoided, and accommodations shall be based upon actual evidence presented to and before the Plan Commission.
      d.   It shall not be a requirement of this Code to require a waiver or variance or modification of the provisions of the codes adopted in Chapter 8 or Chapter 11 of the Code of Ordinances regarding building, housing and other technical or trade codes or fire codes, adopted respectively therein, which does not substantially accomplish the purposes of those Codes and said Chapters or which would reduce the fire safety of any structure. Modifications, waivers and variances of the provisions of any uniform code or international code shall provide at least the same level of safety required by the respective codes. The applicant shall have the burden of establishing that the proposed modification, waiver or variance accomplishes substantially the same purpose without the reduction of fire safety.
      e.   The accommodation provided shall be of a personal nature, personal to the applicant only and shall not run with the land; provided, however, that a change in a residential structure necessary to accommodate the operation of a residential care provider to the disabled may be continued by future operations of similar facilities at the site who establish the same use within six (6) months of the date the prior use by the disabled person or residential care provider ceases. The Plan Commission may therefore direct that any physical change in the structure permitted as a reasonable accommodation which would otherwise be illegal under the zoning code shall be immediately held to be a non-conforming structure and shall be brought into compliance within six (6) months of the date of sale or transfer of a residential structure to a person not qualifying for the protections of the ADA or FHA.
      f.   No right other than as required under the ADA or FHA is intended to be created by this Section 35-3401(c), nor shall any variance, modification or waiver be treated as or interpreted as a non-conforming use under this zoning code once the reasonable accommodation is no longer required.
      g.   The decision of the Plan Commission regarding a request for a reasonable accommodation shall be considered a final decision and appeal therefrom shall be in accordance with the Administrative Review Law found generally at 735 ILCS 5/3-101 et seq.
(Ord. No. 3034-2006, Section 35-3401(3) repealed; new Section 35-3401(3) enacted; 8/15/06)
   (4)   LAND USES PERMITTED AS AN ACCESSORY USE . Accessory uses are land uses which are incidental to the principal activity conducted on the subject property. Only those accessory uses listed with an “P” on Table 35-3401.1. or those indicated in sections of all divisions and referenced in Table 35-3401.1. shall be permitted by right. Those indicated with an “S” shall be permitted only as a special use. With the exception of a commercial apartment (see Sec. 35-3414(d)) and a caretaker’s residence (see Sec. 3417(a)), in no instance shall an accessory use, cellar, basement, tent or recreational trailer be used as a residence. Accessory uses shall not be located between a principal building and a street frontage on the same lot. Land uses permitted as an accessory use are permitted subject to all the requirements applicable to uses permitted by right as listed in subsection (a), above. Unless otherwise noted, accessory uses may not be established without a principal use on the same lot.
   (5)   LAND USES PERMITTED AS A TEMPORARY USE . Land uses listed as permitted as a temporary use are indicated with a “P” on Table 35-3401.1. These are permitted subject to all the requirements applicable to uses permitted by right as listed in subsection (a), above.
   (6)   PROHIBITED USES . Land Uses which are not listed in a specific zoning district Table 35-3401.1. are not permitted in such zoning district, except those that are legal nonconforming uses (Sec. 35-3111).
   (7)   COMPLIANCE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ESTABLISHMENT OF USE . Although a land use may be indicated as permitted by right or permitted as a special use in a particular district, it does not follow that such a land use is permitted or permissible on every parcel in such district. No land use is permitted or permissible on a parcel unless it can be located thereon in full compliance with all of the standards and regulations of this Code which are applicable to the specific land use and parcel in question, or unless an appropriate variance has been granted pursuant to Sec. 35-2207.
(Ord. No. 3007-2025; Sec. 35-3401 amended; 02/4/25)
Table 35-3401.1.
Permitted Land Uses
Proceed to end of Table 35-3401.1 to see amendments thereto
Conservation District (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Conservation District (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Principal Residential Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3405)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
(a) One-Family Detached Dwelling
P/I
P
P
P
P
(b) Zero Lot Line Development
P/I
P
P
P
P
P
S
(c) Twin House
P
P
P
P
P
S
(d) Duplex
P
P
P
P
P
S
(e) Two Flat
S/I
P
P
P
P
S
S
(f) Town House
S/I
P
P
P
P
S
S
(g) Multiplex
P
P
P
S
S
S
(h) Multiple-Family Dwelling
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(i) Manufactured Home
P
P
(j) Mobile Home
  
P
(k) Mobile Home Park
P
P
P
S
S
(l) Boarding House
(m) Group/Institutional Residential
P
P
S
P
P
P
S
S
(1) Group/Institutional - Small
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
(2) Group/Institutional – Large
P= Permitted Use S= Special Use I= Infill Residential Development (see Sec. 35-3211)
For Group Developments, see Sec. 35.3419
 
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Principal Agriculture Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3406)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(a) Cultivation
S
S
(b) Agricultural Services
P
P
P
P
(c) On-Site Agricultural Retail
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Silviculture, Selective Cutting
S
(e) Silviculture, Clear Cutting
(f) Husbandry
(g)   Intensive Agriculture.
Principal Recreational &
Institutional Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3407)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(a) Recreation, Outdoor – Passive, Public
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(b) Recreation, Outdoor – Active, Public
S
S
S
(c) Recreation, Outdoor – Private Camping
S
S
S
S
S
P
P
(d) Institutional, Outdoor
S
S
S
S
S
S
P
S
P
P
P
(e) Institutional, Indoor – Day Care Center
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(f) Institutional, Indoor – General
P
P
P
P
(g) Institutional, Indoor – Intensive
P= Permitted Use S= Special Use I= Infill Residential Development (see Sec. 35-3211)
For Group Developments, see Sec. 35.3419
 
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Principal Commercial Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3408)
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
(a) Food Truck Park
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
(b) Mobile Food Establishment
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(c) Office
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Personal or Professional Service, Limited
P
P
P
P
P
P
(e) Sales and Service, General
S
P
P
P
(f) Sales and Service, Intensive
S
S
S
S
P
P
(g) Sales and Service, In-Vehicle
P
P
(h) Sales and Service, Outdoor Display
S
P
P
P
P
P
(i) Restaurant
P
P
P
P
(j) Lodging
P
P
P
P
S
(k) Entertainment, Indoor
S
S
S
S
(l) Entertainment, Outdoor
P
P
(m) Entertainment, Adult
S
S
S
P
P
P
(n) Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, Minor
P
P
P
(o) Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, Major
P
P
S
P
S
S
(p) Animal Boarding Services
P
(q) Sales and Service, Cannabis Dispensing
S
P
P
P
P
P
P
(r) Sales and Service, Limited
Principal Transportation & Utility Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3409)
S
S
(a) Airport/Heliport
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
P
P
P
P
(b) Parking, Offsite
P
P
P
(c) Terminal, Freight
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Terminal, Passenger
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(e) Public Services and Utilities, Distribution
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
P
(f) Public Services and Utilities, Transmission
S
(g) Solar Energy System, Commercial
P= Permitted Use S= Special Use I= Infill Residential Development (see Sec. 35-3211)
For Group Developments, see Sec. 35.3419
 
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Principal Storage, Wholesaling & Industrial Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3410)
P
P
(a) Storage, Personal   
P
P
P
(b) Storage and Wholesaling, Indoor
P
P
P
(c) Storage and Wholesaling, Outdoor   
P
P
P
(d) Contractor Shops
S
(e) Junkyard or Salvage Yard
S
(f) Waste Disposal Facility
P
P
P
(g) Industrial, Light
P
(h) Industrial, General
S
(i) Industrial, Intensive
S
S
S
(j) Extraction Use
P
P
(k) Industrial, Cannabis Cultivation
Accessory Residential Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3411)
P
(a) Accessory Dwelling Units
S
S
S
S
S
(b) Bed and Breakfast
P
P
P
P
P
(c) Charging Station (Level 1, Private)
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Charging Station (Level 2, Private)
P
P
P
P
P
(e) Charging Station (Level 3, Private)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(f) Day Care Home, Serving 3 to 12 Children
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(g) Home Occupation, Minor
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
(h) Home Occupation, Major
P
P
P
P
P
(i) Kennel
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
S
S
S
(j) Outbuildings and Recreation Facilities
P
P
P
P
P
P
(k) Recreational Vehicle Storage
P= Permitted Use S= Special Use I= Infill Residential Development (see Sec. 35-3211)
For Group Developments, see Sec. 35.3419
 
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Accessory Recreational &
Institutional Land Uses
(See Sec. 35-3413)
Accessory Commercial Land Uses
(See Sec. 35-3414)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(a) Charging Station (Level 1, Public or Private)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(b) Charging Station (Level 2, Public or Private)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(c) Charging Station (Level 3, Public or Private)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Company-Provided Cafeteria
P
S
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
(e) Company-Provided Day Care
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(f) Company-Provided On-Site Recreation
P
P
P
P
P
(g) Dwelling Units Above Ground Floor
S
P
S
P
P
P
P
(h) Fleet Vehicle Storage
P
P
P
(i) Light Ind. Incident to Indoor Sales
S
S
S
S
S
S
(j) Mobile Food Establishment
S
P
P
P
P
P
(k) Outdoor Dining
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(l) Outdoor Display, Removable
S
S
S
P
P
P
(m) Outdoor Display and Storage, permanent
S
S
S
P
P
(n) Outdoor Entertainment
Accessory Transportation &
Utility Land Uses
(See Sec. 35-3415)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(1) Solar Energy System, Attached
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(2) Solar Energy System, Freestanding
S
S
S
S
S
S
P
P
(3) Wind Energy System
Accessory Storage, Wholesaling & Industrial Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3416)
P
P
P
(a) Indoor Sales Incident to Light Ind. Use
P= Permitted Use S= Special Use I= Infill Residential Development (see Sec. 35-3211)
For Group Developments, see Sec. 35.3419
 
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
Conservation (C-2)
General Agricultural (AG-2)
One-Family Residential (R-2)
One-Six Family Residential (R-4)
Multi-Family Residential (R-6)
Mobile Home Park (R-7)
Office District (O-1)
Office/ Research Park (ORT)
Neighborhood Business (B-1)
Neighborhood Center (NC)
Central Business (B-2)
Community Business (B-3)
Highway/ Intensive Business (B-4)
Light Industrial (I-1)
General Industrial (I-2)
Type of Land Use
General Accessory Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3417)
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(a) Caretaker’s Residence
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(b) Drainage Structure
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(c) Exterior Communication Devices
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Filling
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
(e) Heliport
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(f) Lawn Care of Subject Property
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
P
P
P
P
(g) On-Site Parking
Temporary Land Uses
(Sec. 35-3418)
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
(b) Barrow Pit
S
S
S
S
(c) Concrete Batch Plant
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(d) Contractor’s On-Site Equipment Storage
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(e) Contractor’s Project Office
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(f) Outdoor Assembly
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(g) Outdoor Sales, Agricultural Products
P
P
P
P
P
(h) Outdoor Sales, General
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(i) Portable Outdoor Storage Unit
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(j) Real Estate Sales Office
P
P
P
P
(k) Relocatable Building
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(l) Rummage Sales, Personal
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
(m) Vehicle Sales, Personal
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Group Developments
(Sec. 35-3419)
P= Permitted Use S= Special Use I= Infill Residential Development (see Sec. 35-3211)
 
Amendments to Table 35-3401.1:
Ord. No. 3034-2006; 08/15/06; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: 1) Sec. 35-3405 land use designation from “P” to “S” for (m)(1); 2) amended Sec. 35-3408 land use designation for (i) by placing a “P” in “Neighborhood Center” column; 3) amended Sec. 35-3405 by placing “P” in the “Neighborhood Center” column for subsections (a), (c), (d) and (e); and 4) amended Sec. 35-3405 by deleting “P” in the Multi-Family Residential” column; 8/15/06
Ord. No. 3014-2007; 04/10/07; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: 1) Sec. 35-3406: deleted “P” under “Office District” in subsection (f) Husbandry; 2) Sec. 35-3407: added “P” under “Office District” in subsection (g) Institutional, Indoor - Intensive
Ord. No. 3033-2008; 05/13/08; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: Sec. 35-3418 by repealing section entitled “Temporary Land Uses” and enacting in lieu thereof new section entitled “Temporary Land Uses”
Ord. No. 3054-2008; 12/09/08; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: Sec. 3408 by placing “S” in “Neighborhood Center” column for subsections (e) Sales and Service, In-Vehicle and (l) Vehicle Repair & Maintenance, Minor
Ord. No. 3032-2010; 07/27/10; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: Sec. 35-3405 by placing an “S” in Central Business (B-2) of subsections (a), (c), (d) and (e)
Ord. No. 3003-2102; 01/10/12; amended Table 35-3401.1, Sec. 35-3415, “Accessory Transportation & Utility Land Uses,” by adding new designations for (1) Solar Energy System, (2) Solar Energy System, (3) Wind Energy System
Ord. No. 3003-2014; 12/16/14; amended Table 35-3401.1, Sec. 35-3408, “Principal Commercial Land Uses,” by adding a new designation for (n) Animal Boarding Services, by placing an “S” for special use in Community Business (B-3)
Ord. No. 3024-2014; 10/21/14; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: 1) Sec. 35-3408, “Principal Commercial Land Uses,” by adding a new designation for (o) Sales and Service, Cannabis Dispensing; 2) Sec. 35-3410, “Principal Storage, Wholesaling and Industrial Land Uses,” by adding a new designation for (k) Industrial, Cannabis Cultivation
Ord. No. 3019-2018; 06/12/18; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3408, “Principal Commercial Land Uses,” by adding (p) Sales and Service, Limited
Ord. No. 3024-2018; 06/12/18; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3408, “Principal Commercial Land Uses,” by adding a new designation for (i) Entertainment, Indoor, by placing an “S” for special use in Light Industrial (I-1) Ord. No. 3002-2019; 03/05/19; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3409, “Principal Transportation & Utility Land Uses,” subsection (b) Parking, Offsite, by amending the designation for Central Business (B-2) from “P” to “S”
Ord. No. 3002-2019; 03/05/19; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3417, “General Accessory Land Uses,” subsection (g) On-Site Parking,” by amending the designation for Central Business (B-2) from “P” to “S”
Ord. No. 3037-2020; 12/01/2020; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3410, "Principal Storage, Wholesaling & Industrial Land Uses," subsection (a) Storage, Personal," by removing the "P" designation for Highway/Intensive Business (B-4)
Ord. No. 3012-2023; 04/11/23; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3411, “Accessory Residential Land Uses,” adding (b) Charging Station (Level 1, Private), (c) Charging Station (Level 2, Private), (d) Charging Station (Level 3, Private)
Ord. No. 3012-2023; 04/11/23; amended Table 35-3401.1; Sec. 35-3414, “Accessory Commercial Land Uses,” adding (a) Charging Station (Level 1, Public or Private), (b) Charging Station (Level 2, Public or Private), (c) Charging Station (Level 3, Public or Private)
Ord. No. 3039-2023; 10/10/23; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: 1) Sec. 35-3408, “Principal Commercial Land Uses,” by adding (a) Food Truck Park, (b) Mobile Food Establishment; 2) Sec. 35-3408, “Accessory Commercial Land Uses,” by adding (j) Mobile Food Establishment
Ord. No. 3020-2024; 5/7/24; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: “Accessory Residential Land Uses,” adding (a) Accessory Dwelling Units and redesignating subsequent subsections
Ord. No. 3007-2025; 2/4/25; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: adding (g) Intensive Agriculture
Ord. No. 3036-2025; 9/9/25; amended Table 35-3401.1 as follows: 1) enacting column “Mobile Home Park;” 2) enacting row (g) “Solar Energy System, Commercial.”

SEC. 35-3402. REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL LAND USES.

   All uses of land initiated within the jurisdiction of this Code on, or following, the effective date of this Code shall comply with all of the provisions of this Code. Specifically:
   (1)   LAND USE REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All uses of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Division pertaining to the types of uses to which land is put within particular zoning districts. Such regulations and requirements address both general and specific regulations which land uses shall adhere to, and which are directly related to, the protection of the health, safety and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (2)   DENSITY AND INTENSITY REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Code pertaining to the maximum permitted density (for residential land uses) and intensity (for nonresidential land uses) of land uses (see Table 35-3201.1. and 35-3301.1.). Such regulations and requirements address issues such as Floor Area Ratios (FARs), Green Space Ratios (GSRs), and Landscape Surface Ratios (LSRs); which are directly related to, and are a critical component of, density and intensity and the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (3)   BULK REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Code, pertaining to the maximum permitted bulk of structures and the location of structures on a lot (see Tables 35-3201.1., 35-3201.2 and 35-3201.3. for Residential and Resource Districts and Tables 35-3301.1. and 35-3301.2. for Non-Residential/Resource Districts). Such regulations and requirements address issues such as height, setbacks from property lines and rights of way, and minimum separation between structures; which are directly related to, and a critical component of, the effective bulk of a structure and the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (4)   NATURAL RESOURCES AND GREEN SPACE REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All land use and/or development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Code pertaining to the protection of sensitive natural resources and required green space areas (see Article IV). Such regulations and requirements address issues such as absolute protection, partial protection, and migration; which are directly related to, and a critical component of, the protection of natural resources and the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (5)   LANDSCAPING AND BUFFERYARDS REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Code, pertaining to the provision of landscaping and bufferyards (see Division 2 of Article V). Such regulations and requirements address issues such as minimum required landscaping of developed land, and minimum required provision of bufferyards between adjoining zoning districts and/or development options; which are directly related to, and a critical component of, the effective bulk of a structure and the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (6)   PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS . All development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Code, pertaining to the provision of appropriate access, parking, loading, storage, and lighting facilities (see Article V). Such regulations and requirements address issues such as maximum permitted access points, minimum required parking spaces, the screening of storage areas, and maximum permitted intensity of lighting, as well as defining acceptable levels of potential nuisances such as noise, vibration, odors, heat, glare and smoke; which are directly related to, and a critical component of, the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (7)   SIGNAGE REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All land use and/or development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of the Moline Sign Code pertaining to the type and amount of signage permitted on property (see Chapter 3 of the Moline Code of Ordinances). Such regulations and restrictions address issues such as the maximum area of permitted signage and the number and types of permitted signage; which are directly related to, and a critical component of, the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (8)   PROCEDURAL REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS . All land use and/or development of land shall comply with all the regulations and requirements of this Code pertaining to the procedures necessary to secure review and approval of land use and/or development (see Article II). Such regulations and restrictions address both procedural and technical requirements; and are directly related to, and a critical component of, the protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of the residents of the City of Moline and its environs.
   (9)   NUMBER OF BUILDINGS PER LOT . In the C-2, AG-2 and R-2 Districts, only one principal building shall be permitted on any one lot. In all other districts, more than one principal building shall be permitted on any one lot.
   (10)   NUMBER OF LAND USES PER BUILDING .
      a.   No more than 10 nonresidential land uses shall be permitted in any building unless a special    use permit for a group development is granted in compliance with Sec. 35-3419.
      b.   With the exceptions of a Commercial Apartment (see Sec. 35-3414(4)), a caretaker’s    residence (see Sec. 35-3417(a)) or a home occupation (see Sec. 35-3411(3) and (4)), no    building containing a nonresidential land use shall contain a residential land use.
   (11)   DIVISION OR COMBINING OF A LOT . No lot of record shall be divided into two or more lots, and no two or more lots of record shall be combined into one or more lots, unless such division or combination results in the creation of lots, each of which conforms to all of the applicable regulations of the zoning district in which said lot is located (as set forth in this Code). (See also the City of Moline Subdivision Code.)

SEC. 35-3403. RELATIONSHIP TO ILQC UNIFIED ZONING CODE.

   The land uses used in this Division vary from those described in the Illinois Quad Cities Unified Zoning Code. In general, this Division is constructed using fewer and broader land uses as opposed to the more specific list of land uses contained in the ILQCUZC. Nevertheless, this Code and the ILQCUZC tend to regulate specific lands uses in a similar manner in terms of the zoning districts in which they are prohibited, permitted by-right, or permitted by a special use permit. However, for several land uses, the provisions of this Division contain additional regulations, such as increased setbacks from neighboring properties and screening and buffering, that are not included in the ILQCUZC. At the end of each land use description contained in this Code is a list of similar land uses contained in the ILQCUZC for readers who have familiarity with that Code.

SEC. 35-3404. DETAILED LAND USE DESCRIPTIONS AND REGULATIONS.

   The land use categories employed by this Code are defined in this Division. Land uses which are not listed in this Division are not necessarily excluded from locating within any given zoning district. Sec. 35-1108 empowers the Zoning Administrator to make interpretations on matters regarding specific land use proposals which are not addressed by this Code.

SEC. 35-3405. PRINCIPAL RESIDENTIAL LAND USES.

   (a)   ONE-FAMILY DETACHED DWELLING . Description: A dwelling designed for and occupied by not more than one family and having no roof, wall, or floor in common with any other dwelling unit. This dwelling unit type consists of a fully detached single-family residence which is located on an individual lot or within a group development. The dwelling unit must be a site- built structure built in compliance with the adopted City of Moline Residential Building Code (RBC), or may be a manufactured dwelling (modular home) as permitted by the RBC or a manufactured home as permitted by the HUD code. For any of these dwelling units, the use of a permanent, continuous RBC foundation is required. This dwelling unit type may not be split into two or more residences.
   (1)   Similar uses from the ILQCUZC:
      a.   One-family detached dwelling;
      b.   Foster family home.
   (b)   ZERO LOT LINE DEVELOPMENT . A “Zero Lot Line Development” is comprised of detached, single family homes where the area (side yards) between the homes is reserved for use by only one of the homes, thereby providing for greater use and enjoyment of the side yard area. Each house is on a separate platted lot or condominium. In the case of platted lots, each home is located 5 feet from each side property line as necessary to comply with all fire and building code requirements regarding building separation. However, on one side of the home a five-foot easement is created running the entire depth of the lot. Under the provisions of the easement, the neighboring (receiving) property is granted full use rights of the area, and the granting property maintains limited use rights as needed only for maintenance and emergency access. In the case of a condominium, one of the homes is granted exclusive use of the area between the homes, with exceptions for maintenance and emergency access to the other home. To enhance privacy of the receiving property in using the easement area, no windows or doors typically are located on the adjoining wall of the home of the granting property. This dwelling may not be split into two or more residences.
   (1)   Similar Uses from the ILQCUZC:
      a.   n/a.
   (c)   TWIN-HOUSE . Description: These dwelling unit types consist of a single-family dwelling which is attached on one side to another single-family residence. A minimum building code required fire rated wall assembly division, separating living areas from the lowest level to flush against the underside of the roof, and individual sanitary sewer and public water laterals, are required between each dwelling unit. The two residences are located on individual lots. The Twin House is distinguished from the Duplex House merely by having each unit located on separate lots or within a group development. These dwelling unit types may not be split into additional residences.
   (1)   Similar uses from ILQCUZC:
      a.   n/a.
   (d)   DUPLEX . Description: These dwelling unit types consist of a single-family dwelling which is attached on one side to another single-family residence. A minimum building code required fire rated wall assembly division, separating living areas from the lowest level to flush against the underside of the roof, and individual sanitary sewer and public water laterals are required between each dwelling unit. The Duplex is distinguished from a Twin House merely by having both units located on a single lot or within a group development. These dwelling unit types may not be split into additional residences.
   (1)   Similar uses from the ILQCUZC:
      a.   Two-family dwelling.
   (e)   TWO-FLAT HOUSE . Description: This dwelling unit type consists of a single-family residence, which is in complete compliance with the RBC, which has been converted into a two-family residence. The two residences may attach horizontally or vertically and are both located on the same lot or within the same group development. This dwelling unit type may not be split into additional residences.
   (1)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC:
      a.   Two-family dwelling.
   (f)   TOWN HOUSE . Description: This dwelling unit type consists of attached, two-story, single-family residences, each having a private, individual access. This dwelling unit type is located on its own lot or within a group development and may not be split into additional residences. A minimum building code required fire rated wall assembly division, separating living areas from the lowest level through the roof, and individual sanitary sewer and public water laterals, are required between each dwelling unit. The number of units that may be attached is controlled by the requirements of the applicable zoning district.
   (1)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC:
      a.   Row (Twin House) dwelling.
   (g)   MULTIPLEX. Description: This dwelling unit type consists of three or more attached single-family residences, each of which has a private, individual exterior entrance. A minimum building code required fire rated wall assembly division, separating living areas from the lowest level through the roof, is required between each dwelling unit. The number of units that may be attached is controlled by the requirements of the applicable zoning district.
   (1)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC:
      a.   n/a.
   (h)   MULTIPLE-FAMILY DWELLING . Description: This dwelling unit type consists of an attached, multi-family structure with access to each unit from a shared entrance or hallway. A minimum building code required fire rated wall assembly division, separating living areas from the lowest level to the underside of the roof, is required between each dwelling unit. The number of units that may be attached is controlled by the requirements of the applicable zoning district.
   (1)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC:
      a.   Multiple-family dwelling.
   (i)   MANUFACTURED HOME . Description: A residential dwelling for one family, fabricated in an off-site facility for installation or assembly at the building site, bearing a HUD label or insignia certifying that it is built in compliance with the Federal Manufactured Housing Construction Standards under 42 U.S.C. § 5401 to 5426, and built after June 14, 1976. A manufactured home shall be considered a single family dwelling for the purposes of this Division only where it meets the regulations of subsection (a).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Manufactured homes placed within manufactured home parks are subject to all applicable regulations associated with that land use category.
   (2)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC:
      a.   Modular home.
   (j)   MOBILE HOME . Description: A transportable factory built structure, designed for long term occupancy by one family and built prior to June 15, 1976, the effective date of the Federal Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act. A mobile home is not considered to be a type of single family dwelling as per subsection (a).
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   In districts where they are allowed, the mobile home must be attached to a finished, permanent foundation, such as a poured concrete slab or a basement.
      b.   Mobile homes placed within mobile home parks are subject to all applicable regulations associated with that land use category.
   (2)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC :
      a.   Mobile home/manufactured home.
   (k)   MOBILE HOME PARK . Description: A parcel of land or subdivision used for the placement of two (2) or more mobile homes and/or manufactured homes. Manufactured home developments and subdivisions shall not be included under this land use category where all manufactured homes meet the regulations of subsection (a). 
   (1)   Regulations : (See Chapter 19 Mobile Homes and Mobile Home Parks of the Moline Code of Ordinances.)
   (2)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC :
      a.   Mobile home park.
   (l)   BOARDING HOUSE . Description: Boarding Houses include any residential use renting more than one room which does not contain private bathroom or kitchen facilities (does not include approved bed and breakfast facilities).
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type A bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   Shall be located in an area of transition from residential land uses to nonresidential land uses.
   (2)   Uses similar to ILQCUZC :
      a.   Boarding house.
   (m)   GROUP/INSTITUTIONAL RESIDENTIAL . Description: This land use is a form of residential development designed to accommodate institutional residential land uses (such as retirement homes, nursing homes, convents, and dormitories) as well as group residential land uses (including child welfare agencies, group homes for children, and community based residential facilities). Such uses provide shelter to two or more unrelated individuals living together as a single housekeeping unit. No individual lots are required, although the development shall contain a minimum of 800 square feet of gross site area for each occupant of the development. A minimum of 30% of the development's Gross Site Area (GSA) shall be held as permanently protected green space. For purposes of this Division, such uses are defined as either “large or “small:”
   (1)   Small . A use with eight or fewer residents, plus supervisory or overnight personnel.
      a.   Institutional Residential Uses – Regulations:
         1.    The proposed site shall be located so as to avoid disruption of an established or developing office area.
         2.   Institutional residential developments shall be designed so as to maintain the character of the adjacent properties.
      b.   Group Residential Uses – Regulations:
         1.   No group residential use shall be established within 2,500 feet of any other such use regardless of its capacity.
         2.   The applicant shall demonstrate that the total capacity of all community living arrangements (of all capacities) in the City shall not exceed 1% of the City’s population, unless specifically authorized as a special use following a public hearing.
         3.   Foster homes housing eight or fewer children and licensed under 225 ILCS 10/2.17 shall not be subject to 1., above; and shall not be subject to, or    count toward, the total arrived at in 2., above.
      c.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Care home, small residential;
         2.   Residential care homes;
         3.   Human care institution;
         4.   Unrelated group family use.
   (2)   Large . A use with more than eight residents, plus supervisory or overnight personnel.
      a.   Institutional Residential Uses – Regulations:
         1.   Shall be located with primary vehicular access on a collector or arterial street. No access shall be permitted to a local residential street.
         2.   Shall provide off-street passenger loading area at a minimum of one location within the development.
         3.   All structures shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property which does not contain an institutional residential land use.
      b.   Group Residential Uses – Regulations:
         1.   No community living arrangement shall be established within 2,500 feet of any other such facility, regardless of capacity.
         2.   The applicant shall demonstrate that the total capacity of all community living arrangements (of all capacities) in the City shall not exceed 1% of the City's population, unless specifically authorized as a special use following a public hearing.
      c.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Care home, large;
         2.   Halfway house;
         3.   Nursing homes;
         4.   Housing designed for the elderly.

SEC. 35-3406. PRINCIPAL AGRICULTURAL LAND USES.

   (a)   CULTIVATION. Description: Cultivation land uses include all operations primarily oriented to the on-site, raising of plants. This land use includes trees which are raised as a crop to be replaced with more trees after harvesting, such as in nursery or Christmas tree operations and commercial greenhouses. The raising of plants for consumption by farm animals is considered cultivation if said plants are consumed by animals which are located off-site. Such land uses do not include cultivation centers registered by the State of Illinois to produce medical cannabis (see Sec. 35-3410(k)).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   On lots zoned and platted for non-agricultural uses, cultivation areas shall not exceed 20% of the lot's area;
      b.   Cultivation areas shall not be located within the required front yard of any platted lot or lot developed with a use other than agriculture;
      c.   Agricultural land uses are exempt from the surfacing requirements of Sec. 35-5100 (g).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Agriculture (not including the raising of livestock);
      b.   Agriculture (not including the raising of livestock) and commercial summer gardens;
      c.   Nurseries, commercial.
   (b)   AGRICULTURAL SERVICES . Description: Agricultural service land uses (excluding confinement of animal units of more than one animal unit/per acre) include all operations pertaining to the sale, handling, transport, packaging, storage, or disposal of agricultural equipment, products, by-products, or materials primarily used by agricultural operations. Examples of such land uses include agricultural implement sales, storage, or repair operations; feed and seed stores; agricultural chemical dealers and/or storage facilities; animal feed storage facilities; commercial dairies; food processing facilities; canning and other packaging facilities; and agricultural waste disposal facilities.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Shall not be located in, or adjacent to, an existing or platted residential subdivision.
      b.   All buildings, structures, outdoor storage areas, and outdoor animal containments (pastures, pens and similar areas) shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from all    lot lines.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Agricultural implement sales/service;
      b.   Agricultural services;
      c.   Bulk storage of fuel and fertilizers;
      d.   Grain elevator.
   (c)   ON-SITE AGRICULTURAL RETAIL . Description: On-site agricultural retail land uses include land uses solely associated with the sale of agricultural products grown exclusively on the site. The sale of products grown or otherwise produced off-site shall not be permitted within on-site agricultural retail operations and such activity constitutes retail sales as a commercial land use. Packaging and equipment used to store, display, package or carry products for the convenience of the operation or its customers (such as egg cartons, baskets, containers, and bags) shall be produced off-site.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   No structure or group of structures shall exceed 500 square feet in floor area;
      b.   No structure shall exceed 12 feet in height;
      c.   All structures shall meet all required setbacks;
      d.   Signage shall be limited to one on-site sign which shall not exceed 30 square feet in    area;
      e.   Such land use shall be served by no more than one driveway; said driveway shall require a valid driveway permits;
      f.   The sale of products which are grown or otherwise produced on non-adjacent property under the same ownership, or on property under different ownership, shall be prohibited;
      g.   Said structure and fencing shall be located a minimum of 300 feet from any residentially zoned property;
      h.   Agricultural land uses are hereby made exempt from the surfacing requirements of Sec. 35-5100(g).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Roadside stand selling products grown on the premises.
   (d)   SILVICULTURE, SELECTIVE CUTTING. Description: Selective cutting land uses include any operation associated with the one-time, continuing, or cumulative clearing, cutting, harvesting, or other destruction of trees (including by fire) where the extent of such activity is limited to an area (or combined areas) of less than or equal to 30% of the woodlands on the property (or up to 100% for developments approved prior to the effective date of this Code). Selective cutting activity shall be limited to areas located within development pads which are designated on recorded plats or approved site plans as per Sec. 35-2106. The destruction of trees in an area in excess of this amount of the woodlands on the property shall be considered clear cutting (see (g), below).
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   n/a.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Forestry activities.
   (e)   SILVICULTURE, CLEAR CUTTING . Description: Clear cutting land uses include the one-time, continuing, or cumulative clearing, cutting, harvesting, or other destruction (including by fire) of trees in an area (or combined areas) of more than 30% of the woodlands on a property (or up to 100% for developments approved prior to the effective date of this Code). Clear cutting is permitted only as a special use within the jurisdiction of this Code. Areas which have been clear cut as a result of intentional action following the effective date of this Code without the granting of a special use permit are in violation of this Code and the property owner may be fined for such violation (in accordance with the provisions of Article I) and be required to implement the mitigation standards required for the destruction of woodlands solely at his/her expense, including costs associated with site inspection to confirm the satisfaction of mitigation requirements.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Applicant shall demonstrate that clear cutting will improve the level of environmental protection on the subject property;
      b.   Areas of the subject property which are clear cut beyond the limitations established above, shall be replanted per the requirements of Sec. 35-4106. (Referenced section requires the replanting of trees in other portions of the subject property—thereby freeing the currently wooded area for development while ensuring that the amount of required wooded area on the subject property remains constant);
      c.   Clear cutting shall not be permitted within a required bufferyard or landscaped area (see Division 2 of Article V), or within an area designated as permanently protected green space (see Article IV).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (f)   HUSBANDRY . Description: Husbandry land uses include all operations primarily oriented to the on-site raising and/or use of animals. Apiaries are considered husbandry land uses.
   (1)   Regulations : All husbandry uses are prohibited in the City of Moline.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Agriculture;
      b.   Public stable.
   (g)   INTENSIVE AGRICULTURE . Description: Intensive agricultural land uses include all operations primarily oriented to the on-site raising and/or use of animals and/or agricultural activities requiring large investments in structures. Examples of such land uses include feed lots, hog farms, poultry operations, fish farms, and certain other operations meeting this criterion.
   (1)   Regulations : All Intensive Agricultural Uses are prohibited in the City of Moline.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Agribusiness.
(Ord. No. 3024-2014; Sec. 35-3406(a) repealed; new Sec. 35-3406(a) enacted; 10/21/14)

SEC. 35-3407. PRINCIPAL RECREATIONAL AND INSTITUTIONAL LAND USES.

   (a)   RECREATION, OUTDOOR – PASSIVE, PUBLIC . Description: Passive outdoor public recreational land uses include all recreational land uses located on public property which involve passive recreational activities. Such land uses include arboretums, natural areas, wildlife areas, hiking trails, bike trails, cross country ski trails, horse trails, open grassed areas not associated with any particular active recreational land use (see (b), below), picnic areas, picnic shelters, gardens, fishing areas, and similar land uses.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   n/a.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Open space;
      b.   Public parks and forests;
      c.   Public parks, passive.
   (b)   RECREATION, OUTDOOR – ACTIVE, PUBLIC . Description: Active outdoor public recreational land uses include all recreational land uses located on public property which involve active recreational activities. Such land uses include playcourts (such as tennis courts and basketball courts), playfields (such as ball diamonds, football fields, and soccer fields), tot lots, outdoor swimming pools, swimming beach areas, fitness courses, public golf courses, horse trails and similar land uses.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Facilities using night lighting shall install and continually maintain a Type D bufferyard adjacent to residentially zoned property (See Sec. 35-5207);
      b.   All structures and active recreational areas shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property;
      c.   Facilities which serve a community-wide function shall be located with primary vehicular access on a collector or arterial street;
      d.   Facilities which serve a regional or community-wide function shall provide off-street passenger loading area if the majority of the users will be children.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Recreational uses;
      b.   Public parks and playgrounds.
   (c)   RECREATION, OUTDOOR – PRIVATE CAMPGROUND/CAMPING RESORT . Description: Campgrounds include any facilities designed for overnight accommodation of persons in tents, travel trailers, or other mobile or portable shelters or vehicles.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Recreational vehicle parks.
   (d)   INSTITUTIONAL, OUTDOOR . Description: Outdoor institutional land uses include public and private cemeteries, privately held permanently protected green space areas, recreation camps, country clubs, non-public golf courses, and similar land uses. Accessory restaurants and bars do not require a separate review.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Shall be located with primary vehicular access on a collector or arterial street;
      b.   Shall provide off-street passenger loading area if a significant proportion of the users will be children;
      c.   All structures and actively used outdoor recreational areas shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property;
      d.   Facilities using night lighting shall install and continually maintain a Type D bufferyard adjacent to residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Cemeteries;
      b.   Country clubs;
      c.   Outdoor recreation facilities such as golf courses, country clubs and tennis courts;
      d.   Public and private recreational facilities (golf course, marina, boat dock);
      e.   Recreation camps;
      f.   Recreation uses, open air.
   (e)   INSTITUTIONAL, INDOOR – DAY CARE CENTER . Description: Day care centers are land uses in which qualified persons provide child care services independent of residential use. Examples of such land uses include child and adult day care centers and nursery schools. Such land uses shall not be located within a residential building. Such land uses may be operated on a for-profit or a not- for- profit basis. Such land uses may be operated in conjunction with another principal land use on the same environs, such as a church, school, business, or civic organization. In such instances, day care centers are not considered as accessory uses and therefore require review as a separate land use.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Child care center;
      b.   Child care facilities;
      c.   Day care centers licensed by the State of Illinois.
   (f)   INSTITUTIONAL, INDOOR – GENERAL . Description: General indoor institutional land uses include all indoor public and not-for-profit: recreational facilities (such as gyms, swimming pools, libraries, museums, and community centers) schools; churches; clubs; fraternal organizations; and similar land uses that are of a size and character consistent with the districts in which they are permitted and which serve the needs of the community as opposed to the region.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Shall be located with primary vehicular access on a collector or arterial street, where adjacent to the property;
      b.   Shall provide off-street passenger loading area if the majority of the users will be children (as in the case of a school, church, library, or similar land use);
      c.   All structures shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Business or trade school;
      b.   Churches;
      c.   Club/lodge;
      d.   Community center;
      e.   Funeral home;
      f.   Community service offices;
      g.   Conservatory;
      h.   Meeting hall/clubs/fraternal organizations/lodges;
      i.   Private clubs, lodges, union halls;
      j.   Public and parochial schools;
      k.   Schools/facilities for academic instruction;
      l.   Trade/industrial schools/personnel training centers.
   (g)   INSTITUTIONAL, INDOOR – INTENSIVE . Description: Intensive indoor institutional land uses include all public and non-profit: arenas; convention centers; hospitals; jails; prisons; and similar uses of a size and character that would be inconsistent with the districts in which general institutional uses are permitted and which typically serve the needs of the region as opposed to the community. This land use category shall also include churches of both the size and intensity as characterized above, as well as those churches that would be consistent with general institutional uses. The following “regulations” shall be applied to intensive institutional land uses that exceed the intensity and character of those uses found within the general institutional land use category and that serve the needs of the region as opposed to the community, whereas the “Regulations,” found within Section 35-3407(f)(1) shall be applied to churches of the intensity and character of General Indoor Institutional church uses. (Ord. No. 3034-2006; Section 35-3407(g) repealed in its entirety; new Section 35-3407(g) enacted; 8/15/06)
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Shall be located with primary vehicular access on a collector or arterial street;
      b.   Shall provide off-street passenger loading area;
      c.   All structures shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Auditoriums;
      b.   Convention center/assembly hall/display hall/or similar use;
      c.   Hospital and special care facilities;
      d.   Museum.

SEC. 35-3408. PRINCIPAL COMMERCIAL LAND USES.

   (a)   FOOD TRUCK PARK. Description: Food truck park land uses include outdoor, public spaces where the primary function is mobile food services from two or more food trucks. Such land uses do not include mobile food establishments, campgrounds, or the storage or display of inoperative food trucks or equipment, or other materials typically associated with a junkyard or salvage yard.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   The area of the food truck park must be clearly defined and separated from the patron parking area through the installation of a fence or other enclosure which maintains an open appearance and is a maximum of five feet in height.
      b.   The parking area for the food trucks must be a paved surface.
      c.   Food truck parks may have a pavilion or other permanent structure in order to provide shelter for patrons and operators, provided said structure meets the minimum setback requirements for the zoning district where the food truck park is located.
      d.   Food truck parks and food trucks on the property must comply with, all applicable laws, including “Rules and Regulations for Motorized Food Vendors,” Res. No. 1157-2017, as may be amended from time to time.
   (b)   MOBILE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT. Description: Mobile food establishment land uses include all principal land uses involving the overnight parking, vehicle storage, equipment storage, food preparation, and other services associated with food trucks that do not include the food truck actively servicing its route or selling food to customers. Mobile food establishment land uses shall be separate and distinct from food truck park land uses.
   (1)   Regulations:
      1.   All parking areas shall be paved per the requirements of Article V.
      2.   Inoperative vehicles or equipment shall not be stored with food trucks.
      3.   Parking and storage areas shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all borders of the parking or storage area abutting residentially zoned property.
   (c)   Office. Description: Office land uses include all exclusively indoor land uses whose primary functions are the handling of information or administrative services. Such land uses do not typically provide services directly to customers on a walk-in or on-appointment basis.
   (1)   Parking Requirements: One space per 300 square feet of gross floor area.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Data processing/computing centers;
      b.   Laboratories (medical/dental);
      c.   Consultant offices;
      d.   Office – business/professional;
      e.   Offices – clerical administration.
   (d)   Personal and Professional Services. Description: Personal and professional service land uses include all exclusively indoor land uses whose primary function is the provision of services directly to an individual on a walk-in or on-appointment basis. Examples of such uses include professional services, insurance or financial services, realty offices, medical offices and clinics, veterinary clinics, barber shops, beauty shops, and related land uses.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   n/a.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Bank;
      b.   Banks/financial enterprise;
      c.   Barber or beauty shop;
      d.   Clinics;
      e.   Medical clinics;
      f.   Public utility collection office;
      g.   Travel bureau and ticket office.
   (e)   Sales and Service, General. Description: General sales and service land uses include all land uses which conduct or display sales or rental merchandise or equipment, or non-personal or non-professional services, entirely within an enclosed building. Impacts from such uses (noise, vibration, odors) shall not be detectable out the building/leased area in which they are located. In addition, such uses do not include those that sell alcohol, prescription drugs or firearms. Such uses do include indoor self-service facilities such as coin-operated laundromats. Depending on the zoning district, such land uses may or may not display products outside of an enclosed building, as per Sec. 35-3414(g).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Within the ORT district, permitted uses shall be limited to indoor sales and personal services which primarily support office tenants such as office supply stores and copy centers.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Auto Accessory Store;
      b.   Antique/custom furniture with incidental upholstery;
      c.   Art galleries/studios;
      d.   Bakery (retail on premises);
      e.   Bicycle sales/service;
      f.   Camera/photographic supply store;
      g.   Costume rental;
      h.   Custom dressmaking/millinery/tailoring or shoe repair;
      i.   Delicatessen;
      j.   Engraving of lithography;
      k.   Fabric/floor covering sales;
      l.   Hardware/paint supply store;
      m.   Hobby shop;
      n.   Interior decorating;
      o.   Laundromat;
      p.   Locksmith;
      q.   Mirror and glazing shop/glass cutting;
      r.   Picture framing;
      s.   Retail;
      t.   Second-hand stores/rummage shops.
   (f)   Sales and Service, Intensive. Description: Intensive sales and service land uses include all land uses which conduct or display sales or rental merchandise or equipment, or non-personal or non-professional services, within an enclosed building. Impacts from such uses (noise, vibration, odors) may be detectable outside the building/leased area in which they are located, but not beyond the property lines. Such uses include those that sell alcohol, prescription drugs or firearms. Depending on the zoning district, such land uses may or may not display products outside of an enclosed building, as per Sec. 35-3414(9) and (10). A land use which contains both indoor sales and outdoor sales exceeding 15% of the total sales area of the building(s) on the property shall be considered as an outdoor sales and service land use (see (h) below).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   If located on the same side of the building as abutting residentially zoned property, no customer entrance of any kind shall be permitted within 150 feet, or as far as possible, of a residentially zoned property.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Blue printing/photostating/print shop/and duplicating establishments;
      b.   Catering;
      c.   Convenience store;
      d.   Department stores;
      e.   Employment agency;
      f.   Hospital clinic (for small animals w/o long term kennel);
      g.   Laundry/dry cleaning;
      h.   Pawn shop;
      i.   Pet shops (not animal hospitals);
      j.   Plumbing/electrical/heating & air conditioning supply stores/showroom (w/o repair or outdoor storage);
      k.   Printing/publishing/duplicating/photo graphic processing;
      l.   Taxidermist;
      m.   Upholstering shop for furniture.
   (g)   SALES AND SERVICE, IN-VEHICLE. Description: In-vehicle sales and service land uses include all land uses which perform sales and/or services to persons in vehicles, or to vehicles which may or may not be occupied at the time of such activity (except vehicle repair and maintenance services see subsections (n) and (o) below). Such land uses often have traffic volumes which exhibit their highest levels concurrent with peak traffic flows on adjacent roads. Examples of such land uses include drive-in, drive-up, and drive-through facilities, vehicular fuel stations, and all forms of car washes.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Clearly marked pedestrian crosswalks shall be provided for each walk-in customer access to the facility adjacent to the drive-through lane(s).
      b.   The drive-through facility shall be designed so as to not impede or impair vehicular and pedestrian traffic movement, or exacerbate the potential for pedestrian/vehicular conflicts.
         1.   Each drive-through facility must have a minimum of six off-street stacking spaces 9 feet in width and 20 feet in length located directly alongside the drive-through window, facility, or entrance used by patrons and in lanes leading up to the service window.
         2.   Stacking spaces shall be designed so as not to interfere with the ingress and egress to the off-street parking, traffic circulation on- or off-site, and traffic visibility.
         3.   The maneuvering space shall be provided in the side or rear yard.
         4.   Stacking spaces should be separated from pedestrian paths or marked with signs to indicate such path to drivers and requirement to yield to pedestrians.
      c.   In no instance shall a drive-through facility be permitted to operate which endangers the public safety, even if such land use has been permitted under the provisions of this Section.
      d.   The setback of any overhead canopy or similar structure shall be a minimum of 10 feet from all street rights-of-way lines, a minimum of 20 feet from all residentially-zoned property lines, and shall be a minimum of 10 feet from all other property lines with the exception that free standing menu board or drive thru speaker canopies that are less than 120 square feet in area/coverage can project no more than 3 feet into the setback. The total height of any overhead canopy or similar structure shall not exceed 20 feet as measured to highest part of the structure.
      e.   All vehicular areas of the facility shall provide a surface paved with concrete or bituminous material which is designed to meet the requirements of a minimum 4 ton axle load.
      f.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (Sec. 35-5207).
      g.   Interior curbs shall be used to separate driving areas from exterior fixtures such as fuel pumps, vacuums, menu boards, canopy supports and landscaped islands. Said curbs shall be a minimum of six inches high and be of a non-mountable design.Curbs protecting exterior fixtures must be setback a minimum of 25 feet to all property lines with the exception of curbs that protect menu boards must be setback at least 10 feet from all property lines.
      h.   Any text or logo larger than one square foot per side on an overhead canopy or other accessory structure shall be considered a freestanding sign subject to regulation under the sign code.
      i.   Charging Stations (Level 2 or Level 3)
         1.   Maintenance: Charging station equipment, bollards and parking spaces shall be maintained in all respects. The property owner of the equipment shall be responsible for the maintenance of the charging station and shall provide warranty and service for the charging stations and infrastructure for the duration of their useful life. A phone number or other contact information shall be provided to the user of public charging stations for reporting purposes when the equipment is not functioning or other equipment problems are encountered.
         2.   Accessibility: Where charging station equipment is provided within a pedestrian circulation area, such as a sidewalk or other accessible route to a building entrance, the charging station equipment must be located so as not to interfere with accessibility requirements of the Illinois Accessibility Code or other applicable accessibility standards.
         3.   Landscaping, lighting, and screening must be provided where required by Sec. 35-5200, et seq., Sec. 35-5300, et seq., and Sec. 35-5502. Public charging stations in parking lots should be located near landscaped areas where possible.
         4.   Charging Station Equipment: Electric vehicle supply equipment must have a cable management system to control and organize unused lengths of cable or cord at charging stations. Equipment must be located as to not impede pedestrian travel or create trip hazards on sidewalks.
         5.   Charging Station Equipment Protection: Adequate charging station equipment protection, such as barrier curbing, concrete filled steel bollards, or similar must be used for public charging stations.
         6.   Usage Fees: An owner of a charging station may collect fees for use of a charging station, in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations.
         7.   Notification: Voltage and amperage levels, hours of operation, applicable fees, and safety information must be prominently displayed to the user.
         8.   Location: When located within a parking lot, electric vehicle charging station equipment shall be located to avoid vehicle conflicts.
         9.   Pavement Marking: Any and all pavement markings shall be in compliance with Article V, Division 1 of this Code. No additional markings will be permitted.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Car wash (multiple bays);
      b.   Car wash (single bay);
      c.   Drive-in or fast food restaurants;
      d.   Dry cleaning pick-up station.
   (h)   Sales and Service, Outdoor Display. Description: Outdoor display land uses include all land uses which conduct sales, display sales or rental merchandise or equipment outside of an enclosed building. Example of such land uses include vehicle sales, vehicle rental, manufactured and mobile housing sales and monument sales. The area of outdoor sales shall be calculated as the area which would be enclosed by a fence installed and continually maintained in the most efficient manner which completely encloses all materials displayed outdoors. Such land uses do not include the storage or display of inoperative vehicles or equipment, or other materials typically associated with a junkyard or salvage yard. (Accessory land uses which conduct or display only a limited amount of product outside of an enclosed building, are listed separately in Sec.35-3414(h) and (i).)
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   The display of items shall not be permitted in permanently protected green space areas, required landscaped areas, or required bufferyards.
      b.   The display of items shall not be permitted within required setback areas for the principal structure.
      c.   In no event shall the display of items reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking stalls provided on the property below the requirement established by the provisions of Sec. 35-5100. If the number of provided parking stalls on the property is already less than the requirement, such display area shall not further reduce the number of parking stalls already present.
      d.   Display areas shall be separated from any vehicular parking or circulation area by a minimum of 10 feet. This separation shall be clearly delimited by a physical separation such as a greenway, curb, fence, or line of planters, or by a clearly marked paved area.
      e.   Signs, screening, enclosures, landscaping, or materials being displayed shall not interfere in any manner with either on-site or off-site traffic visibility, including potential traffic/traffic and traffic/pedestrian conflicts.
      f.   Outdoor display shall be permitted during the entire calendar year; however, if goods are removed from the display area all support fixtures used to display the goods shall be removed within 10 calendar days of the goods' removal.
      g.   Inoperative vehicles or equipment, or other items typically stored or displayed in a junkyard or salvage yard, shall not be displayed for this land use.
      h.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the display area abutting residentially zoned property, except per e., above (See Sec. 35-5207.).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a   Auto/pick-up sales;
      b.   Motor vehicle dealerships with outdoor storage;
      c.   Boat sales with outdoor storage;
      d.   Travel trailer sales/service with outdoor storage.
   (i)   Restaurant. Description: The restaurant land use includes commercial establishments where food and beverages are prepared, served, and consumed primarily within the principle structure and where food sales constitute more than 50% of the gross sales receipts for food and beverages. Facilities with drive-through or drive-in facilities are not included (see subsection (g) above).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   n/a.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Inns and other dining places;
      b.   Restaurant.
   (j)   Lodging. Description: Commercial indoor lodging facilities include land uses which provide overnight housing in individual rooms or suites of rooms, each room or suite having a private bathroom. Such land uses may provide in-room or in-suite kitchens, and may also provide indoor recreational facilities for the exclusive use of their customers. Restaurant, arcades, fitness centers, and other on-site facilities available to non-lodgers are not considered accessory uses and therefore require review as a separate land use.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   If located on the same side of a building as abutting residentially zoned property, no customer entrance of any kind shall be permitted within 100 feet of a residentially zoned property.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      c.   Within the ORT District, each and every room must take primary access via an individual interior door, and may not be accessed via an external balcony, porch or deck, except for emergency purposes.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Hotel/motel.
   (k)   Entertainment, Indoor. Description: Indoor commercial entertainment land uses include all land uses which provide entertainment services or where sales of alcohol constitute more than 50% of gross sales receipts for food and beverage. Such uses are conducted entirely within an enclosed building except for accessory outdoor dining and entertainment as permitted in Sec. 35-3414 (8) and (9). Such activities often have operating hours which extend significantly later than most other commercial land uses. Examples of such land uses include bars, taverns, theaters, health or fitness centers, all forms of training studios (dance, art, martial arts, etc.), bowling alleys, arcades, roller rinks, and pool halls.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   If located on the same side of the building as abutting residentially zoned property, no customer entrance of any kind shall be permitted within 150 feet, of a residentially zoned property.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Amusement centers;
      b.   Auction houses;
      c.   Bar/dance hall/cocktail lounge or night club/tavern/micro-brewery;
      d.   Health club;
      e.   Music studio;
      f.   Radio, television and CATV stations without transmission Towers;
      g.   Theater (indoor).
   (l)   Entertainment, Outdoor. Description: Outdoor commercial entertainment land uses include all land uses which provide entertainment services partially or wholly outside of an enclosed building. Such activities often have the potential to be associated with nuisances related to noise, lighting, dust, trash and late operating hours. Examples of such land uses include volleyball, horseshoe and related facilities associated with entertainment land uses, outdoor commercial swimming pools, driving ranges, miniature golf facilities, amusement parks, drive-in theaters, go-cart tracks, and racetracks.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Activity areas shall not be located closer than 300 feet to a residentially zoned property.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting residentially zoned property (Sec. 35-5207).
      c.   Activity areas (including drive-in movie screens) shall not be visible from any residentially-zoned property.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Outdoor rifle, trap or skeet shooting range;
      b.   Shooting range.
   (m)   Entertainment, Adult. The following section was adopted in whole from the previous zoning code (Chapter 35, Article V, Division 5).
   (1)   Recitals. The foregoing recitals are incorporated herein as the City Council's findings and determinations.
   (2)   Short Title. This Ordinance shall be known as, and may be referred to as the "Moline Adult Use Zoning Ordinance."
   (3)   Definitions. For the purposes of this subsection, the following terms, phrases and words shall have the meanings given herein.
      a.   Adult Booth. Any area of an adult entertainment establishment set off from the remainder of such establishment by one or more walls or other dividers or partitions and used to show, play or otherwise demonstrate any adult materials or to view any live performance that is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on the exposure, depiction, or description of specified anatomical areas or the conduct or simulation of specified sexual activities;
      b.   Adult Entertainment Establishment or Establishment. Any of the following commercial establishments as defined herein.
         1.   Adult Cabaret. Any commercial establishment that as a substantial or a significant portion of its business provides any of the following:
            i.   Persons who appear nude or semi-nude.
            ii.   Live performances that are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on the exposure, depiction or description of specified anatomical areas or the conduct or simulation of specified sexual activities;
            iii.   Films, motion pictures, video or audio cassettes, slides, computer displays, or other visual representations or recordings of any kind that are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on the exposure, depiction or description of specified anatomical areas or the conduct or simulation of specified sexual activities.
         2.   Adult Store. Any commercial establishment that, (a) contains one or more adult booths; or (b) as a substantial or significant portion (more than 50%) of its business offers for sale, rental, exchange or viewing any adult materials. Adult stores do not include commercial establishments which offer for sale, rental, exchange or viewing any adult materials as a sideline or adjunct to sales, rentals, exchanges or viewings of materials other than adult materials.
         3.   Adult Theater. Any commercial establishment that as a substantial or significant portion of its business features or provides films, motion pictures, video or audio cassettes, slides, or other visual representations or recordings of any kind that are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on the exposure, depiction or description of specified anatomical areas or the conduct or simulation of specified sexual activities.
         4.   Nude Model Studio. Any place where a person who appears semi-nude or in a state of nudity is provided to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed or similarly depicted by any persons who pay money or any form of consideration. This definition of nude model studio does not apply to public or private junior colleges, colleges or universities licensed by the State of Illinois and offering art or modeling classes or anatomical drawing classes.
         5.   Sexual Encounter Center. Any business or commercial establishment that, as one of its primary business purposes, offers for any form of consideration: (a) physical contact in the form of wrestling or tumbling between persons of the opposite sex; or (b) activities between female and male persons and/or persons of the same sex when one or more of the persons is in a state of nudity or is semi-nude.
      c.   Adult Motel. Any hotel, motel or similar commercial establishment which:
         1.   Offers accommodations to the public for any form of consideration; provides patrons with closed-circuit television transmission, phones, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other photographic reproductions which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas; and has a sign visible from the public right-of-way which advertises the availability of such adult type photographic reproductions; or
         2.   Offers a sleeping room for rent for a period of time that is less than ten (10) hours; or
         3.   Allows a tenant or occupant of a sleeping room to sublet the room for a period of time that is less than ten (10) hours.
      d.   Commercial Establishment. Any place where admission, services, performances or products are provided for or upon payment of any form of consideration.
      e.   Licensed Premises. The place or location described in an establishment license wherein an adult entertainment establishment is authorized to operate. No sidewalks, streets, parking areas, public rights-of-way, or grounds adjacent to any such place or location shall be included within the licensed premises.
      f.   Nude or State of Nudity. The state of dress or undress that exposes to view (a) less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, anus, or female breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola, but not including any portion of the cleavage of the female breast exhibited by a dress, blouse, shirt, leotard, bathing suit or other wearing apparel, provided the areola is not exposed; or (b) human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered, or any device or covering that, when worn, simulates human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
      g.   Protected Uses.
         1.   A church, synagogue, mosque, or other place of worship.
         2.   A public or private nursery school or any other public or private school serving any one or more of grades kindergarten through twelve.
         3.   A childcare facility, licensed by the Illinois Department of Children and Family Services.
         4.   A public park, playground, playing field, or forest preserve.
         5.   A public or private cemetery.
         6.   A public housing facility.
      h.   Residential Property. Any lodge or other tract of land zoned in any of the following districts or zones under this Code: R-2, R-4, R-6, and R-7.
      i.   Semi-Nude. A state of dress or undress in which clothing covers no more than the human genitals, pubic region, anus, and areola of the female breast, as well as     portions of the body covered by supporting straps or devices or by other minor accessory apparel including, without limitation, hats, gloves, and socks.
      j.   Specified Anatomical Areas. Any of the following:
         1.   Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals; pubic region; buttocks; anus; or female breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola but not including any portion of the cleavage of a female breast exhibited by a dress, blouse, shirt, leotard, bathing suit, or other wearing apparel providing the areola is not exposed; or
         2.   Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered or any device or covering that when worn, simulates human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
      k.   Specified Sexual Activities. Any of the following:
         1.   Fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female breasts.
         2.   Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including without limitation, cunnilingus, fellatio, anilingus, bestiality, intercourse, oral copulation or sodomy.
         3.   Masturbation, actual or simulated.
         4.   Human genitals in a state of sexual simulation, arousal, or tumescence.
         5.   Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in subsections (1), (2), (3) or (4) of this definition of specified sexual activities.
   (4)   Adult Entertainment Location Standards.
      a.   Requirements. Adult entertainment establishments located, established, maintained or operated on any lot in the City shall also comply, in addition to complying with all other applicable regulations set forth in this Code, with the regulations set forth in paragraphs b. through g. of this section. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of any other such regulations and the regulations set forth in paragraphs b. through g. of this section, the regulations set forth in paragraphs b. through g. of this section shall control to the extent of any conflict.
      b.   Permitted Districts. Adult entertainment establishments shall be permitted only in an industrial zoning district (I-1 and I-2).
      c.   Minimum Distance from Other Entertainment Establishments. No adult entertainment establishment shall be located, established, maintained or operated on any lot that has a property line within 500 feet of the property line of any other lot on which any other adult entertainment establishment is located, established, maintained or operated, nor shall more than one adult entertainment establishment be located on any lot.
      d.   Minimum Distance from Protected Uses. No adult entertainment establishment shall be located, established, maintained or operated on any lot that has a property line within 750 feet of the property line of any other lot on which a protected use is located, established, maintained or operated.
      e.   Minimum Distance from Residential Property. No adult entertainment establishment shall be located, established, maintained or operated on any lot that has a property line within 750 feet of the property line of any residential property.
      f.   Measurement. For the purposes of this section, distances shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest point on the property line of the lot on which the adult entertainment establishment is located to the nearest point on a property line of any residential property, or any lot on which a protected use or other adult entertainment establishment, as the case may be, is located, established, maintained, or operated.
      g.   Limited Exception from Subsequent Protected Uses, Alcohol Business and Residential Property. An adult entertainment establishment lawfully operating under this Code and under the City's Adult Use Licensing Ordinance shall not be deemed to be in violation of the location restrictions set forth herein solely because (1) a protected use subsequently locates within the minimum required distance of the adult entertainment establishment, (2) a business that sells or dispenses alcoholic beverages subsequently locates within the same building as the adult entertainment establishment, or (3) property within the minimum required distance of an adult entertainment establishment subsequently becomes residential property. This paragraph g. shall not apply to an adult entertainment establishment at a time when an application for an adult entertainment license under the City's Adult Use Licensing Ordinance for that establishment is submitted after the license has previously expired, has been revoked, or is at that time under suspension.
   (5)   Severability. In the event that any provision of this division, or any part thereof, or any application thereof to any person or circumstance, is found otherwise invalid or ineffective by any court of competent jurisdiction on its face or as applied, such holding shall not affect the validity of any of the remaining provisions or any application thereof to any person or circumstance or of said provision as applied to any other person or circumstance. It is hereby declared to be the legislative intent of the City that this article would have been adopted had such unconstitutional, invalid or ineffective provisions not been included herein. (Ord. No. 2000-02-03; new Division 5 to Article V enacted, "ADULT ENTERTAINMENT ESTABLISHMENTS"; 02/08/00)
   (n)   Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, Minor. Description: Minor vehicle repair and maintenance services include land uses which perform minor maintenance services to motorized vehicles (such as minor repairs, incidental body and fender work, touch-up painting and upholstering, replacement of minor parts and general tune-up service to automobiles and trucks not exceeding one and 1½ tons capacity entirely within an enclosed building.)
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Storage of abandoned vehicles is prohibited.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Auto repair, minor.
   (o)   Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, Major. Description: Major vehicle repair and maintenance services include land uses which perform general repair, rebuilding or reconditioning of engines of any type for motor vehicles, trucks, buses, or trailers. Also includes collision service, including body work, frame or fender straightening or repair, overall painting of motor vehicles, trucks, or trailers, and painting booths.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Storage of abandoned vehicles is prohibited.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Auto repair, major with outdoor storage.
   (p)   Animal Boarding Services. Description: Commercial animal boarding facility land uses include land uses which provide short-term and/or long-term boarding for animals. Examples of these land uses include commercial kennels and commercial stables. Exercise yards, fields, training areas, and trails associated with such land uses are considered accessory to such land uses and do not require separate consideration.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Each animal shall be provided with an indoor containment area.
      b.   The minimum permitted size of horse or similar animal stall shall be 100 square feet.
      c.   Special events such as shows, exhibitions, and contests may be permitted as a temporary use as per Sec. 35-3418(f).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Kennels.
   (q)   SALES AND SERVICE, CANNABIS DISPENSING. Description: In accordance with the Illinois Compassionate Use of Medical Cannabis Pilot Program Act of 410 ILCS 130/1, and subsequent amendments, a Sales and Service, Cannabis Dispensing land use is any state-registered dispensing organization which acquires medical cannabis from registered cultivation centers for the purpose of dispending medical cannabis products to registered qualifying patients.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Must be in full compliance with all applicable state statutes and regulations.
   (r)   SALES AND SERVICE, LIMITED. Description: Limited sales and service land uses include boutiques and small business establishments providing finite retail services or specialty retailing which serve particular needs of the community as opposed to general needs of the region. Such uses may also offer training and repair, customization, or related services for products sold and generally serve professionals, hobbyists, specialists, and devotee clientele. Such uses are exclusively indoors and may not display products outside of an enclosed building. Impacts from such uses (noise, vibration, odors) shall not be detectable outside the building/tenant area in which they are located. In addition, such uses do not include those that offer entertainment services nor those that sell alcohol, tobacco, prescription drugs, firearms, hazardous materials, animals or pets, furniture, large appliances, hardware, power tools, building materials, contractor equipment, machinery, vehicles, or similar products. Examples of such land uses include clothing or jewelry shops, card shops, comics or book stores, art or teaching supply stores, candy or coffee stores, small food markets or cafés, cooking or kitchen suppliers, beauty or grooming suppliers, and related land uses.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Indoor retail sales and product display shall not exceed 5,000 square feet in total floor area;
      b.   Shall be located with primary vehicle access on a collector or arterial street;
      c.   All structures shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property.
      d.   Facility shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting residentially-zoned property.
(Ord. No. 3024-2014; Sec. 35-3408(o) enacted; 10/21/14; Ord. No. 3019-2018; new subsection (p), "SALES AND SERVICE," enacted; 06/12/18; Ord. No. 3012-2023; new subsection (e)(1)i. enacted; 04/11/23; Ord. No. 3037-2023; new subsections (e)(1)b.1. - 4. enacted; 9/26/23; Ord. No. 3039-2023; new subsections (a), (b) enacted and subsequent subsections relettered; 10/10/23; Ord. No. 3007-2025; Sec. 35-3408 amended; 02/4/25)

SEC. 35-3409. PRINCIPAL TRANSPORTATION AND UTILITY LAND USES.

   (a)   AIRPORT/HELIPORT. Description: Airports and heliports are transportation facilities providing takeoff, landing, servicing, storage and other services to any type of air transportation. The operation of any type of air vehicle (including ultralight aircraft, hang gliders, parasails, and related equipment, but excepting model aircraft) within the jurisdiction of this Code shall occur only in conjunction with an approved airport or heliport.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   All buildings, structures, outdoor airplane or helicopter storage areas, and any other activity areas shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from all lot lines.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property not otherwise completely screened from activity areas by buildings or structures (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Aircraft hangers/tie-downs;
      b.   Airstrips/runways and heliports;
      c.   Aviation facilities (private and public).
   (b)   PARKING, OFFSITE . Description: Off-site parking lots are any areas used for the temporary parking of vehicles which are fully registered, licensed and operative. (See also Sec. 35-5100 for additional parking regulations.)
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Access to an off-site parking lot shall only be permitted from a collector or arterial street.
      b.   Access and vehicular circulation shall be designed so as to discourage cut-through traffic.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Commercial parking lot;
      b.   Garage (public);
      c.   Parking lots (public and private).
   (c)   TERMINAL, FREIGHT. Description: Freight terminals are defined as land and buildings representing either end of one or more truck carrier line(s) which may have some or all of the following facilities: yards, docks, management offices, storage sheds, buildings and/or outdoor storage areas, freight stations, and truck maintenance and repair facilities, principally serving several or many businesses and always requiring trans-shipment. Also includes distribution centers, which are facilities oriented to the short-term indoor storage and possible repackaging and reshipment of materials involving the activities and products of a single user. Retail outlets associated with this use shall be considered accessory uses as per Sec. 35-3416(1).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   All buildings, structures, outdoor storage areas, and any other activity areas shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from all lot lines abutting residentially zoned property.
      c.   In no instance shall activity areas be located within a required front yard, landscape area, or bufferyard area.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Bus terminal/railroad station/freight terminal or other public transportation terminal.
   (d)   TERMINAL, PASSENGER. Description: Passenger terminals are defined as land and buildings representing either end of one or more bus companies, transit services or rail lines, which provide facilities for departing or arriving passengers. Terminals providing freight services and/or service to vehicles require a separate use review consistent with those services. Likewise, passenger terminals providing services to passengers, such as restaurants shall require a separate use review for those uses as appropriate. Ticket offices and other ancillary offices uses, however, are considered accessory to the passenger terminal and do not require a separate use review.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   All buildings, structures, outdoor storage areas, and any other activity areas shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from all lot lines abutting residentially zoned property.
      c.   In no instance shall activity areas be located within a required front yard, landscape area, or bufferyard area.
      d.   Parking Requirements: One space per each employee on the largest work shift, plus one space per every 5 passengers based on average daily ridership.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Bus transfer station.
   (e)   PUBLIC SERVICES AND UTILITIES, DISTRIBUTION. Description: Public services and utilities, distribution land uses include all City, County, State and Federal (except those otherwise identified in this Division) emergency and local service facilities, such as fire and police departments and rescue operations, treatment plants, water Towers, lift stations, and similar public uses serving the city and its immediate environs. The use also includes private electrical, gas and telecommunications facilities, such as overhead lines (of up to 34,000 volts) and pad-mounted switch gear and transformers, and similar facilities where the size/capacity already has been stepped down by a transmission facility (see subsection (f), below) to directly meet the needs of customers/users.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Outdoor storage areas shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property.
      b.   All outdoor storage areas shall install and continually maintain a Type D bufferyard adjacent to all residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      c.   All buildings and treatment structures shall be located a minimum of 20 feet from any residentially zoned property.
      d.   The exterior of all buildings shall be compatible with the exteriors of surrounding buildings.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Essential public services;
      b.   Government buildings;
      c.   Governmental uses;
      d.   Municipal buildings and libraries;
      e.   Municipal fire and police station;
      f.   Post office;
      g.   Railroad right-of-way, but not switching, storage or freight yards;
      h.   Distribution lines, pipelines of public utility companies w/in existing public rights-of-way;
      i.   Utility stations w/out service yards or storage.
   (f)   PUBLIC SERVICES AND UTILITIES, TRANSMISSION. Description: Public services and utilities, transmission land uses includes private electrical, gas and telecommunications facilities, such as overhead lines (69,000 volts and higher), substations (to change from transmission to distribution voltage/capacity), high pressure gas lines, and similar facilities where the size/capacity must be stepped down to directly meet the needs of customers/users.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Outdoor storage areas shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property.
      b.   All outdoor storage areas shall install and continually maintain a Type D bufferyard adjacent to all residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      c.   All structures shall be located a minimum of 20 feet from any residentially zoned property.
      d.   The exterior of all buildings shall be compatible with the exteriors of surrounding buildings.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Essential public services;
      b.   Transmission lines, pipelines of public utility companies w/in existing public rights-of-way;
      c.   Utility stations w/out service yards or storage.
   (g)   Solar Energy System, Commercial. Description: Any device or assembly of devices that (i) is ground installed and (ii) uses solar energy from the sun for generating electricity for the primary purpose of wholesale sale and not primarily for consumption on the property on which the device or devices reside as defined in 55 ILCS 5/5-12020(a). (Commercial solar energy systems exclude community solar energy systems in county jurisdictions.)
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Setbacks. Setback distance is measured from the edge of any component of the solar facility to the nearest edge of the setback object (building, ROW, property line). Commercial solar facilities must meet the following setbacks:
         1.   Property line setback of 50 feet from nonparticipating properties, except as otherwise determined in (1)a.4. below.
         2.   Street setback of 50 feet from the nearest ROW edge for all street categories.
         3.   Occupied community buildings or dwellings setback of 150 feet for non-participating properties, except as otherwise determined in (1)a.4 below.
         4.   Protected lands property line setback of 500 feet or the site-specific guidelines of the Illinois Department of Natural Resources (IDNR) as part of an EcoCAT natural resource review report under 17 Illinois Admin. Code Part 1075.
      b.   Screening. Commercial solar shall be screened as follows:
         1.   A screening plan shall be submitted that identifies the type and extent of screening. The screening shall be included in the project’s vegetation management plan and must include provisions to maintain the screening for the life of the facility.
         2.   A Type C landscaped bufferyard shall be provided for screening along all property lines adjacent to a property not zoned industrial.
      c.   Ground cover and buffer areas. The following provisions shall apply to the clearing of existing vegetation and establishment of vegetative ground cover. Additional site- specific conditions may apply as required.
         1.   Large-scale removal of mature trees on the site is discouraged. The city may set additional restrictions on tree clearing or require mitigation for cleared trees.
         2.   The project design shall include the installation and establishment of ground cover meeting the pollinator-friendly standard consistent with 525 ILCS 55/1 “Pollinator-Friendly Solar Site Act” or successor statutes and guidance as set by the Illinois Department of Natural Resources.
         3.   The applicant shall submit a vegetation management plan adhering to guidance set forth by the Illinois Department of Natural Resources.
         4.   Pollinator-friendly standards shall be maintained on the site for the duration of site operation, until the site is decommissioned.
         5.   The city may require submittal of an inspection fee with the initial permit application to support ongoing inspection of the pollinator-friendly ground cover and consistency with the vegetation management plan.
         6.   The applicant shall submit a financial guarantee in the form of a letter of credit, cash deposit, or bond in favor of the city equal to 125% of the costs to meet the pollinator-friendly standard. The financial guarantee shall remain in effect until vegetation is fully established, as verified by the county conservation official.
      d.   Foundations. A qualified engineer shall certify that the foundation and design of the solar panel racking and support is within accepted professional standards, given local soil and climate conditions.
      e.   Power and communication lines. Power and communication lines running between banks of solar panels and to nearby electric substations or interconnections with buildings shall be buried underground. Exemptions may be granted by the city in instances where shallow bedrock, water courses, or other elements of the natural landscape interfere with the ability to bury lines, or distance makes undergrounding infeasible, at the discretion of the zoning administrator.
      f.   Fencing. Perimeter fencing for the site shall not include barbed wire and shall adhere to wildlife-friendly fencing standards that include clearance at the bottom. Alternative wildlife-friendly fencing can be used if the site is incorporating agrivoltaics.
      g.   Stormwater and NPDES. Commercial solar energy systems are subject to the stormwater management and erosion and sediment control provisions in Chapter 34 of this code, as well as National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit requirements.
      h.   Other standards and codes. All commercial solar shall be in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal regulatory codes, including the Construction Codes adopted by the city in Chapter 8 of this code.
      i.   Aviation protection. For commercial solar located within 500 feet of an airport or within approach zones of an airport, the applicant must complete and provide the results of a glare analysis through a qualitative analysis of potential impact, field test demonstration, or geometric analysis of ocular impact in consultation with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Office of Airports, consistent with the Interim Policy, FAA Review of Solar Energy Projects on Federally Obligated Airports, or most recent version adopted by the FAA.
      j.   Decommissioning. A decommissioning plan shall be prepared and submitted as part of the Agricultural Impact Mitigation Plan (505 ILCS 147).
         1.   Decommissioning of the system must occur in the event the project is not in use for 12 consecutive months.
         2.   The plan shall include provisions for removal of all structures and foundations, restoration of soil and vegetation and consistency with all standards of the AIMP.
         3.   Disposal of structures and/or foundations shall meet the provisions for local solid waste disposal.
         4.   Financial assurances for decommissioning the site shall be provided to the city consistent with the Agricultural Impact Plan and Mitigation Agreement.
(Ord. No. 3036-2025; new Sec 35-3409(g) enacted; 9/9/25)

SEC. 35-3410. PRINCIPAL STORAGE, WHOLESALING AND INDUSTRIAL LAND USES.

   (a)   STORAGE, PERSONAL. Description: Personal storage facilities are land uses oriented to the indoor storage of items entirely within partitioned buildings having an individual access to each partitioned area. Such storage areas may be available on either a condominium or rental basis. Also known as "mini-warehouses."
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Facility shall be designed so as to minimize adverse visual impacts on nearby developments. The color, exterior materials, and orientation of proposed buildings and structures shall complement surrounding development.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Mini-warehousing.
(Ord. No. 3007-2009; Sec. 35-3410(a) repealed; new Sec. 35-3410(a) enacted; 03/17/09)
   (b)   STORAGE AND WHOLESALING, INDOOR. Description: Indoor storage and wholesaling land uses are primarily oriented to the receiving, holding, and shipping of packaged materials for a single business or a single group of businesses. With the exception of loading and parking facilities, such land uses are contained entirely within an enclosed building. Examples of this land use include conventional warehouse facilities, long-term indoor storage facilities, and joint warehouse and storage facilities. Retail outlets associated with this use shall be considered accessory uses per Sec. 35-3416(1).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Buffering loading areas;
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially; zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Wholesaling/warehousing/storage (except mini-storage).
   (c)   STORAGE AND WHOLESALING, OUTDOOR . Description: Outdoor storage and wholesaling land uses are primarily oriented to the receiving, holding, and shipping of packaged materials for a single business or a single group of businesses. Such a land use, in which any activity beyond loading and parking is located outdoors, is considered an outdoor storage and wholesaling land use. Examples of this land use include contractors' storage yards, equipment yards, lumber yards, coal yards, landscaping materials yard, construction materials yards, recreational vehicle storage yards, and shipping materials yards. Such land uses do not include the storage of inoperative vehicles or equipment, or other materials typically associated with a junkyard or salvage yard.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   All outdoor storage areas shall be completely enclosed by any permitted combination of buildings, structures, walls, fencing, or vegetation. Such walls and fencing shall be a minimum of 8 feet in height and shall be designed to completely screen all stored materials from view from non-industrialized areas at an elevation of 5 feet above the grade of all adjacent properties and rights-of-way. Said walls or fencing shall be screened from residentially zoned property by a Type D bufferyard. (See Sec. 35-5207)
      b.   The storage of items shall not be permitted in permanently protected green space areas.
      c.   The storage of items shall not be permitted in a required front yard, landscape area, or bufferyard area.
      d.   In no event shall the storage of items reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking stalls provided on the property below the requirement established by the provisions of Sec. 35-5100. If the number of provided parking stalls on the property is already less than the requirement, such storage area shall not further reduce the number of parking stalls already present.
      e.   Storage areas shall be separated from any vehicular parking or circulation area by a minimum of 10 feet. This separation shall be clearly delimited by a physical separation such as a greenway, curb, fence, or line of planters, or by a clearly marked paved area.
      f.   Materials being stored shall not interfere in any manner with either on-site or off-site traffic visibility, including potential traffic/traffic and traffic/pedestrian conflicts.
      g.   Inoperative vehicles or equipment, or other items typically stored in a junkyard or salvage yard, shall not be stored under the provisions of this land use.
      h.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      i.   All outdoor storage areas shall be located no closer to a residentially zoned property than the required minimum setback for the principal buildings on the subject property.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Building material sales yard, wholesale;
      b.   Bulk station;
      c.   Feed and seed store (wholesale);
      d.   Bath house or boat house w/outdoor storage.
   (d)   CONTRACTOR SHOP. Description: Includes any business engaged in contract services or labor, such as contractors involved with: landscaping; building construction or carpentry; and electrical, plumbing or heating systems. Includes towing businesses that do not have any on-site storage of vehicles or salvage of unlicensed and/or inoperative vehicles. Often involves accessory equipment storage yards and rental of equipment commonly used by contractors. Retail outlets associated with this principal use shall be considered an accessory use, and shall be subject to the requirements of Sec. 35-3416(1).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property adjacent to the outdoor storage area (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   Outdoor sales, display or repair areas shall be set back from all streets and residentially zoned properties a distance equal to the required principal building setbacks and shall not be located within landscaped areas or bufferyards.
      c.   The storage of items shall not interfere with traffic visibility or reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking spaces provided on the property below the requirement established below. If the number of provided parking spaces on the property is already less than the requirement, such display area shall not further reduce the number of spaces already present.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Building material sales yard, wholesale;
      b.   Air conditioning/heating sales & service with outdoor fabrication;
      c.   Carpenter/cabinet shop w/outdoor storage;
      d.   Contractors offices/shops;
      e.   Custom cabinet shop;
      f.   Custom drapery manufacture;
      g.   Exterminating shop;
      h.   Sign painting shop.
   (e)   JUNKYARD OR SALVAGE YARD. Description: Description: Junkyard or salvage yard facilities are any land or structure used for a salvaging operation including but not limited to: the above-ground, outdoor storage and/or sale of waste paper, rags, scrap metal, and any other discarded materials intended for sale or recycling; and/or the towing, collection, dismantlement, storage, or salvage of two or more unlicensed and/or inoperative vehicles. Recycling facilities involving on-site outdoor storage of salvage materials are included in this land use.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Facility shall be fully screened from off-site users, from residentially zoned developments and all public streets and, at a minimum, shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all property borders abutting residentially zoned property and all public streets (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   All buildings, structures, outdoor storage areas, and any other activity areas shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from all lot lines.
      c.   In no instance shall activity areas be located within a required front yard, landscape area, or bufferyard area.
      d.   Shall not involve the storage, handling or collection of hazardous materials, including any of the materials listed in subsection (i) below.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Auto salvage & wrecking operations;
      b.   Recycling centers/stations;
      c.   Scrap/salvage services;
      d.   Industrial metal and waste salvage.
   (f)   WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITY . Description: Waste disposal facilities are any areas used for the disposal of solid wastes. Also included are composting operations, which are any land uses devoted to the collection, storage, processing and or disposal of vegetation.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Shall comply with all County, State and Federal regulations.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all of the borders of the property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      c.   All buildings, structures, and activity areas shall be located a minimum of 300 feet from all lot lines.
      d.   No food scraps or other vermin-attracting materials shall be processed, stored or    disposed of on-site.
      e.   Operations shall not involve the on-site holding, storage or disposal of hazardous materials as defined by subsection (i) below.
      f.   Required site plans shall include detailed site restoration plans that, at a minimum, include detailed grading and revegetation plans, maintenance plans, and a detailed written statement indicating the timetable for such restoration. A surety bond, in an amount equivalent to 125% of the costs determined to be associated with said restoration (as determined by a third party selected by the City), shall be filed with the City by the applicant (subject to approval by the City attorney), and shall be held by the City for the purpose of ensuring that the site is restored to its proposed condition. This amount shall be recalculated and a new bond shall be required bi-annually. (The requirement for said surety is waived for waste disposal facilities owned by public agencies.)
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Disposal/storage of toxic waste;
      b.   Landfill/construction debris/rubble/ sanitary;
      c.   Transfer station for waste.
   (g)   INDUSTRIAL, LIGHT. Description: Light industrial land uses are industrial facilities at which all operations (with the exception of loading operations) are: 1) conducted entirely within an enclosed building; 2) not potentially associated with nuisances such as odor, noise, heat, vibration, and radiation which are detectable at the property line; 3) do not pose a significant safety hazard (such as danger of explosion); and 4) comply with all of the general performance standards listed for potential nuisances in Division 4 of Article V. Light industrial land uses may conduct retail sales activity as an accessory use provided that the requirements of Sec. 35-3416(1) are complied with.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   All activities, except loading and unloading, shall be conducted entirely within the confines of a building.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Apparel/other products mfg. from textiles;
      b.   Assembly of products from finished materials/parts;
      c.   Bottling/canning of soft drinks;
      d.   Cabinet making;
      e.   Computer manufacture/electronic assembly;
      f.   Food processing;
      g.   Fur repair/storage;
      h.   Laboratories (research/development/ testing of medical/optical/dental/pharmaceutical products);
      i   Laundry/dry cleaning/dyeing (except walk-in or drive-up);
      j.   Photo processing involving photo engraving;
      k.   Printing and binding;
      l.   Processing & assembly of engineering/lab/scientific/research instruments & associated    equipment;
      m.   Prosthetic manufacture;
      n.   Research & development/technical training & related activities for industrial/scientific/ business enterprises/design of pilot or experimental products.
   (h)   INDUSTRIAL, GENERAL . Description: General industrial land uses are industrial land uses which: may be wholly or partially located outside of an enclosed building; may have the potential to create certain nuisances which are detectable at the property line; do not involve large quantities of materials which pose a significant safety hazard. However, in no instance shall a general industrial land use exceed the general performance standards listed in Division 4 of Article V. Examples of general industrial land uses include alcoholic beverage producers; general manufacturers; stone, clay or glass product producers; primary metal producers; heavy machinery producers; electrical distribution equipment producers; electrical industrial apparatus producers; and transportation vehicle producers.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   All outdoor activity areas shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from residentially zoned property. No materials shall be stacked or otherwise stored so as to be visible over bufferyard screening elements.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Aircraft assembly/testing;
      b.   Animal black/lamp black/bone black/graphite manufacture;
      c.   Auto/tractor trailer/farm implement assembly or manufacture;
      d.   Bleaching/cleaning/dyeing plant;
      e.   Boiler shops/machine shops/structural steel fabricating shops/railway car or locomotive   shops;
      f.   Box and crate manufacture;
      g.   Brewing or distilling of liquors;
      h.   Brick manufacture;
      i.   Candle or sperm oil manufacture;
      j.   Cans and other container manufacture;
      k.   Cement/lime/gypsum/plaster of paris manufacture;
      l.   Chalk manufacture;
      m.   Coffin manufacture;
      n.   Cooperage works;
      o.   Cotton ginning and cotton wadding;
      p.   Cottonseed oil manufacture;
      q.   Dextrin, starch or glucose manufacture;
      r.   Dyes, aniline, ink pigments and other manufacture;
      s.   Emery cloth or sandpaper manufacture;
      t.   Enameling, lacquering or japanning;
      u.   Flour, grain or feed milling or processing;
      v.   Gelatin, vegetable and animal manufacture;
      w.   Glass blowing and manufacture;
      x.   Grain elevators;
      y.   Hair or hair products manufacture;
      z.   Hemp products manufacture;
      aa.   Linoleum, oil cloth or oiled goods manufacture;
      bb.   Lumber, preserving treatment, processing, sawmills and planning mills manufacture;
      cc.   Machinery, heavy manufacture and repair;
      dd.   Meat packing & processing (not slaughtering and glue/size mfg);
      ee.   Metal stamping/extrusion of metal products manufacture and plating;
      ff.   Motor testing/internal combustion motors manufacture;
      gg.   Pickle/sauerkraut/sausage manufacture;
      hh.   Porcelain products manufacture;
      ii.   Railroad equipment manufacture;
      jj.   Rubber manufacturing and processing;
      kk.   Rubber products;
      ll.   Sandblasting/cutting;
      mm.   Shoe blacking/polish/stove polish mfg.;
      nn.   Soap manufacture;
      oo.   Stone/monument works;
      pp.   Wax products manufacture;
      qq.   Wire or rod drawing/nut-screw or bolt mfg.;
      rr.   Wool scouring and pulling;
      ss.   Yeast manufacture.
   (i)   INDUSTRIAL, INTENSIVE. Description: Intensive industrial land uses are industrial facilities potentially associated with nuisances such as odor, noise, heat, vibration, and radiation, which are detectable at the property line and which pose a significant safety hazard (such as danger of explosion). Intensive industrial land uses are industrial facilities with the potential to be dangerous or extremely obnoxious (stored explosives, petroleum refineries, natural and liquid gas refineries, storage/distribution of bulk petroleum products, radioactive material, acid/pesticide manufacture, hazardous waste storage/treatment) and, therefore, require special use approval prior to locating.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting properties which are not zoned I-2 (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   All outdoor activity areas shall be located a minimum of 300 feet from residentially zoned property. No materials shall be stacked or otherwise stored so as to be visible over bufferyard screening elements.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Acetylene manufacturing;
      b.   Acid manufacture;
      c.   Ammonia/chlorine/bleach powder manufacture;
      d.   Asbestos/asbestos products manufacture;
      e.   Asphalt plant;
      f.   Blast furnaces/steel works/rolling mills;
      g.   Celluloid or pyroxidine manufacture/ explosive or inflammable cellulose/mfg. or storage;
      h.   Charcoal manufacture;
      i.   Chemicals manufacture/use;
      j.   Creosote manufacture or treatment;
      k.   Disinfectant, insecticide or poison manufacture;
      l.   Distillation of coal, petroleum, refuse, grain, wood or bones;
      m.   Establishments with potential to be dangerous or extremely obnoxious (stored explosives, petroleum refineries, natural and liquid gas, storage/distribution of bulk petroleum products, radioactive material, acid/pesticides manufacture, hazardous waste storage/treatment);
      n.   Explosive manufacture or storage;
      o.   Fertilizer, compost – manufacture or storage;
      p.   Fish curing, smoking or packing, fish oil manufacture or refining;
      q.   Flammable liquids storage;
      r.   Foundry works;
      s.   Gas-generation or storage for illumination of heating;
      t.   Match manufacture;
      u.   Oil shellac/turpentine/varnish/enamel manufacture;
      v.   Paper/pulp manufacture;
      w.   Perfume manufacture;
      x.   Petroleum/flammable liquids production and refining;
      y.   Poultry slaughterhouse (includes packing and storage for wholesale);
      z.   Rock crushing;
      aa.   Sewage disposal plant or incinerator/sanitary landfill/recycling or composting operation (except municipal);
      bb.   Steam power plant;
      cc.   Storage/curing/tanning of raw-green or salted skins;
      dd.   Storage of flammable liquids;
      ee.   Sugar refining;
      ff.   Tar distillation/asphalt roofing/waterproofing mfg.;
      gg.   Vinegar manufacture.
   (j)   EXTRACTION USE . Description: Extraction uses include land uses involving the removal of soil, clay, sand, gravel, rock, minerals, peat, or other material in excess of that required for approved on-site development or agricultural activities. Barrow pits may be permitted as a temporary use as per Sec. 35-3418(a).
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Shall comply with all County, State and Federal regulations.
      b.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property (see Sec. 35-5207).
      c.   All buildings, structures, and activity areas shall be located a minimum of 300 feet from all lot lines.
      d.   Required site plans shall include detailed site restoration plans that, at minimum, include detailed grading and revegetation plans, and a detailed written statement indicating the timetable for such restoration. A surety bond, in an amount equivalent to 125% of the costs determined to be associated with said restoration (as determined by a third party selected by the City), shall be filed with the City by the applicant (subject to approval by the City attorney), and shall be held by the City for the purpose of ensuring that the site is restored to its proposed condition. This amount shall be recalculated and a new bond shall be required bi-annually.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Commercial excavation of natural materials;
      b.   Resource extraction.
   (k)   INDUSTRIAL, CANNABIS CULTIVATION. Description: In accordance with the Illinois Compassionate Use of Medical Cannabis Pilot Program Act at 410 ILCS 130/1, and subsequent amendments, an Industrial, Cannabis Cultivation land use is any cultivation facility registered by the State of Illinois to perform necessary activities to provide only registered medical cannabis to registered dispensing organizations.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Must be in full compliance with all applicable state statutes and regulations.
(Ord. No. 3024-2014; Sec. 35-3408(k) enacted; 10/21/14; Ord. No. 3007-2025; Sec. 35-3410 amended; 02/4/25)

SEC. 35-3411. ACCESSORY RESIDENTIAL LAND USES.

   Residential accessory uses are those which are incidental and subordinate to, and serving, the principal residential use. The following provide standards for permitted residential accessory uses. Accessory uses not specifically listed herein, but similar to those permitted by right, may be permitted upon site plan review and approval by the zoning administrator or at the time of principal use approval by the appropriate decision making body. Accessory use not listed herein, but similar to those permitted as a special use, may be permitted with a special use permit.
   (1)   ACCESSORY DWELLING UNIT.
   a.   Description and definitions: The following words, terms, and phrases, when used in this section, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
      1.   Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) means a residential dwelling unit located on the same lot of record as a One-Family Dwelling, per Sec. 35-3405 (“principal dwelling” or “principal structure”), that provides a completely independent dwelling unit for one or more persons with a separate entrance. An Accessory Dwelling Unit shall be one of four approved types, further defined in this section below. Those four types are: Attached, Coach House, Detached, or Interior. An Accessory Dwelling Unit is, for all purposes of this section and this Article III, an Accessory Use and Accessory Structure, as those terms are defined in Section 35-1203(5) of this Code.
      2.   Attached means an Accessory Dwelling Unit that expands an existing principal one-family dwelling.
      3.   Coach House means an Accessory Dwelling Unit that is located on the second floor of a detached garage, above parking spaces on the ground level. A coach house is subject to all regulations applicable to major accessory structures.
      4.   Detached means an Accessory Dwelling Unit (Freestanding) that is located on the property such that the unit does not share any walls with the one-family dwelling and is not a Coach House.
      5.   Interior means an Accessory Dwelling Unit that is entirely inside of an existing one-family dwelling.
   b.   General Limitations and Requirements.
      1.   Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) are permitted only in the “R-2” One-Family Residence District, and subject to the applicable development standards, building codes, and other requirements of this section.
      2.   Accessory Dwelling Units must fall within one of the defined categories set forth in Section 35-3411(a)(1).
      3.   The property owner of a property with an Accessory Dwelling Unit must permanently reside in either the Principal One-Family Dwelling, or the Accessory Dwelling Unit. Only one Accessory Dwelling Unit is allowed per lot of record.
      4.   An Accessory Dwelling Unit cannot be used as a short-term rental or “Vacation Rental Unit” as defined by Chapter 8 of the Moline Code of Ordinances.
      5.   Accessory Dwelling Units shall have an entrance separate from the entrance to the principal dwelling.
      6.   No additional parking is required for an Accessory Dwelling Unit.
      7.   When converting an existing detached or attached garage to an ADU, the required parking for the principal structure must be replaced on site.
      8.   Accessory Dwelling Units shall not have a separate driveway or curb cut.
      9.   Accessory Dwelling Units shall be incidental to the principal one-family dwelling use of the lot of record in terms of location and appearance and shall not alter the character of the principal structure. The architectural style, exterior materials, and colors of the accessory dwelling unit shall be compatible with the principal structure.
   c.   ADU Types and Specific Requirements.
      1.   Coach House Accessory Dwelling Unit.
      (a)   Coach Houses are permitted on a lot used for a one-family dwelling that is a minimum of 6,500 square feet in lot area.
      (b)   Coach Houses must be located in a detached garage on the upper floor, above parking spaces located on the ground level.
      (c)   Coach Houses shall contain no more than one dwelling unit.
      (d)   Coach Houses must be designed to be compatible with the principal dwelling, per Sec. 35-5501.
      (e)   Structures containing Coach House ADUs cannot exceed the height or area of the principal dwelling.
      (f)   Coach House ADUs are limited to a maximum size of 1,000 square feet of livable space.
      (g)   Required Setbacks for structures containing Coach House ADUs:
         i)   Side Setback = 5 feet/Total of both side setbacks =12 plus feet.
         ii)   Rear Setback = 10 feet.
      2.   Detached Accessory Dwelling Unit.
      (a)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units are permitted on a lot used for a one-family dwelling that is a minimum of 6,500 square feet in lot area.
      (b)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units may be newly constructed buildings or converted existing accessory buildings.
      (c)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units must contain equal to or less than 1,000 square feet of livable space and be no greater in square-footage than the principal dwelling.
      (d)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units must be located to the rear or side of a principal dwelling.
      (e)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units shall contain no more than one dwelling unit.
      (f)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units must be designed to be compatible with the principal dwelling, per Sec. 35-5501.
      (g)   Detached Accessory Dwelling Units cannot exceed the height of the principal dwelling and must not exceed maximum lot coverage standards for the R-2 District.
      (h)   Required Setbacks for Detached Accessory Dwelling Units are:
         i)   Side Setback = 5 feet/Total of both side setbacks =12 plus feet.
         ii)   Rear Setback = 10 feet.
      (i)   The distance between the nearest point of any portion of the new Detached Accessory Dwelling Unit and the principal dwelling must be six feet or greater.
      3)   Attached Accessory Dwelling Unit.
      (a)   Attached Accessory Dwelling Units are permitted on a lot used for a one-family dwelling that is a minimum of 6,500 square feet in lot area.
      (b)   Attached Accessory Dwelling Units must contain equal to or less than 1,000 square feet of livable space and be no greater in square-footage than the principal dwelling.
      (c)   Attached Accessory Dwelling Units must be located in the rear or side of a one-family dwelling and meet principal structure setbacks.
      (d)   Attached Accessory Dwelling Units must be designed to be compatible with the principal dwelling, per Sec. 35-5501.
      4)   Interior Accessory Dwelling Unit.
      (a)   One Interior Accessory Dwelling Unit is permitted on a lot within a principal one-family dwelling.
      (b)   An Interior Accessory Dwelling Unit must have a separate entrance from the principal one-family dwelling.
      (c)   An Interior Accessory Dwelling Unit must contain equal to or less than 1,000 square feet of livable space and be no greater in square-footage than the principal dwelling.
   d.   Restrictive Covenant.
      1.   Prior to issuance of a building permit to construct an Accessory Dwelling Unit, the owner(s) shall file with the Rock Island County Recorder of Deeds, at the owner’s(s’) expense, a covenant by the owner(s) to the City stating that the owner(s) agree to restrict use of the Accessory Dwelling Unit in compliance with the requirements of this section and notify all prospective purchasers and subsequent owners of the property of these requirements by providing a copy of this section.
      2.   The covenant will run with the land and be binding upon the property owner, their heirs and assigns, and upon any parties subsequently acquiring any right, title, or interest in the property. The covenant will be in a form prescribed by the Community & Economic Development Director that includes the legal description of the property. The property owner(s) will return the original covenant with recording stamp to the Community & Economic Development Director before a building permit for the Accessory Dwelling Unit is issued.
      3.   At the request of a property owner and upon an inspection finding that an Accessory Dwelling Unit has been removed from the property, the Community & Economic Development Director will record, or cause to be recorded, at the owner’s(s’) expense, a release of any previously recorded covenant for the Accessory Dwelling Unit.
   e.   Enforcement; Violations and Penalties.
      1.   The City Administrator will have the authority to enforce the provisions of this section, and may assign responsibility for administration and enforcement of this section to such department or departments of the City as may be appropriate. The City Administrator is authorized to recommend reasonable and necessary policies, rules and regulations to carry out the provisions of this Section, which will be approved by resolution or ordinance of the City Council. This Section is not intended to, nor shall its effect be, to limit any other enforcement remedies, which may be available to the City under any other code, law, rule or regulation.
      2.   In addition to any other legal and equitable remedies available to the City, including, without limitation, removal of an Accessory Dwelling Unit from the City’s rental property registration list, any person who commits an offense, violates, neglects, refuses to comply with, or assists or participates in any way in the violation of any of the provisions or the requirements of this Section will be fined not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) and not more than one thousand, five-hundred dollars ($1,500.00) for each violation. Each day a violation continues will constitute a new and separate offense.
   (2)   BED AND BREAKFAST INN . Description: An operator-occupied residence providing accommodations for a charge to the public with no more than five guest rooms for rent, in operation for more than ten nights in a twelve month period. Breakfast may be provided to the guests only. Bed and Breakfast establishments shall not include motels, hotels, boarding houses, or food service establishments. "Operator" shall mean the owner of the bed and breakfast establishment, or the owner's agent, who is required to reside in the bed and breakfast establishment or on contiguous property.
      a.   Regulations :
         1.   The primary use of the structure shall be residential and owner occupied.
         2.   Individual Bed-and-Breakfast units shall not contain cooking facilities.
         3.   Interior residential features shall be retained in a manner which will allow re-conversion back to dwelling unit purposes.
         4.   Parking shall be provided on the site and shall be in accordance with Article V of    this ordinance; and in addition to the two spaces required for the residents of the dwelling unit, one space for each rental room shall be provided.
         5.   The Bed-and-Breakfast Inn shall not be detrimental to the neighborhood.
         6.   The Inn shall be operated in conformity with the "Bed and Breakfast Act," 740 ILCS 90/1 et seq.
         7.   No residential structure shall be removed in order for a Bed-and-Breakfast Inn to be established. No external remodeling or adding to existing buildings is permitted unless required by law, in which case it shall be architecturally compatible with the structure.
         8.   The Inn shall be used for the lodging of transient guests.
         9.   Each operator shall keep a list of the names of all persons staying at the Bed-and-Breakfast operation; such list shall be available for inspection by duly authorized City officials at any reasonable time.
         10.   Generally not more than 35% of the habitable floor area of the dwelling unit shall    be used for bedrooms in the Bed-and-Breakfast Inn.
         11.   Signs shall comply with all applicable requirements of Chapter 3 of the Moline Code of Ordinances.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Bed and Breakfast Inn.
   (3)   DAY CARE HOME (SERVING 3 TO 12 CHILDREN). Description: As per 225 ILCS 10/2.18 Sec. 2.18, a Day Care Home means family homes which receive more than three up to a maximum of 12 children for less than 24 hours per day. The number counted includes the family’s natural or adopted children and all other persons under the age of 12. The term does not include facilities which receive only children from a single household.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Must be in full compliance with Title 89, Chapter III, Subchapter e, Part 406, Licensing Standards for Day Care Home, Illinois Administrative Rules.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Day care home;
         2.   Day care home licensed by the State of Illinois;
         3.   Day care home serving 9-12 children.
   (4)   HOME OCCUPATION, MINOR . Description: Minor home occupations are home occupations which shall not have nonresident customers and employees.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Shall be conducted entirely within a dwelling and carried on by the inhabitants thereof and no other.
         2.   Shall be clearly incidental and secondary to the use of the dwelling for dwelling purposes, and the appearance of the structure shall not be altered or the occupation within the residence be conducted in a manner that would cause the premises to differ from its residential character either by the use of colors, materials, construction, lighting, signs, or other emission of sounds or vibrations that carry    beyond the premises.
         3.   Shall have no more than 200 square feet of floor area used for the home occupation.
         4.   Signs shall comply with all applicable requirements of Chapter 3 of the Moline Code of Ordinances.
         5.   Shall not be conducted on the premises the business of selling stocks of    merchandise, supplies or products, provided that orders previously made by telephone or at a sales party may be filled on the premises. That is, direct sales of products off display shelves, racks or from inventory is not allowed, but a person may pick up an order placed earlier as described above.
         6.   Shall have no storage or display of goods visible from outside the structure.
         7.   Shall have no highly explosive or combustible material used or stored on the premises unless approved by the Fire Marshall. No activity shall be allowed that would interfere with radio or television reception in the area, nor shall there be any offensive noise, vibration, smoke, dust, odors, heat or glare noticeable at or beyond the property line.
         8.   Shall not create greater vehicle or pedestrian traffic than normal for the district in which it is located, including commercial and general delivery services.
         9.   Shall not use material or equipment not recognized as being part of the normal practices of owning and maintaining a residence.
         10.   Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, garage, basement, yard or other similar sales shall not be allowed more than twice a year, and each sale shall not last more than 72 consecutive hours, and only goods which have been generated from within the household and not purchased elsewhere for resale. Sales shall be conducted on the owner’s property, except that multiple family sales are permitted if they are held on the property of one of the participants and any such    sale shall be considered to be a sale for all participants.
         11.   Shall have no deliveries from commercial suppliers made more than once a week, and the deliveries shall not be made from semi-tractor trailer trucks.
         12.   Shall have no more than two visitors/clients per day, with all such visits occurring between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m., Monday through Saturday.
         13.   Shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
            (a)   Artists and sculptors;
            (b)   Authors, desktop publishers and composers;
            (c)   Home crafts for sale off-site;
            (d)   Office facility of clergy;
            (e)   Office facility of a salesman, sales representative or manufacturer’s representative provided that no transactions are made in person on the premises;
            (f)   Address of convenience used solely for receiving and making telephone calls including computer usage, mail, keeping business records in connection with a profession or occupation;
            (g)   Individual tutoring;
            (h)   Preserving and home cooking for sale off-site;
            (i)   Individual instrument and vocal instruction provided that no instrument may be amplified;
            (j)   Telephone solicitation work;
            (k)   Any other similar uses deemed to be consistent by the Zoning Administrator.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Minor home occupation;
         2.   Home occupation (non-impact, minor impact);
         3.   Private office of lawyer, architect, or engineer w/in own dwelling.
   (5)   HOME OCCUPATION, MAJOR . Description: Major home occupations are home occupations where customers and employees may come to the home and where the occupation complies with the following:
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Shall be conducted entirely within a dwelling unit and carried on by the inhabitants thereof and no other.
         2.   Shall be clearly incidental and secondary to the use of the dwelling for dwelling purposes, and the appearance of the structure shall not be altered or the occupation within the residence be conducted in a manner that would cause the premises to differ from its residential character either by the use of colors, materials, construction, lighting, signs, or the emission of sounds or vibrations that carry beyond the premises.
         3.   Shall have no more than 200 square feet of floor area used for the home occupation.
         4.   Signs shall comply with all applicable requirements of Chapter 3 of the Moline Code of Ordinances.
         5.   Shall not be conducted on the premises the business of selling stocks of    merchandise, supplies or products, provided that incidental retail sales may be made in connection with other permitted home occupations, for example, a single-chair beauty parlor would be allowed to sell combs, hair spray, and other miscellaneous items to customers. However, a dressmaker would be required to do only custom work for specific clients and would not be allowed to develop stocks of dresses for    sale to the general public on-site.
         6.   Shall have no storage or display of goods visible from outside the structure.
         7.   Shall have no highly explosive or combustible material used or stored on the premises unless approved by the Fire Marshall. No activity shall be allowed that would interfere with radio or television reception in the area, nor shall there be any offensive noise, vibration, smoke, dust, odors, heat, or glare noticeable at or beyond the property line.
         8.   Shall have adequate off-street parking spaces available to compensate for additional parking needs generated. Deliveries from commercial suppliers may be made more than once a week, and the deliveries shall not be made from semi-tractor trailer trucks.
         9.   Shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
            (a)   Single-chair beauty parlors and barber shops;
            (b)   Photo developing and printing;
            (c)   Organized classes with up to six students at a time;
            (d)   Television and other electric or electronic repair, excluding major    appliances such as refrigerators or storage;
            (e)   Upholstering;
            (f)   Dressmaking and millinery; and
            (g)   Woodworking excluding cabinet making.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Major home occupation;
         2.   Home occupation (major impact).
   (6)   KENNEL, PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL. Description: A maximum of any combination of two dogs and/or cats (over six months of age) are permitted by right for any one residential unit. Any residence housing a number of dogs and or cats exceeding this number shall be considered a private residential kennel. A private residential kennel shall meet the following requirements
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   All animals shall be owned by an occupant of the principal residential use.
         2.   For any number over three animals, a maximum of one additional animal per five acres shall be permitted.
         3.   Outdoor containments for animals shall be located a minimum of 25 feet from any residentially zoned property and shall be screened from adjacent properties.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (7)   OUTBUILDINGS AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES . Description: This land use includes all active outdoor recreational facilities and accessory structures located on a private residential lot. Materials and lighting shall limit light levels at said property line are to be equal to or less than 0.5 foot candles (see Division 3 of Article V). All private residential recreation facilities and other accessory structures shall comply with the bulk requirements for accessory structures. Common examples of these accessory uses include swing sets, tree houses, basketball courts, tennis courts, swimming pools, other recreation-type equipment, and sheds.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   n/a.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (8)   RECREATIONAL VEHICLE STORAGE. Description: On-site long term storage of one (1) recreational vehicle (as defined in Division 2, of Article 1) that does not exceed 20 feet in overall length, 8 feet in width or 6 feet in overall height. Recreational vehicles meeting these dimensions may be stored on residential property in accordance with the following regulations. Recreational vehicles which exceed any of those dimensions may not be stored on residential property under any circumstances.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   No recreational vehicle, as defined, shall be parked or stored on any lot in a residential district except behind the rear building line of the principal structure providing all major accessory structure yard setbacks are met by the recreation vehicle and the vehicle is parked on a concrete pad, asphalt or concrete pavers and not parked on gravel. However, such equipment may be parked anywhere on residential premises for a period of time not to exceed 24 hours during loading and unloading no more than twice in any consecutive period of seven days. At least 30 hours must separate each occurrence. No such equipment shall be used for living, sleeping or housekeeping purposes when parked or stored on a residential lot, or in any location not approved for such use.
         2.   No recreational vehicle intended for portable temporary housing shall be used for living, sleeping or housekeeping purposes when parked or stored on a residential lot, or in any other location not approved for such use.
         3.   No recreational vehicle shall be stored out of doors on residential premises unless it is in condition for safe and effective performance of the function for which it is    intended or can be made so at a cost not exceeding the value of the equipment in its existing state. In no case shall any such equipment be so stored for a period of more than six months if not in condition for safe and efficient performance of the function for which it is intended.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (9)   CHARGING STATIONS. Description: Private Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 Charging Stations.
      a.   Regulations: Accessory use charging stations must comply with the applicable regulations for principal use charging stations. Sec. 35-3408 (g)(1)(i).
      b.   Uses Similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
(Ord. No. 3012-2023; Sec. 35-3411(8) enacted; 04/11/23; Ord. No. 3020-2024; Sec. 35-4111(1) enacted and subsequent subsections renumbered; 5/7/24; Ord. No. 3007-2025; Sec. 35-3411 amended; 02/4/25)

SEC. 35-3412. ACCESSORY AGRICULTURAL LAND USES.

   Agricultural accessory uses are those which are incidental and subordinate to, and serving, the principal agricultural use. Generally, any principle agricultural use permitted by right within the applicable zoning district may, upon review and approval of the zoning administrator, be permitted as an accessory use. Agricultural uses that require special use approval as a principal use in the applicable zoning district shall also require special use approval prior to establishment as an accessory use.

SEC. 35-3413. ACCESSORY RECREATIONAL AND INSTITUTIONAL LAND USES.

   Recreational and institutional accessory uses are those which are incidental and subordinate to, and serving, the principal recreational and institutional use. Generally, any principle recreational and institutional use permitted by right within the applicable zoning district may, upon review and approval of the zoning administrator, be permitted as an accessory use. Recreational and institutional uses that require special use approval as a principal use in the applicable zoning district shall also require special use approval prior to establishment as an accessory use.

SEC. 35-3414. ACCESSORY COMMERCIAL LAND USES.

   Commercial accessory uses are those which are incidental and subordinate to, and serving, the principal commercial use. The following provide standards for permitted commercial accessory uses. Accessory uses not specifically listed herein, but similar to those permitted by right, may be permitted upon site plan review and approval by the zoning administrator or at the time of principal use approval by the decision making body. Accessory use not listed herein, but similar to those permitted as a special use, may be permitted with a special use permit.
   (1)   COMPANY-PROVIDED CAFETERIA . Description: A company cafeteria is a food service operation which provides food only to company employees and their guests, which meets State and City food service requirements, and is located on the same property as a principal land use engaged in an operation other than food service.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   n/a.
         b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      1.   n/a.
   (2)   COMPANY PROVIDED DAY CARE CENTER . Description: A company provided day care center, licensed by the State of Illinois.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Shall comply fully with all regulations pertaining to Day Care Centers (see Sec. 35-3407(e).
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (3)   COMPANY PROVIDED ON-SITE RECREATION. Description: A company provided on-site recreational facility is any active or passive recreational facility located on the same site as a principal land use, and which is reserved solely for the use of company employees and their guests.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   All structures and actively used outdoor areas shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from any residentially zoned property.
         2.   Outdoor recreation facilities using night lighting shall install and continually maintain a Type D bufferyard along all property sides abutting residentially zoned property (see Sec. 35-5207).
         3   Facilities using night lighting shall require a special use permit.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (4)   DWELLING UNITS ABOVE THE GROUND FLOOR . Description: Commercial apartments are dwelling units which are located above the ground floor of a building used for a commercial land use, most typically an office or retail establishment.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   The gross floor area devoted to commercial apartments shall be counted toward the floor area of a nonresidential development for purposes of computing the floor area ratio.
         2.   A minimum of one off-street parking space shall be provided for each bedroom within a commercial apartment. Parking spaces provided by nonresidential land uses on the site may be counted for this requirement with the approval of the Zoning Administrator.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Dwellings above the ground floor.
   (5)   FLEET VEHICLE STORAGE . Description: Overnight parking of more than 4 delivery or service vehicles owned by a commercial establishment, not including vehicles issued license plates based on the gross vehicle weight (GVW).
      a.   Regulations :
         1.   All parking areas shall be paved as per the requirements of Article V.
         2.   In no event shall the parking/storage of fleet vehicles reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking stalls provided on the property below the requirement established by the provisions of Article V.
         3.   Inoperative vehicles or equipment shall not be stored with fleet vehicles.
         4.   All vehicle service shall comply fully with the Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, minor requirements of Sec. 35-3408(n).
         5.   Storage areas shall provide a Type C bufferyard along all borders of the storage area abutting residentially zoned property (See Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (6)   LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES INCIDENTAL TO INDOOR SALES OR SERVICE. Description: These land uses include any light industrial activity conducted exclusively indoors which is incidental to a principal land use such as indoor sales or service, on the same site.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   The total area devoted to light industrial activity shall not exceed 15% of the total    area of the buildings on the property, or 5,000 square feet, whichever is less.
         2.   Production area shall be physically separated by a wall from other activity areas and shall be soundproofed to the level required by Section 35-5409 for all adjacent properties.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Assembly of small electrical appliances;
         2.   Ceramics products manufacture (for sale on premises);
         3.   Drapery and mattress manufacturing (for sale on premises);
         4.   Mattress manufacture with retail activities.
   (7)   MOBILE FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS. Accessory mobile food establishment land uses include all land uses accessory to a principal restaurant involving the overnight parking, vehicle storage, equipment storage, food preparation, and other services associated with food trucks that do not include the food truck actively servicing its route or selling food to customers. Mobile food establishment land uses shall be separate and distinct from food truck park land uses.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Accessory mobile food establishments must comply with the applicable requirements for principal mobile food establishments.
         2.   In no event shall the parking/storage of food trucks reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking spaces provided on the property below the requirement established by the provisions of Article V.
      b.   Uses Similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a
   (8)   OUTDOOR DINING. Description: This land use includes patios, decks, lawns, sidewalks and similar outdoor areas for dining that are accessory to a principal restaurant use. The area of outdoor dining shall not exceed 15% of the total indoor dining area as the principal use and shall comply with all regulations below. Outdoor dining areas that are larger than 15% of the indoor dining area shall meet all requirements of the Sales and Service, Outdoor Display Land Use (see Sec. 35-3408(h)).
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   The dining areas shall not be permitted in permanently protected green space areas, required landscaped areas, or required bufferyards.
         2.   In no event shall the dining area reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking stalls provided on the property below the requirement established by the provisions of Division 1 of Article V. If the number of provided parking stalls on the property is already less than the requirement, such dining area shall not further reduce the number of parking stalls already present.
         3.   Dining areas shall be separated from any vehicular parking or circulation area by a minimum of 10 feet. This separation shall be clearly delimited by a physical separation such as a greenway, curb, fence, or line of planters, or by a clearly marked paved area.
         4.   Furniture, equipment, signs, screening, or enclosures shall not interfere in any manner with either on-site or off-site traffic visibility, including potential traffic/traffic and traffic/pedestrian conflicts.
         5.   The dining area shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the dinning area abutting residentially zoned property.
         6.   The dining area shall comply with all other City and state regulations regarding such areas.
   (9)   OUTDOOR DISPLAY, REMOVABLE . Description: Removable outdoor display includes portable or semi-portable racks, displays and merchandise which are set out each morning and taken inside a building each night.
      a.   Regulations :
         1.   The total area of outdoor display area shall not exceed 5% of the total lot area or    500 square feet, whichever is less.
         2.   All items, including display racks and other fixtures, shall be stored in a fully enclosed building from 9:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. and at all times when the business is closed.
         3.   Display areas shall not be located in any required bufferyards or other landscaped areas, public right-of-way, or the visibility triangle (see Sec. 35-5210).
         4.   Display areas shall not be located in required front setbacks or any setback adjacent to residentially zoned property.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
   (10)   OUTDOOR DISPLAY AND STORAGE, PERMANENT . Description: Accessory outdoor display and storage land uses include all uses which conduct sales, display sales or rental merchandise or equipment, or store goods, materials or by-products outside of an enclosed building on a permanent or seasonal basis, where such merchandise, equipment, materials and by-products are not stored overnight in a fully enclosed building but where the area of such outdoor display and storage is 15% or less of the total sales area of the principal use. Land uses with outdoor storage and sales areas larger than 15% of the sales area of the principal use shall be considered a Sales and Service, Outdoor Display Land Use (see Sec. 35-3408(h)).
      a.   Regulations :
         1.   The display of items shall not be permitted in permanently protected green space areas, required landscaped areas, or required bufferyards.
         2.   The display of items shall not be permitted within required setback areas for the principal structure.
         3.   In no event shall the display of items reduce or inhibit the use or number of parking stalls provided on the property below the requirement established by the provisions of Division 1 of Article V. If the number of provided parking stalls on the property is already less than the requirement, such display area shall not further reduce the number of parking stalls already present.
         4.   Display areas shall be separated from any vehicular parking or circulation area by a minimum of 10 feet. This separation shall be clearly delimited by a physical separation such as a greenway, curb, fence, or line of planters, or by a clearly marked paved area.
         5.   Signs, screening, enclosures, landscaping, or materials being displayed shall not interfere in any manner with either on-site or off-site traffic visibility, including potential traffic/traffic and traffic/pedestrian conflicts.
         6.   Outdoor display shall be permitted during the entire calendar year; however, if goods are removed from the display area, all support fixtures used to display the goods shall be removed within 10 calendar days of the goods' removal.
         7.   Inoperative vehicles or equipment, or other items typically stored or displayed in a junkyard or salvage yard, shall not be displayed for this land use.
         8.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the display area abutting public streets and residentially zoned property.
   (11)   OUTDOOR ENTERTAINMENT. Description: These accessory land uses include a variety of entertainment uses, such as volleyball courts, horseshoe pits, and music stages, where the area of such uses does not exceed 15% of the floor area of the principal use.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Activity areas shall not be located closer than 100 feet to a residentially zoned property.
         2.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting residentially zoned property (Sec. 35-5207).
         3.   Outdoor entertainment uses shall comply with all other city and state regulations regarding such uses, including, but not limited to, those dealing with noise and lighting.
   (12)   CHARGING STATIONS. Description: Public or Private Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 Charging Stations
      a.   Regulations: Accessory use charging stations must comply with the applicable regulations for principal use charging stations. Sec. 35-3408(g)(1)(i).
      b.   Uses Similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   n/a.
(Ord. No. 3012-2023; Sec. 35-3414(11) enacted; 04/11/23; Ord. No. 3039-2023; new Sec. 35-3414(7) enacted; subsequent subsections renumbered; 10/10/23)

SEC. 35-3415. ACCESSORY TRANSPORTATION AND UTILITY LAND USES.

   Transportation and utility accessory uses are those which are incidental and subordinate to, and serving, the principal use. Generally, any principle transportation and utility use permitted by right within the applicable zoning district may, upon review and approval of the zoning administrator, be permitted as an accessory use. Transportation and utility uses that require special use approval as a principal use in the applicable zoning district shall also require special use approval prior to establishment as an accessory use. Additionally, the City of Moline wishes to allow the safe, effective, and efficient use of renewable energy systems which will reduce pollution and dependence on nonrenewable energy resources. The following provide specific standards for accessory utility uses permitted by right or by special use permit within the applicable zoning districts.
   (1)   GENERAL.  
      a.   A solar panel may be building mounted or freestanding.
   (2)   BUILDING MOUNTED SOLAR SYSTEMS.
      a.   Shall be mounted on a principle or major accessory structure.
      b.   Shall not project more than five (5) feet above the attached roof.
      c.   On pitched roof buildings, shall not project more than eighteen (18) inches from the attached building wall or roof edge unless demonstrated to the zoning administrator, that the proposed installation will integrate into the design of the building and will not project into minimum yard setback.
      d.   On flat roofed buildings up to 40 feet in height, the roof-mounted solar panel system is limited to a maximum height of six (6) feet above the surface of the roof. On flat roofed buildings over forty (40) feet in height, the roof-mounted solar panel system is limited to fifteen (15) feet above the height of such structure. Roof-mounted solar energy systems are excluded from the calculation of building height.
      e.   Wall-mounted solar panels may project up to two point five (2.5) feet from a building façade and must be integrated into the structure as an architectural feature.
   (3)   FREESTANDING SOLAR SYSTEMS.
      a.   In residential zoning districts, shall be limited to one (1) system per lot with a maximum overall height of fifteen (15) feet and a maximum array size of no larger than 50% of the principal structure (array size is determined by adding the area of each separate array but does not include the space between each array).
      b.   In non-residential and resource zoning districts, multiple systems are allowed, however, each system shall have a maximum overall height of fifteen (15) feet. Minimum landscaping surface ratio requirements from Table 35-3301.1 apply.
      c.   Shall meet accessory structure setbacks established in Article III for the applicable zoning district. In residential districts, shall be located behind the principle structure, opposite the street, or in a rear yard.
      d.   Shall be secured from climbing and unauthorized access.
   (4)   SOLAR SYSTEMS LOCATED IN HISTORIC DISTRICT / LOCALLY DESIGNATED LANDMARKS.
      a.   On pitched roof buildings located in a historic district, roof mounted solar panels shall be flush mounted and not alter the slope of the roof.
      b.   Panels shall be positioned on rear slopes not visible to the public right-of-way.
      c.   Panels shall be positioned behind existing architectural features such as parapets, dormers, and chimneys to limit their visibility.
      d.   Solar panels and mounting systems shall use compatible colors to established roof materials.
      e.   Panels on flat roofs should remain unseen from the public right-of-way.”
(Ord. No. 3003-2012; Sec. 35-3415 repealed; new Sec. 35-3415 enacted; 01/17/12; Ord. No. 3015-2019; Sec. 35-3415 repealed; new Sec. 35-3415 enacted; 05/28/19; Ord. No. 3007-2025; Sec. 35-3416(1)b repealed.; 02/4/25; Ord. No. 3036-2025; Sec. 35-3415(3)a. amended; 9/9/25)

SEC. 35-3416. ACCESSORY STORAGE, WHOLESALING AND INDUSTRIAL LAND USES.

   Storage, wholesaling and industrial accessory uses are those which are incidental and subordinate to, and serving, the principal storage, wholesaling and industrial use. The following provide standards for permitted storage, wholesaling and industrial accessory uses. Accessory uses not specifically listed herein, but similar thereto, may be permitted upon site plan review and approval by the zoning administrator or at the time of principal use approval by the decision making body.
   (1)   INDOOR SALES INCIDENTAL TO STORAGE OR LIGHT INDUSTRIAL USE . Description: These land uses include any retail sales activity conducted exclusively indoors which is incidental to a principal land use such as warehousing, wholesaling or any light industrial land use, on the same site.
      a.   Regulations:
         1.   Adequate parking, per the requirements of Division 2 of Article V, shall be provided for customers. Said parking shall be in addition to that required for customary light industrial activities.
         2.   The total area devoted to sales activity shall not exceed 25% of the total area of the buildings on the property. Areas devoted to artisan studio uses such as custom ceramics, glass, wood, paper, fabric, and similar crafts may exceed 5,000 square feet with the granting of a special use permit for such use.
         3.   Shall provide restroom facilities directly accessible from retail sales area.
         4.   Retail sales area shall by physically separated by a wall from other activity areas.
      b.   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
         1.   Services, not more than 5% comes from retail (except vehicle repair).

SEC. 35-3417. GENERAL ACCESSORY LAND USES.

   (a)   CARETAKER'S RESIDENCE. Description: This land use includes any residential unit which provides permanent housing for a caretaker of the subject property in either an attached or detached configuration.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Shall provide housing only for on-site caretaker and family.
      b.   Shall provide a minimum of two on-site parking spaces.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   Living quarters for persons employed on premises;
      b.   Residence of caretaker/security personnel.
   (b)   DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. Description: These include all improvements including, but not limited to, swales, ditches, culverts, drains, tiles, gutters, levees, basins, detention or retention facilities, impoundments, and dams intended to effect the direction, rate and/or volume of stormwater runoff, snow melt, and/or channelized flows across, within and/or away from a site.
   (1)   Regulations :
      a.   Shall comply with Sec. 35-3420 for the placement of drainage structures in permanently protected green space areas.
      b.   Shall comply with Article IV regarding protection measures for drainageways.
      c.   Any drainage improvement shall not increase the rate or volume of discharge from the subject property onto any adjacent properties, except where regional stormwater management facilities such as storm sewers and retention or detention facilities are in place to serve the subject property.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   n/a.
   (c)   EXTERIOR COMMUNICATION DEVICES. Description: This land use includes any device (e.g. satellite dishes, ham radio Towers, tv. antennas) used for communication reception, other than those defined as Communication Towers.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Except for television antennas and satellite dishes 18" or smaller, exterior communication devices shall not be visible from a public street.
      b.   Devices must be sited an equal or greater number of feet from property lines as their maximum height and may not be located in a required street yard.
      c.   The applicant must demonstrate that all reasonable mechanisms have been used to mitigate safety hazards and the visual impacts of the device.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   n/a.
   (d)   FILLING. Description: Filling includes any activity in an area over 4,000 square feet, or greater than 500 cubic yards of fill, involving the modification of the earth's surface above that in its undisturbed state.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Shall comply with Sec. 35-3420 regarding filling activities in permanently protected green space areas.
      b.   Shall comply with Article IV regarding protection measures for natural resources.
      c.   Shall not create drainage onto other properties.
      d.   Shall not impede on-site drainage.
      e.   Shall comply with provisions of the Moline Subdivision Ordinance.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC:
      a.   n/a.
   (e)   HELIPORT. Description: Facility providing takeoff and landing services only for helicopters. Servicing and storage of helicopters is prohibited.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   Shall comply with all state and federal aviation standards and permitting    requirements.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (f)   LAWN CARE. Description: Lawn care includes any activity involving the preparation of the ground, installation and maintenance of vegetative ground cover (including gardens) which complies with the City of Moline Code of Ordinances. Lawn care is not permitted in certain permanently protected green space areas (see Sec. 35-3420).
   (1)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (g)   ON-SITE PARKING LOT. Description: On-site parking lots are any areas located on the same site as the principal land use which are used for the temporary parking of vehicles which are fully registered, licensed, and operative.
   (1)   Regulations:
      a.   n/a.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   Off-street parking facilities for permitted uses;
      b.   Parking lots accessory to use in adjoining or less restrictive district;
      c.   Private garages or parking areas;
      d.   Public parking lot (customer or accessory).

SEC. 35-3418. TEMPORARY LAND USES.

   (a)   Temporary uses are those which are present on a property for limited and specified period of time. The following provide standards for permitted temporary uses. Temporary uses not listed herein, but similar to those permitted by right, may be permitted upon site plan review and approval by the zoning administrator. Temporary uses not listed herein, but similar to those permitted with a special use permit, may be permitted upon approval of a special use permit by the Plan Commission. Whether permitted by right or with a special use permit, all temporary uses shall comply with the following general requirements, in addition to those specific to the temporary use:
   (1)   There is no other valid temporary use on the parcel or lot;
   (2)   The use will not be detrimental to the public health, safety and general welfare, and the use is consistent with the purpose and intent of this Code and the specific zoning district in which it will be located;
   (3)   The use is compatible in intensity, characteristics and appearance with existing land uses in the immediate vicinity of the temporary use, and the use will not be adversely affected by the use of activities associated with it. Factors in determining compatibility include, but are not limited to location, noise, odor, light, dust control and hours of operation;
   (4)   The use will not cause traffic volumes to exceed the capacity of affected streets;
   (5)   Adequate off-street parking to serve the use is provided in accordance with Sec. 35-5100 of this Code. The use shall not displace the required off-street parking spaces or loading areas of the principal permitted uses on the site;
   (6)   The entrance and exit drives comply with this Code, except that paving shall not be required for a temporary use;
   (7)   Permanent hook-ups to utility services are not provided;
   (8)   Structures and/or display of merchandise comply with the yard and property line setback requirements of the zone district within which the use is located. The items shall be displayed so as not to interfere with the sight visibility triangle of the intersection of the curb    line of any two streets or a driveway and a street. In no case shall items be located within the public right-of-way;
   (9)   Uses involving the sale of merchandise have obtained a sales tax license from the City Finance Department in accordance with City sales tax ordinances;
   (10)   Signage shall comply with all applicable requirements of Chapter 3 of the Moline Code of Ordinances; and
   (11)   A minimum of 30 calendar days has lapsed since the previous temporary use on the parcel or lot expired.
   (b)   BARROW PIT . Description: This land use includes the one-time excavation of a property in order to obtain fill material to be taken off-site and where the excavation area is not intended to be refilled.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Excavation shall comply with all extraction use regulations as per Sec. 35-3410(j).
      b.   Unless approved otherwise at the time of Special Use approval, the excavation activity shall last no longer than one year.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (c)    CONCRETE BATCH PLANT. Description: This land use includes concrete mixing and truck loading facilities along with stock piles of materials and attendant office trailers, but not the overnight storage of vehicles.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Facility shall provide a Type D bufferyard along all borders of the property abutting residential properties (see Sec. 35-5207).
      b.   All outdoor activity areas shall be located a minimum of 300 feet from residentially zoned property. No materials shall be stacked or otherwise stored so as to be visible over bufferyard screening elements.
      c.   Facility shall be removed within one year from issuance temporary use permit. Any extensions shall be permitted only as a Special Use.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (d)   CONTRACTOR'S ON-SITE EQUIPMENT STORAGE FACILITY. Description: Includes any structure or outdoor storage area designed for the on-site storage of construction equipment and/or materials for an active construction project.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Facility shall be removed within 10 days of issuance of occupancy permit.
      b.   Projects requiring land use to be in place for more than 365 days shall require a special use permit for a maximum of one additional year.
      c.   Shall be limited to a maximum area not exceeding 10% of the property's gross site area.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (e)   CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT OFFICE . Description: Includes any structure containing an on-site construction management office for an active construction project.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Structure shall not exceed 2,000 square feet in gross floor area.
      b.   Facility shall be removed within 10 days of issuance of occupancy permit.
      c.   Shall not be used for sales activity.
      d.   Projects requiring land use to be in place for more than 365 days may receive an extension of up to one additional year by the zoning administrator. All other extensions shall require a special use permit.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (f)   OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY . Description: Includes any organized outdoor assembly of more than 100 persons, and as defined and regulated by City policy, Code or other pertinent requirements related thereto.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   A street use permit is required for all activities within a dedicated public right-of-way.
      b.   Activities shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation, including vehicular sight distances.
      c.   Signage shall comply with the requirements for temporary signs in the sign code.
      d.   Adequate parking, drinking water, and toilet facilities shall be provided, and shall be described in the application.
      e.   If subject property is located adjacent to a residential area, activities shall be limited to daylight hours.
      f.   Adequate provisions for crowd control shall be made, and shall be described within the application.
      g.   The use of amplified sound equipment shall require approval and permitting as per the City’s existing requirements.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (g)   OUTDOOR SALES, AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS . Description: Includes any outdoor display or sale of agricultural products not otherwise regulated by the City of Moline Code of Ordinances. Examples of this land use include but are not limited to: farmer’s markets and produce stands.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Display shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation, including vehicular sight distances.
      b.   Signage shall comply with the requirements for temporary signs in the sign code.
      c.   Adequate parking shall be provided.
      d.   If subject property is located adjacent to a residential area, sales and display activities shall be limited to daylight hours.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (h)   OUTDOOR SALES, GENERAL . Description: Includes the display of any items outside the confines of a building which is not otherwise permitted as a permitted or special use, or a special event otherwise regulated by the City of Moline Code of Ordinances. Examples of this land use include but are not limited to: seasonal garden shops, tent sales, parking lot sales, food stands, and vendors.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Display shall be limited to a maximum of 12 days in any calendar year.
      b.   Display shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular circulation, including vehicular sight distances.
      c.   Signage shall comply with the requirements for temporary signs in the sign code.
      d.   Adequate parking shall be provided.
      e.   If subject property is located adjacent to a residential area, sales and display activities shall be limited to daylight hours.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (i)   PORTABLE OUTDOOR STORAGE UNIT. Description: Includes a purpose-built, fully-enclosed container placed outdoors which is designed and intended to temporarily serve as a storage or containment unit for household or commercial goods or equipment. Outdoor storage land uses that do not meet this definition or these regulations may be considered Outdoor Display and Storage, Permanent (see Sec. 35-3414).
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations – Residential / Resource Zoning Districts
      a.   Units must be accessory to a principal building or use.
      b.   There shall be no more than 1 portable outdoor storage unit per property.
      c.   Units shall not exceed 16 feet in length, 8 feet in width, and 8 feet in height.
      d.   Units shall be setback a minimum of 5 feet from all property lines.
      e.   No unit shall remain on the property for more than 30 days per year.
      f.   Units shall be placed on a driveway or other paved surface.
      g.   Units shall not be placed on public property, on public right-of-way, or in a location that obstructs traffic visibility.
      h.   Units shall be maintained in a good state of repair, free from rust, peeling paint, and other forms of visible deterioration.
   (2)   Temporary Use Regulations – Non-Residential / Non-Resource Zoning Districts
      a.   Units must be accessory to a principal building or use.
      b.   There shall be no more than 3 portable outdoor storage units per property.
      c.   Units shall not exceed 40 feet in length, 8 feet in width, and 9 feet in height.
      d.   Units shall be setback a minimum of 5 feet from all property lines.
      e.   No unit shall remain on the property for more than 90 days per year.
      f.   Stacking of units is not permissible.
      g.   Units shall be placed on a paved surface within a side or rear yard.
      h.   Units shall not be placed on public property, on public right-of-way, or in a location that obstructs traffic visibility.
      i.   Units shall be maintained in a good state of repair, free from rust, peeling paint, and other forms of visible deterioration.
   (3)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (j)   REAL ESTATE SALES OFFICE. Description: Includes any building which serves as an on-site sales office for a development project.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Structure shall not exceed 5,000 square feet in gross floor area.
      b.   Facility shall be removed or converted to a permitted land use within 10 days of the completion of sales activity.
      c.   Signage shall comply with the requirements for temporary signs in the sign code.
      d.   Projects requiring land use to be in place for more than 365 days may receive an extension of up to one additional year by the zoning administrator. All other extensions shall require a special use permit.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (k)   RELOCATABLE BUILDING . Description: Includes any manufactured building which serves as a temporary building for less than six months. (Facilities serving for more than six months shall be considered special uses and subject to the general standards and procedures presented in Sec. 35-2206.)
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Shall conform to all setback regulations.
      b.   Shall conform to all building code regulations.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (l)   RUMMAGE SALES, PERSONAL. Description: Includes any occasional sale of personal property at a residence or non-commercial property by one or more families in a neighborhood or by a group, including, but not limited to garage sales, yard sales, attic sales, auctions, estate sales, and moving sales.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations :
      a.   Sales shall be limited to a maximum of 2 occurrences per year.
      b.   Each sale shall not last more than 72 consecutive hours.
      c.   Sales must only include excess goods which have been generated from within the household and not acquired or produced specifically for resale.
      d.   Sales shall be conducted on the owner’s property except that multiple family sales are permitted if they are held on the property of one of the participants and any such sale shall be considered to be a sale for all participants.
      e.   Merchandise and display units shall be removed or placed indoors at conclusion of sales.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
   (m)   VEHICLE SALES, PERSONAL. Description: Includes temporarily parking and offering for sale any motor vehicle as defined by the Illinois Traffic Code, or any personal property item which is required by Illinois law to be registered or licensed. This description shall not include persons or businesses that are properly licensed and zoned to sell vehicles on a recurring basis, or vehicles that are routinely used for transitory or transportation purposes.
   (1)   Temporary Use Regulations:
      a.   A maximum of 2 vehicles per property per calendar year, regardless of the number of owners or tenants, may be displayed for sale at the owner’s residence or principal place of business or employment.
      b.   Each vehicle may be displayed for a maximum period of 60 consecutive or cumulative days per year.
      c.   Vehicles shall comply with all site parking standards and the Moline Traffic Code.
   (2)   Uses similar from ILQCUZC :
      a.   n/a.
(Ord. No. 3033-2008; Sec. 34-3418 repealed; new Sec. 34-3418 enacted; 05/13/08)

SEC. 35-3419. GROUP DEVELOPMENTS.

   (a)   DEFINITION. A group development is any development containing:
   (1)   Any single structure or combination of structures on a single lot which together contain 50 or more dwelling units or 10 or more non-residential uses; and/or,
   (2)   Any single structure or combination of structures on a single lot devoted to institutional, office or commercial land uses containing more than 50,000 gross square feet of floor area.
   (3)   An off-street parking area (surface or structure) located within the B-2 zoning district that exceeds 2,000 square feet, inclusive of parking stalls, aisles, landscaping, and/or hardscape areas, that is created, improved, repaved, or upgraded.
   (4)   A proposal to clear, demolish, or otherwise remove a building within the B-2 zoning district whether for the purpose of creating parking, or a vacant property.
   (5)   Common examples of group developments include apartment buildings, apartment complexes, condominium complexes, strip centers, shopping centers, office centers, and when located within the B-2 zoning district, parking areas as described above.
(Ord. No. 3002-2019; Sec. 35-3419(a)(3)(4)(5) repealed; new Sec. 35-3419(a)(3)(4)(5) enacted; 03/05/19)
   (b)   PERMITTED BY RIGHT:
   (c)   SPECIAL USE REGULATIONS. All group developments shall be permitted only with special use approval. Any land use that is permitted as a permitted by right land use or as a special use within the applicable zoning district(s) is permitted to locate within a group development. The detailed land use regulations of this subsection that pertain to individual land uses shall also apply to individual land uses within a group development, as shall all other applicable provisions of this Code. Therefore, land uses in the zoning district shall be permitted by right within an approved group development (unless otherwise restricted by the conditions of approval imposed during the special use approval for the group development as a whole), and land uses permitted as a special use in the zoning district shall be permitted within the group development only with special use approval for the specific use. In all cases, the following special use conditions shall be applied to the group development as a whole, and to individual uses within the group development:
   (1)   All required off-street parking spaces and access drives shall be located entirely within the boundaries of the group development.
   (2)   The development shall contain a sufficient number of waste bins to accommodate all trash and waste generated by the land uses in a convenient manner.
   (3)   No group development shall take access to a local residential street.
   (4)   All development located within a group development shall be located so as to comply with the intent of this Code regarding setbacks of structures and buildings from lot lines. As such, individual principal and accessory structures and buildings located within group developments shall be situated within building area envelopes that serve to demonstrate complete compliance with said intent. Said building area envelopes shall be depicted on the site plan required for review of group developments. The use of this approach to designing group developments will also ensure the facilitation of subdividing group developments in    the future, (if such action is so desired).
   (5)   The following standards shall apply to all new institutional, commercial, and office buildings in excess of 50,000 gross square feet and to all multi-building group developments in which the combined total of all structures on a site, regardless of diverse ownership, use or tenancy, combine, to exceed 50,000 square feet, and to the development of all new parking areas in excess of 2,000 square feet when located witin the B-2 zoning district. These conditions shall also be applied to the entire building and site in instances where building additions bring the total building size to over 50,000 gross square feet. Such conditions shall apply to both the building additions and to older portions of the building and the site that were constructed prior to the adoption of this Section 34-3419(c)(5). This 50,000 square foot limit shall apply to individual free-standing buildings and to group developments in which the combined total of all structures on a site, regardless of diverse use or tenancy, combine to more than 50,000 gross square feet:
      a.   Building exterior materials shall be of high quality on all sides of the structure including glass, brick, decorative concrete block, or stucco. Decorative architectural metal with concealed fasteners may be permitted if approved with the special use.
      b.   Building exterior design shall be unified in design and materials throughout the structure, and shall be complementary to other structures in the vicinity. However, the development shall employ varying building setbacks, height, roof, treatments, door and window openings, and other structural and decorative elements to reduce the apparent size and scale of the structure. A minimum of 20% of the combined façades of the structure shall employ actual façade protrusions or recesses. A minimum of 20% of the combined linear roof eave or parapet lines of the structure shall employ differences in height of 8 feet or more. Roofs with particular slopes    may be required by the City to complement existing buildings or otherwise establish a particular aesthetic objective.
      c.   Mechanical equipment, refuse containers and any permitted outdoor storage shall be fully concealed from on-site and off-site ground level views, with materials identical to those used on the building exterior.
      d.   Standard corporate trademark building designs, materials, architectural elements, and colors all shall be acceptable, as determined by the City, only as subtlety integrated into the more generic design of the building as a whole. Color schemes of all architectural elements should be muted, neutral, non-reflective and non-use nor tenant specific.
      e.   Public entryways shall be prominently indicated from the building’s exterior design, and shall be emphasized by on-site traffic flow patterns. All sides of the building that directly face or abut a public street shall have at least one public entrance.
      f.   Loading areas shall be completely screened from surrounding roads, residential, office, and commercial properties. Said screening may be through internal loading areas, screening wall that matches the building exterior in materials and design, fully opaque landscaping at time of planting, or combinations of the above. Gates and fencing may be used for security purposes, but not for screening, and shall be of high aesthetic quality.
      g.   Vehicle access from public streets shall be designed to accommodate peak traffic volumes without disrupting traffic on public streets from inadequate throat length access drive width or design or inadequate driveway location. The impact of traffic generated by the proposed development shall be demonstrated by a traffic impact analysis performed by the applicant’s traffic engineer to not adversely impact off site public roads, intersections, interchanges during the traffic peak associated with a full parking lot. Where the project shall adversely impact off-site traffic, the City may deny the application, may require a size reduction in the proposed development, or may require off-site improvements.
      h.   Parking lot design shall employ interior landscaped islands with a minimum of 400 square feet at all parking isle ends, and in addition shall provide a minimum of one landscaped island of a minimum of 400 square feet in each parking isle for every 20 cars in that aisle. Aisle-end islands shall count toward meeting this requirement. Landscaped medians shall be used to break large parking areas into distinct pods, with a maximum of 100 spaces in any one pod.
      i.   A minimum of one two-hundred square foot cart return area shall be provided for every parking area pod. There shall be no exterior cart return nor cart storage areas located within 25 feet of the front lot line in areas located between the building and a public street.
      j.   The applicant shall demonstrate full compliance with City standards for stormwater, utilities, erosion control and public safety.
      k.   On site landscaping shall be provided per the landscaping requirements of this Code except that building foundation landscaping and paved area landscaping shall be provided at 1.5 times the required landscape points for development in the zoning district.
      l.   A conceptual plan for exterior signage shall be provided at time of special use application that provides for coordinated and complimentary exterior sign location, configurations, and colors throughout the planned development. All freestanding signage within the development shall compliment the on-building signage. Freestanding sign materials and design shall compliment building exterior, and may    not exceed the maximum height requirement of the zoning ordinance.
      m.   The entire development shall provide for full and safe pedestrian and bicycle access within the development, and shall provide appropriate connections to the existing and planned pedestrian and bicycle facilities in the community and in surrounding neighborhoods, including sidewalk connections to all building entrances from all public streets. The development shall provide secure bicycle parking and pedestrian furniture in appropriate quantities and location. A central pedestrian gathering area shall be provided.
      n.   Where such developments are proposed to provide a new location for a business already located within the community, a required condition of approval for the new development shall be a prohibition on conditions of sale, lease, or use of the previously occupied building or site which provide limits beyond the range of applicable local, state or federal regulations. If such limits are required, the applicant may seek City approval to demolish the previously occupied structure and prepare the site for some future development.
      o.   The requirements found within Divisions 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Article V of this Chapter 35 shall apply to the development of all parking areas and structures in excess of 2,000 square feet and located within the B-2 zoning district, and said parking areas and structures shall be consistent with Sections 35-3309(a) and (b).
      p.   The developer of a new parking area or structure in excess of 2,000 square feet within the B-2 zoning district shall demonstrate that there are no viable existing locations within 600 feet of the proposed parking site in which to collocate parking spaces as an alternative to developing a new such parking facility.
      q.   New parking areas in excess of 2,000 square feet within the B-2 zoning district shall include masonry perimeter walls when adjacent to public right-of-way not less than 30 inches nor more than 42 inches in height. Non-opaque plant material may be incorporated on top of the wall. Total height of the wall and plantings shall not exceed 48 inches.
      r.   New parking areas in excess of 2,000 square feet within the B-2 zoning district shall be designed and constructed consistent with the City of Moline Downtown Streetscape Master Plan.
      s.   In addition to the review requirement of all design and construction related to development within the “downtown urban redevelopment zone,” new parking areas in excess of 2,000 square feet wthin the B-2 zoning district shall comply with the Policy Statement of Guiding Principles for design and construction within the Moline Downtown Urban Redevelopment Zone as approved by the Moline City Council per Council Bill/Resolution No. 1131-2018 on October 9, 2018.
      t.   The Plan Commission may waive any of the above standards by a three-fourths (3/4) vote of members in attendance, but only if supplemental design elements or improvements are incorporated into the project that compensate for the waiver of the particular standard.
(Ord. No. 3002-2019; Sec. 35-3419(c) introductory paragraph repealed; new Sec. 35-3419(c) introductory paragraph enacted; 03/05/19)
(Ord. No. 3002-2019; Sec. 35-3419(o) – (s) repealed; new Sec. 35-3419(o) – (s) enacted; remaining subsection consecutively relettered to (t); 03/05/19)

SEC. 35-3420. NATURAL RESOURCE DISRUPTION AND REQUIRED MITIGATION STANDARDS.

   In all developments, certain areas may be required to be set aside as permanently protected green space for the purpose of natural resource protection, to meet a Minimum Green Space Ratio (GSR) requirement, or to meet a Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio (LSR) requirement. Where such permanently protected green space is required, and where the land use is also permitted per the land use regulations of the applicable zoning district, the following regulations shall also be employed to establish land use regulations. All land uses listed elsewhere in this Division, but not listed in this section, are prohibited in permanently protected green spaces.
   For all land uses, disruption to natural resource areas shall comply with the requirements of the Subdivision Ordinance pertaining to drainage, grading and erosion control. All land uses located within Permanently Protected Green Space Areas shall comply with the following:
   (1)   CULTIVATION.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Permitted only if designated on the submitted site plan, and/or the recorded plat or as an "Area which may be used for cultivation."
   (2)   RECREATIONAL, OUTDOOR - PASSIVE.
      a.   Permitted by Right (All permanently protected green space areas):
         1.   Limited to a 20 foot wide area in permanently protected natural resource areas. Permitted in other permanently protected green space areas without restriction.
         2.   Non-native vegetation shall not be permitted to spread into permanently protected natural resource areas beyond said 20 foot wide area.
   (3)   RECREATIONAL, OUTDOOR – ACTIVE PUBLIC.
      a.   Permitted by Right (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently    protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Non-native vegetation shall not be permitted to spread into permanently protected natural resource areas, other than permanently protected natural resource areas and    per Article IV.
   (4)   INSTITUTIONAL, OUTDOOR .
      a.   Permitted by Right (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently    protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Non-native vegetation shall not be permitted to spread into permanently protected natural resource areas.
   (5)   LAWN CARE .
      a.   Permitted by Right (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently    protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Non-native ground cover shall not be permitted to spread into permanently protected natural resource areas. Clearance of understory growth shall be permitted.
      b.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected natural resource areas except    wetlands):
         1.   Only disturbance associated with the care of native vegetation is permitted, with the exception of a 20 foot wide access path which may be cleared for passive recreation purposes.
         2.   Each property abutting a natural resource area shall be limited to one such access path.
         3.   Non-native vegetation (such as domestic lawn grasses) shall not be introduced into natural resource areas beyond said 20 foot wide access path.
   (6)   GOLF COURSE.
      a.   Permitted by Right (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently    protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Non-native vegetation shall not be permitted to spread into permanently protected natural resource areas.
      b.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected natural resource areas):
         1.   Only disturbance associated with the care of native vegetation is permitted. Natural resource areas which are located within or adjacent to golf play areas shall be incorporated into the course design as out-of-bounds play hazards, and shall be maintained in their natural state.
   (7)   ANY PERMITTED TEMPORARY USE.
      a.   Permitted by Right (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Activity shall in no manner encroach upon permanently protected natural resources areas.
   (8)   DRAINAGE STRUCTURE.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected green space areas):
         1.   Structure shall be deemed necessary by the City engineer;
         2.   Natural native vegetation shall be established or restored in disturbed areas.
   (9)   FILLING.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected green space areas):
   (10)   INDIVIDUAL SEPTIC DISPOSAL SYSTEM.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (Permanently protected green space areas other than permanently protected natural resource areas as per Article IV):
         1.   Shall not locate closer than 30 feet to any other permanently protected natural resource area.
   (11)   ROAD AND/OR BRIDGE.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected green space areas):
         1.   May locate in or across a natural resource areas only in conjunction with a boat    landing, or when deemed essential by the Department of Public Works.
         2.   May locate in other permanently protected green space areas if designed to provide an essential service to an activity area located within the green space area which cannot be efficiently reached from another point.
         3.   Road networks shall be designed to circumvent permanently protected green space areas, thereby eliminating the need for intrusions and crossings.
   (12)   UTILITY LINES AND RELATED FACILITIES.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected green space areas):
         1.   May locate in or across a natural resource areas only when deemed essential by the Department of Public Works.
         2.   May locate in other permanently protected green space areas if designed to provide an essential service to an activity area located within the green space area which cannot be efficiently reached from another point.
         3.   In general, utility lines shall be designed to circumvent permanently protected green space areas, thereby eliminating the need for intrusions and crossings.
   (13)   PIERS AND WHARFS.
      a.   Permitted as a Special Use (All permanently protected green space areas):
         1.   A site plan shall be required per Sec. 35-2106 for construction, erection, placement or extension of a pier or wharf, with specific information provided regarding: its location in relation to the shoreline and abutting riparian property lines, and regarding dimensions and building materials.

SEC. 35-3500. FINDINGS.

   The City Council hereby finds that the Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (“the Act”), grants the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) exclusive jurisdiction over:
   (1)   The regulation of the environmental effects of radio frequency (RF) emissions from Telecommunications Facilities; and
   (2)   The regulation of radio signal interference among users of the RF spectrum. The City’s regulation of Towers and Telecommunications Facilities in the City of Moline will not have the effect of prohibiting any person from providing wireless telecommunications services in violation of the Act.
   This division has been taken in whole from the previous zoning code as found in Chapter 35, Article IV.

SEC. 35-3501. PURPOSES.

   The general purpose of this Division is to regulate the placement, construction, and modification of Towers and Telecommunications Facilities in order to protect the health, safety, prosperity and welfare of the public, while at the same time not unreasonably interfering with the development of the competitive wireless telecommunications marketplace in the City. Specifically, the purposes of this Division are:
   (1)   To regulate the location of Towers and Telecommunications Facilities in the City;
   (2)   To protect residential areas and land uses from potential adverse impact of Towers and Telecommunications Facilities;
   (3)   To minimize adverse visual impact of Towers and Telecommunications Facilities through careful design, siting, landscaping, and innovative camouflaging techniques;
   (4)   To promote and encourage shared use/collocation of Towers and Antenna Support Structures as a primary option rather than construction of additional single-use Towers;
   (5)   To promote and encourage utilization of technological designs that will either eliminate or reduce the need for erection of new Tower structures to support antenna and Telecommunications facilities;
   (6)   To avoid potential damage to property caused by Towers and Telecommunications Facilities by ensuring such structures are soundly and carefully designed, constructed, modified, maintained, and removed when no longer used or are determined to be structurally unsound;
   (7)   To ensure that Towers and Telecommunications Facilities are compatible with surrounding land uses;
   (8)   To provide Overlay Districts in which the zoning regulations permit the development of wireless communication facilities, which are consistent with the requirements of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and in the best interest of the future of the City of Moline;
   (9)   To provide clear performance standards addressing the siting of Wireless Communication Facilities; and
   (10)   To streamline and expedite the permitting procedures to effect compliance with the Federal Telecommunications Act of 1996.

SEC. 35-3502. DEFINITIONS.

   The following words, terms, and phrases, when used in this Division, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning:
   (1)   ANTENNA ARRAY means one or more rods, panels, discs or similar devices used for the transmission or reception of radio frequency signals or for purposes of Wireless Communications, which may include omni-directional antenna (rod), directional antenna (panel) and parabolic antenna (disc). The Antenna Array does not include the Support Structure.
   (2)   ATTACHED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY means an Antenna Array that is attached to an existing building or structure (Attachment Structure), which structures shall include, but not be limited to, utility poles, signs, water Towers, rooftops, Towers with any accompanying pole or device (Attachment Device) which attaches the Antenna Array to the existing building or structure and associated connection cables, and an Equipment Facility which may be located either inside or outside of the Attachment Structure.
   (3)   APPLICANT means any person that applies for a Tower development permit.
   (4)   APPLICATION means the process by which the owner of a parcel of land within the City submits a request to develop, construct, build, modify, or erect a Tower upon such parcel of land. Application includes all written documentation, verbal statements and representations, in whatever form or forum, made by an Applicant to the City concerning such request.
   (5)   COLLOCATION/SITE SHARING means an Antenna Array use of a common Wireless Communication Facility or common site by more than one wireless communication license holder for more than one type of communications technology and/or placement of a Wireless Communication Facility on a structure owned or operated by a utility or other public entity.
   (6)   ENGINEER means any engineer licensed by the State of Illinois.
   (7)   EQUIPMENT FACILITY means any structure used to contain ancillary equipment for a Wireless Communication Facility which includes cabinets, shelters, a build out of an existing structure, pedestals, and other similar structures.
   (8)   FAA means the Federal Aviation Administration.
   (9)   FCC means the Federal Communications Commission.
   (10)   FTA means the Federal Telecommunications Act of 1996.
   (11)   HEIGHT . When referring to a Wireless Communication Facility, Height shall mean the distance measured from ground level to the highest point on the Wireless Communication Facility, excluding the Antenna Array.
   (12)   NON-TOWER SUPPORT STRUCTURE means any building or structure other than a Tower which can be used for location of Telecommunications facilities.
   (13)   OWNER means any person with fee title or a long-term (exceeding ten years) leasehold to any parcel of land within the City who desires to develop or construct, build, modify, or erect a Tower upon such parcel of land.
   (14)   PERSON is any natural person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, company, or other legal entity, private or public, whether for profit or not for profit.
   (15)   SETBACK means the required distance from the property line of the parcel on which the Wireless Communication Facility is located to the base of the Support Structure and equipment shelter or cabinet where applicable, or, in the case of guy-wire supports, the guy anchors.
   (16)   STEALTH means any Tower or Telecommunications Facility, which is designed to enhance compatibility with adjacent land uses, including, but not limited to, architecturally screened roof-mounted antennas, antennas integrated into architectural elements, and Towers designed to look other than like a Tower such as light poles, and trees. The term Stealth does not necessarily exclude the use of uncamouflaged lattice, guyed, or monopole Tower designs.
   (17)   SUPPORT STRUCTURE means a structure designed and constructed specifically to support an Antenna Array, and may include a monopole, self-supporting (lattice) Tower, guy-wire-support Tower and other similar structures constructed by grade. Any device (Attachment Device) which is used to attach an attached Wireless Communication Facility to an existing building or structure (Attachment Structure) shall be excluded from the definition of and regulations applicable to Support Structures.
   (18)   TEMPORARY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITY shall mean a Wireless Communication Facility to be placed in use for 90 or fewer days.
   (19)   TOWER means a support structure as defined herein; provided, however, that neither “support structure” nor “Tower” shall include amateur radio operators’ equipment, as licensed by the FCC.
   (20)   TOWER USE PERMIT (TUP) means a permit issued by the City of Moline specifically for the location construction and use of a Wireless Communication Facility subject to an approved site plan and any special conditions determined by the zoning administrator to be appropriate under the provision of this Division.
   (21)   WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS means any personal wireless services as defined in the Telecommunications Act of 1996, which includes FCC licensed commercial wireless telecommunications services including cellular, personal communication services (PCS), specialized mobile radio (SMR), enhanced specialized mobile radio (ESMR), paging, and similar services that currently exist. This term also includes other means of wireless communications or transmission of signals via electromagnetic waves such as, but not limited to radio and television broadcasts, internet or broadband services, microwave communications, and similar services or technologies that require the use of an Antenna Array, Tower, and/or Support Structure.
   (22)   WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITY means any staffed or unstaffed facility for the transmission and/or reception of wireless communications services, consisting of an Antenna Array, connection cables, an Equipment Facility, and a Support Structure to achieve the necessary elevation or any combination of one or more of the above items or other similar or related components.
(Ord. No. 3003-2008; Sec. 35-3502 (1), (21), (22) repealed; new Sec. 35-3502 (1), (21), (22) enacted; 01/22/08)

SEC. 35-3503. DESIGNATION AND APPLICABILITY.

   (a)   The City of Moline shall be divided into two Wireless Communication Facility Overlay Districts. Said districts shall include all lands situated within the City of Moline.
   (1)   Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 1 (“Overlay District”) shall include only those areas described in Appendix B hereto and areas subsequently added thereto less any areas subsequently deleted therefrom. Attached Wireless Communication Facilities with support structure shall be permitted as provided herein in Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 1.
   (2)   Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 2 shall consist of all lands not included in Wireless Communication Facility Telecommunications Overlay District 1 which are located within the City of Moline. Attached Wireless Communication Facilities shall be permitted as setout herein in Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 2. Wireless Communication Facilities with support structure shall not be permitted under this Division in Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 2.
   (b)   PERMIT REQUIRED. No person, firm or corporation shall install or construct any Wireless Communication Facility unless and until a Tower Use Permit (TUP) has been issued pursuant to the requirements of this Division.
   (c)   PRE-EXISTING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FACILITY. Wireless Communications Facilities for which a permit has been issued prior to the effective date of this Division shall be considered non-conforming and shall not be required to meet the requirements of this Division unless and until such facilities are repaired, remodeled, altered or reconstructed in any manner, which repair, remodeling, alteration or reconstruction shall be completed in conformity with this Division.
   (d)   AMATEUR RADIO EXCLUSION. This Article shall not govern the installation of any amateur radio facility that is owned and operated by a federally licensed amateur radio station operator or is used exclusively for "receive only" antennas. Such installations shall comply with any other applicable provisions of the zoning code.
   (e)   RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER ORDINANCES . This Division shall supersede all conflicting requirements of other Ordinances regarding the locating and permitting of Wireless Communication Facilities, except as specified in (g), below.
   (f)   AIRPORT ZONING . Any Wireless Communication Facility located or proposed to be located in airport areas governed by the F.A.A. shall also comply with the provisions of all applicable local, state and federal airport regulations.
   (g)   BUILDING CODES . Construction of all Wireless Communication Facilities shall comply with the requirements of the City of Moline Building Codes and permitting process in addition to the requirements of this Division.

SEC. 35-3504. DEVELOPMENT OF TOWERS.

   (a)   A Tower shall be a permitted use of land in Overlay District 1. No person shall build, erect, or construct a Tower upon any parcel of land within Overlay District 1, unless a permit shall have been issued, as specified in Sec. 35-3506 and Sec. 35-3507. Application shall be made to the zoning administrator in the manner provided in this Division.
   (b)   A Tower shall be a special use of land in all areas of all zoning districts not within Overlay District 1.
   (c)   No person shall build, erect, or construct a Tower upon any parcel of land within any zoning district set forth above unless a permit shall have been issued by the zoning administrator and approval of the City Plan Commission and City Council.
   (d)      The height of Towers shall be governed by Sec. 35-3509 ”Height Standards” below. Towers shall be permitted to a height of 150 feet. Towers may be permitted in excess of 150 feet in accordance with Section 35-3524 “Criteria for Site Plan Development Modifications.”
   (e)   No new Tower shall be built, constructed, or erected in the City unless the Tower is capable of supporting another Person’s operating Telecommunications Facilities comparable in weight, size, and surface area to the Telecommunications Facilities installed by the Applicant on the Tower within six months of the completion of the Tower construction, as specified in the Collocation Policy contained in Sec. 35-3505.
   (f)   The zoning administrator may require an Applicant to supplement any information that said official considers inadequate or that the Applicant has failed to supply. The said official may deny an Application on the basis that the Applicant has not satisfactorily supplied the information required in this subsection. Applications shall be reviewed by the City in a prompt manner and all decisions shall be support in writing setting forth the reasons for approval or denial.

SEC. 35-3505. SHARED FACILITIES AND COLLOCATION POLICY; REQUIREMENTS.

   (a)   COLLOCATION.
   (1)   All new wireless communication facilities shall be engineered, designed and constructed to be capable of sharing the facility with other providers, to collocate with other existing wireless communication facilities and to accommodate the future collocation of other wireless communication facilities.
   (2)   A TUP shall not be issued until the applicant proposing a new wireless communications facility shall demonstrate that it has made a reasonable good faith attempt to locate its Wireless Communication Facility onto an existing structure by submitting the affidavit required herein. Competitive conflict and financial burden are not deemed to be adequate reasons against collocation. Collocation shall be made in every instance where it is commercially reasonable under the existing circumstances to do so.
   (3)   All Wireless Communication Facilities with support structure up to a height of 150 feet shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate at least three antenna array. All Wireless Communication Facilities with support structures up to a height of more than 150 feet shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate at least four antenna array.
   (b)   COLLOCATION AGREEMENT . The Collocation Agreement shall be considered a condition of issuance of a Tower Use Permit (TUP). A TUP shall not be issued unless the applicant complies with the collocation policy outlined above in this section. All applicants for Wireless Communications Facilities are required to submit a statement with the application agreeing to allow and reasonably market collocation opportunities to other Wireless Communications Facility users. The statement shall include the applicant’s policy regarding collocation of other providers and the methodology to be used by the applicant in determining reasonable rates to be charged other providers.

SEC. 35-3506. REVIEW PROCESS.

   (a)   The applicable Development Criteria referred to herein are those set forth in Sec. 35-3504 of this Division.
   (b)   PERMITTING PROCEDURES . Attached Wireless Communications Facilities with or without new building construction that meet the Development Criteria may be permitted by Administrative Review in all zoning districts except as hereinafter specified. All monopole type Wireless Communications Facilities with Support Structures that meet the development criteria and that are located on properties in Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 1 (listed in Appendix B), may be permitted by Administrative Review except hereinafter specified. All others, regardless of type or location shall be subject to the Plan Commission hearing process and may not be approved by the Administrative Review process.
   Any Wireless Communications Facility (Attached or with a Support Structure), regardless of type, to be located within an established historic area, Historic District or other designated Overlay District will be subject to review by the appropriate Historic Preservation Commission and the Plan Commission. Review by the Commission shall be in accordance with administrative procedures for a certificate of appropriateness under the Moline Code of Ordinances. All Wireless Communications Facility applications that do not conform to the Development Criteria or are otherwise not eligible for Administrative Review shall be subject to the special use process.
   (c)   WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES AS A PART OF A COORDINATED DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL . Wireless Communications Facilities as part of a proposed residential or non-residential subdivision, planned unit development, site plan, conditional rezoning, or other coordinated development approval shall be reviewed and approved through those respective processes.
   (d)   WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES FOR TEMPORARY TERM . Temporary Wireless Communications Facilities may be permitted by Administrative Approval for a term not to exceed 90 days. Once granted, a temporary Wireless Communications Facility permit may be extended for an additional 90 days upon clear evidence of substantial need by the applicant. In case of emergency (e.g., storm damage to an existing Tower or other circumstances resulting in the interruption of existing services) the Administrative Review shall be expedited to the extent feasible.
   (e)   AN APPLICATION TO DEVELOP A TOWER SHALL INCLUDE :
   (1)   The name, address, and telephone number of the Owner and Lessee of the parcel of land upon which the Tower is situated. If the applicant is not the Owner of the parcel of land upon which the Tower is situated, the written consent of the Owner shall be evidenced in the Application.
   (2)   The legal description, parcel number, and commonly known address of the parcel of land upon which the Tower is situated.
   (3)   The names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all owners of other Towers or usable Antenna Support Structures within a 1/2 mile radius of the proposed new Tower site, including City-owned property. If no existing Towers or usable Support Structures exist within this radius, a written statement attesting to such circumstances shall be provided.
   (4)   A sealed complete set of drawings prepared by a licensed architect or structural engineer that must include a site plan, elevation view and other supporting drawings, calculations and documentation showing the location and dimensions of the wireless communications facility and all improvements associated therewith, including information concerning specifications, antenna locations, public safety impacts, equipment facility and shelters, landscaping, parking, access, fencing, topography, adjacent uses and existing vegetation.
   (5)   A Radio Frequency Intermodulation Study if the Applicant is proposing to collocate on an existing Wireless Communication Facility.
   (6)   A description of the wireless service and design plan proposed by the Applicant. Applicant must identify its utilization of the most recent technological design, including stealth design if required, as part of the design plan. The Applicant must demonstrate the need for the Tower(s) and why design alternatives, such as the use of microcell, cannot be utilized to accomplish the provision of the Applicant’s telecommunications services.
   (7)   An affidavit attesting to the fact that the Applicant made diligent, but unsuccessful, efforts to obtain permission to install or collocate the Applicant’s Telecommunications Facilities on City-owned Towers or usable Antenna Support Structures located within a 1/2 mile radius of the proposed Tower site. If no existing Towers or usable Support Structures exist within this radius, a written statement attesting to such circumstances shall be provided.
   (8)   An affidavit attesting to the fact that the Applicant made diligent, but unsuccessful, efforts to install or collocate the Applicant’s Telecommunications Facilities on Towers or usable Antenna Support Structures owned by other persons located within 1/2 mile radius of the proposed Tower site. If no existing Towers or usable Support Structures exist within this radius, a written statement attesting to such circumstances shall be provided.
   (9)   Written technical evidence from an Illinois licensed Professional Engineer(s) that the proposed Tower or Telecommunications Facilities cannot be installed or collocated on another person’s Tower or usable Antenna Support Structures owned by other persons located within 1/2 mile radius of the proposed Tower site. If no existing Towers or usable Support Structures exist within this radius, a written statement attesting to such circumstances shall be provided.
   (10)   A written statement from an Illinois licensed Professional Engineer(s) that the construction and placement of the Tower will not interfere with public safety communications and the usual and customary transmission or reception of radio, television, or other communications services enjoyed by adjacent residential and non-residential properties. If this statement cannot be reasonably obtained from an Illinois licensed Professional Engineer, then as acceptable to the Zoning Administrator under the then existing circumstances, the Applicant may provide a written statement from an unlicensed Radio Frequency (RF) Engineer with demonstrated knowledge, qualifications, skills, and abilities to provide such statement. Should RF Engineers become licensed or otherwise regulated subsequent to the adoption of this ordinance, any such RF Engineer must thereafter be licensed to provide the statement required herein.
   (11)   Written, technical evidence from an Illinois licensed Professional Engineer(s) that the proposed structure meets the standards set forth in Sec. 35-3511, “Structural Requirements,” of this Division.
   (12)   Written, technical evidence from an Illinois Licensed Professional Engineer (s) acceptable to the Fire Marshall and the building official that the proposed site of the Tower or Telecommunications Facilities does not pose a risk of explosion, fire, or other danger to life or property due to its proximity to volatile, flammable, explosive, or hazardous materials, including without limitation LP gas, propane, gasoline, natural gas, or corrosive or other dangerous chemicals.
   (13)   In order to assist City staff and the Plan Commission in evaluating visual impact, the Applicant shall submit color photo simulations showing the proposed site of the Tower with a photo-realistic representation of the proposed Tower as it would appear viewed from the closest residential property and from adjacent roadways.
   (14)   A copy of the telecommunications provider’s FCC license to operate and provide wireless communications.
   (15)   A written airspace analysis for the proposed Tower site which concludes there will be no adverse impact to federal airways or traffic pattern airspace. This statement shall be accompanied by the following documentation, at minimum:
      a.   A copy of the appropriate application or notification to the FAA, if required. Evidence of final FAA approval shall be submitted to the City prior to obtaining a building permit.
      b.   Documentation of review and tentative approval from the Quad City Metropolitan Airport Authority.
   (16)   An abandonment bond (in accordance with Sec. 35-3526) may be provided with the application or, at the Applicant’s discretion, no later than application approval. An approved bond shall be on file prior to obtaining a building permit.
   (17)   Submission Requirements . Application for a TUP shall be submitted to the City of Moline on forms prescribed by the City. The application shall be accompanied by the applicable attachments described above and all other requirements of this Division. If Plan Commission or Historic Preservation Commission review is required, the application and site plan shall be placed on each of the next available Commission agendas in accordance with any agenda deadlines established by the city.
   (18)   Technical Assistance . In the course of its consideration of an application, the City of Moline, the zoning administrator, the Plan Commission or the City Council may deem it necessary, in complex situations, to employ an engineer(s) or other consultant(s) qualified in the design and installation of wireless communication facilities to assist the City in the technical aspects of the application. In such cases, any additional reasonable costs incurred by the City not to exceed $1,500.00 for the technical review and recommendation shall be reimbursed by the applicant prior to Plan Commission action granting or denying the TUP.
(Ord. No. 3032-2010; Sec. 35-3506(e) repealed; new Sec. 3032-2010 enacted; 07/27/10)

SEC. 35-3507. APPROVAL PROCESS.

   (a)   APPLICATION SUBMISSION . All requests for a Tower Use Permit, regardless of Wireless Communication Facility type shall submit an application in accordance with the requirements of this Division.
   (1)   Application Fees . A plan review fee of $500.00 and a Radio Frequency Intermodulation Study review fee of $500.00 (for applicants who are not collocating on existing Towers because of claimed RF interference) shall accompany each application. These fees may be used by the City of Moline to engage an engineer(s) or other qualified consultant(s) to review the technical aspects of the application, public safety communication impacts, and Radio Frequency Intermodulation Study (if required). In addition to the above, applications requiring a special use permit shall include a special use application fee (amount determined by the current City fee schedule).
(Ord. No. 3032-2010; Sec. 35-3507(a) repealed; new Sec. 35-3507(a) enacted; 07/27/10)
   (b)   ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW . The following administrative review process shall apply to all wireless communications facility applications eligible for administrative review, as specified in Overlay District 1.
   (1)   Review Authority . Review of wireless communication facilities under this section shall be conducted by the zoning administrator or designee upon filing a Wireless Communication Facility application.
   (2)   Review Criteria . Each application shall be reviewed for compliance with the Development of Towers specified in Sec. 35-3504.
   (3)   Timing of Decision . The zoning administrator shall render a decision on the Wireless Communication Facility application by written response to the applicant within 14 business days after receipt of the complete application, except that an extension may be agreed upon by the applicant. Any application that is not reviewed within 14 business days shall be submitted to the Plan Commission for review.
   (4)   Deferral . The zoning administrator may defer administrative approval of wireless communication facilities for any reason. Deferral of administrative approval shall require submission to the Plan Commission for review.
   (5)   Application Denial . If Administrative approval is not obtained or is denied due to non-compliance with the Development Criteria, the applicant may appeal the denial by applying for Plan Commission review.
   (6)   Application Approval . If the TUP application is in compliance with the Development of Towers in Sec. 35-3504 and otherwise meets the requirements of this section, the zoning administrator may issue a Tower Use Permit.
   (c )   PLAN COMMISSION REVIEW. The following shall apply to all Tower Use Permit applications requiring submission to the Plan Commission.
   (1)   Review Authority . The Plan Commission shall be the review authority for TUP applications not eligible for Administrative Review or otherwise referred to the Commission.
   (2)   Notice . Notice of the application and the public hearing by the Plan Commission shall be accomplished in the same manner as a special use permit under the zoning ordinance.
   (3)   Hearing . The Plan Commission shall review and consider the TUP application at a public hearing. At the hearing, interested persons may appear and offer information in support or opposition to the proposed application. The Plan Commission shall consider the following in reaching a decision:
      a.   Development of Towers. The Tower Use Permit application shall be reviewed for compliance with the Development of Towers set forth in Sec. 35-3504; provided that the applicable Development of Towers may be amended or waived so long as the approval of the Wireless Communication Facility meets the goals and purposes of this Division. The Plan Commission may recommend any alternative development criteria by specific inclusion in a motion for approval.
      b.   Tower Siting Conditions. The Plan Commission may impose conditions and restrictions on the application or on the premises benefited by the TUP as it deems necessary to reduce or minimize any adverse effects and to enhance the compatibility of the Wireless Communication Facility with the surrounding property, in accordance with the purposes and intent of this Division. The violation of any condition shall be grounds for revocation of the TUP. The Plan Commission may recommend such conditions in addition to the development criteria upon the following findings:
         1.   The Wireless Communication Facility would result in significant adverse    visual or aesthetic impact on nearby residences or otherwise interferes with emergency transmissions of any of the City’s emergency service providers.
         2.   The conditions are based upon the purpose and goals of this Division and the Comprehensive Plan.
         3.   The conditions are reasonable and capable of being accomplished.
      c.   Action. Following the public hearing and presentation of evidence, the Plan Commission shall take one of the following actions:
         1.   Recommend the application as submitted.
         2.   Recommend the application with conditions or modifications.
         3.   Defer the application for additional information or neighborhood input; or
         4.   Deny the application in writing, subject to (4) below.
   (4)   Findings . All denials rendered by the Plan Commission concerning a Tower Use Permit shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions of law based upon substantial evidence of record.
   (5)   Timing of Decision . The Plan Commission shall render its decision within 60 days of the final submission of all required application documents and technical review; however, this time may be increased due to deferrals by either the applicant or the Plan Commission.
   (6)   Requests for Review . The decision of the Plan Commission may be reviewed by the City Council in accordance with the following circumstances:
      a.   A request for review shall be filed no later than 30 days after the final action by the zoning administrator or the Plan Commission. Only the applicant and those who registered an objection to the TUP in the record of the Plan Commission shall have standing to appeal.
      b.   Only such evidence or testimony in support of or opposition to the issuance of the TUP which was provided to the Plan Commission may be presented to the City Council unless the City Council, by two-thirds majority vote, decides to hear such new evidence or testimony.
      c.   Notice of City Council review shall be accomplished in the same manner as a special use permit under the zoning code.
   (7)   Appeals . The actions taken by the City Council shall be final and shall be subject to judicial review pursuant to the provisions of the “Administrative Review Act,” 735 ILCS 5/3-101 et. seq. A request for judicial review properly and timely taken shall stay the imposition of any decision rendered by the City Council.

SEC. 35-3508. SETBACKS.

   (a)   All Wireless Communication Facility installations up to 100 feet in height shall be setback on all sides a distance equal to the underlying setback requirement in the applicable zoning district. Towers in excess of 100 feet in height shall be set back one additional foot per each foot of Tower height in excess of 100 feet. However, an Attached Wireless Communication Facility Antenna Array may extend up to 30 inches horizontally beyond the edge of the Attachment Structure, so long as the Antenna Array does not encroach upon an adjoining parcel. The requirements of this section may be modified by the City Council or Plan Commission when necessary, upon the following findings:
   (1)   The Wireless Communication Facility would result in significant adverse visual or aesthetic impact on nearby residences or otherwise interferes with emergency transmissions of any of the City’s emergency service providers.
   (2)   The conditions are based upon the purpose and goals of this Division and the Comprehensive Plan.
   (3)   The conditions are reasonable and capable of being accomplished.
   (b)   Setback requirements for Towers shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the property line of the parcel of land on which it is located.
   (c)   Setback requirements may be modified, as provided in Sec. 35-3508 (a) when replacement of a Tower in a location which will reduce the visual impact can be accomplished. For example, adjacent to trees which may visually hide the Tower.

SEC. 35-3509. HEIGHT STANDARDS.

   Allowable uses, subject to the limitations within each Overlay District, will include the underlying zoning district plus Wireless Communication Facilities in compliance with the following development criteria:
   The following height standards shall apply to all Wireless Communications facility installations:
   (1)   ATTACHED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES . Attached Wireless Communication Facilities shall not add more than 20 feet to the height of the existing building or structure to which it is attached (Attachment Structure). However, antenna attachments to existing communication Towers shall not increase the height of Tower above the maximum permitted height of that Tower.
   (2)   WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITIES WITH SUPPORT STRUCTURES . Wireless Communication Facilities with Support Structures shall have a maximum height as set out in Appendix B in Wireless Communication Facility Overlay District 1.

SEC. 35-3510. RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSIONS/SOUND.

   The following radio frequency emissions standards shall apply to all Wireless Communications Facility Installations:
   (1)   RADIO FREQUENCY IMPACT . The FTA gives the FCC jurisdiction of the regulation of Radio Frequency (RF) emissions, and Wireless Communications Facilities that do not exceed the FCC standards shall not be conditioned or denied on the basis of RF impact.   
   (2)   FCC COMPLIANCE . In order to provide information to its citizens, copies of ongoing FCC information concerning Wireless Communications Facilities and RF emissions standards may be requested. Applicants for Wireless Communications Facilities shall be required to provide information with the application on the measurement of the effective radiated power of the facility and how this meets the FCC standards.
   (3)   SOUND PROHIBITED . No unusual sound emissions such as alarms, bells, buzzers or the like are    permitted.

SEC. 35-3511. STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS.

   Wireless Communications Facilities with Support Structures shall be designed and certified by an Illinois licensed engineer to be structurally sound and shall be constructed to the Electronics Industries Association/Telecommunications Industries Association (EIA/TIA) 222 Revision F Standard entitled "Structural Standards for Steel Antennas Towers and Antenna Support Structures" (or equivalent), as it may be updated and amended. Each Support Structure shall be capable of supporting multiple antenna arrays.

SEC. 35-3512. SEPARATION OR BUFFER REQUIREMENTS.

   (a)   For the purpose of this section, the separation distances between Towers or support structures (hereinafter: “Tower”) shall be measured by drawing or following a straight line between the base of the existing or approved structure and the proposed base, pursuant to a site plan of the proposed Tower. Tower separation distances from other residentially zoned properties shall be measured from the base of a Tower to the closest point of the residentially zoned property. The minimum Tower separation distances from residentially zoned properties and from other Towers shall be calculated and applied irrespective of City jurisdictional boundaries.
   (b)   Towers shall be separated from all other residentially zoned lands by a minimum of 200 feet or 200% of the height of the proposed Tower, whichever is greater.
(Ord. No. 3003-2008; Sec. 35-3512(b) repealed; new Sec. 35-3512 enacted; 01/22/08)
   (c)   Proposed Towers must meet the following minimum separation requirements from existing Towers or Towers which have a development permit but are not yet constructed at the time a development permit is granted pursuant to this Division:
   (d)   Tower structures shall be separated from all other Towers, whether monopole, self-supporting lattice, or guyed, by a minimum of 750 feet.

SEC. 35-3513. METHOD OF DETERMINING TOWER HEIGHT.

   Measurement of Tower height for the purpose of determining compliance with all requirements of this section shall include the Tower structure itself, the base pad, and any other Telecommunications Facilities attached thereto which extend more than 20 feet over the top of the Tower structure itself. Tower height shall be measured from grade.

SEC. 35-3514. ILLUMINATION; SIGNAGE; FENCING.

   (a)   Towers shall not be artificially lighted except as provided in this section. Upon commencement of construction of a Tower, in cases where there are residential uses located within a distance which is three hundred (300) percent of the height of the Tower from the Tower and when required by federal law, dual mode lighting shall be requested from the FAA.
   (b)   LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE . The following lighting and signage requirements shall apply to all Wireless Communications Facility installations:
   (1)   Artificial Illumination. Wireless Communications Facilities shall not be artificially illuminated, directly or indirectly, except for:
      a.   Security and safety lighting of equipment buildings if such lighting is appropriately down shielded to keep light within the boundaries of the site; and
      b.   Such illumination of the Wireless Communications Facility as may be required by the FAA or other applicable authority installed in a manner to minimize impacts on adjacent residences; and
      c.   Unless otherwise required by the FAA or other applicable authority, the required light shall be red and shielded upward.
   (2)   Signage . Wireless Communications Facilities shall not display any signage, logos, decals, symbols or any messages of a commercial or non-commercial nature, except for a small message containing provider identification and emergency telephone numbers and such other information as may be required by local, state or federal regulations governing Wireless Communications Facilities.
   (3)   Fencing . Wireless Communications Facilities with Support Structures shall be enclosed by an opaque fence or fence and landscape material determined by the Planning and Development Department to adequately accomplish the primary purposes of said opaque fence (but excluding slatted chain link) not less than 6 feet in height. Security features may be incorporated into the buffer and landscaping requirements for the site. Nothing herein shall prevent fencing that is necessary to meet requirements of State or Federal agencies.

SEC. 35-3515. EXTERIOR FINISH.

   Towers not requiring FAA painting or marking shall have an exterior finish which camouflages the Tower or otherwise enhances compatibility with adjacent land uses, as approved by the Plan Commission or zoning administrator.

SEC. 35-3516. LANDSCAPING.

   (a)   All landscaping on a parcel of land containing Towers, Antenna Support Structures, or Telecommunications Facilities shall be in accordance with the applicable landscaping requirement in the zoning district where the Tower, Antenna Support Structure, or Telecommunications Facilities are located. The City may require landscaping in excess of the requirements of Article V in order to enhance compatibility with adjacent land uses. Landscaping shall be installed on the outside of any fencing, and in addition to the foregoing, the following landscaping requirements shall apply to all Wireless Communications Facility installations:
   (1)   Land Form Preservation . Existing mature tree growth and natural land form on the site shall be preserved to the extent feasible; provided, however, that vegetation that causes interference with the antennas or inhibits access to the Equipment Facility may be trimmed or removed.
   (2)   Existing Vegetation . Existing vegetation on a Wireless Communication Facility site may be used in lieu of required landscaping where approved by the zoning administrator.

SEC. 35-3517. ACCESS.

   A parcel of land upon which a Tower is located must provide access to at least one paved vehicular parking space on site.

SEC. 35-3518. AESTHETIC PLACEMENT, MATERIALS AND COLORS.

   Wireless Communications Facilities shall be designed so as to be compatible with the existing structures and surroundings to the extent feasible, including placement in a location which is consistent with proper functioning of the Wireless Communication Facility, the use of compatible or neutral colors, or camouflage technology.

SEC. 35-3519. STEALTH DESIGN.

   All Towers which must be approved as a special use shall be of stealth design.

SEC. 35-3520. PUBLIC SAFETY COMMUNICATIONS INTERFERENCE; ONGOING RESPONSIBILITIES.

   It shall be the duty of every telecommunications provider in the City of Moline, to whom this ordinance is applicable, to refrain from interference with public safety communications in any manner, as such communications provider initially indicated in such communications provider’s application as required in Sec. 35-3506(a). This duty shall be ongoing and shall continue so long as the Tower is placed, maintained or operated within the City of Moline. Any Tower causing interference with public safety communications in contravention of this Division shall cease operations immediately upon notice from the Police Chief or designee and shall not resume operations thereafter until testing (acceptable within the industry) demonstrates that such interference has been completely eliminated.

SEC. 35-3521. TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES ON ANTENNA SUPPORT STRUCTURES.

   Any Telecommunications Facilities which are not attached to a Tower may be permitted on any Antenna Support Structure at least 50 feet tall, regardless of the zoning restrictions applicable to the zoning district where the structure is located, but only as provided herein. Telecommunications Facilities are prohibited on all other structures. The owner of such structure shall, by written certification to the zoning administrator, establish the following at the time plans are submitted for a permit:
   (1)   That the height from grade of the Telecommunications Facilities shall not exceed the height from grade of the Antenna Support Structure by more than 20 feet.
   (2)   That any Telecommunications Facilities and their appurtenances, located above the primary roof of an Antenna Support Structure, are set back one foot from the edge of the primary roof for each one foot in height above the primary roof of the Telecommunications Facilities. This setback requirement shall not apply to Telecommunications Facilities and their appurtenances, located above the primary roof of an Antenna Support Structure, if such facilities are appropriately screened from view through the use of panels, walls, fences, or other screening techniques approved by the City. Setback requirements shall not apply to Stealth antennas which are mounted to the exterior of Antenna Support Structures below the primary roof, but which do not protrude more than 18 inches from the side of such an Antenna Support Structure.

SEC. 35-3522. NON-CONFORMING STRUCTURES; MODIFICATION OF TOWERS.

   A Tower existing prior to the effective date of this Division, which was in compliance with the City’s zoning regulations immediately prior to the effective date of this article, may continue in existence as a nonconforming structure. Such non-conforming structures may not be modified or demolished and rebuilt without complying with all of the requirements of this section, a nonconforming structure or use may not be enlarged, increased in size, or discontinued in use for a period of more than 180 days. This section shall not be interpreted to legalize any structure or use existing at the time this section is adopted which structure or use is in violation of the Code prior to enactment of this section.

SEC. 35-3523. CERTIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONS.

   (a)   All Towers shall be certified by an Illinois licensed Engineer to be structurally sound and in conformance with the requirements of the Moline Building Code and all other construction standards set forth in this Chapter or elsewhere in the City’s Code or federal and state law. For new monopole Towers, such certification shall be submitted with an Application pursuant to Sec. 35-3507 of this Division and every five years thereafter. For new lattice or guyed Towers, such certification shall be submitted with an Application pursuant to Sec. 35-3507 of this Division and every two years thereafter. For existing lattice or guyed Towers, certification shall be submitted within 60 days of the effective date of this Division and then every two years thereafter. The Tower owner may be required by the City to submit more frequent certifications should there be reason to believe that the structural and electrical integrity of the Tower is jeopardized.
   (b)   The City, its employees, or agents shall have authority to enter onto the property upon which a Tower is located, between the inspections and certifications required above, to inspect the Tower for the purpose of determining whether it complies with the Moline Building Code and all other construction standards provided by the City Code and federal and state law.
   (c)   The City reserves the right to conduct such inspections at any time, upon reasonable notice to the Tower owner. All expenses related to such inspections by the City shall be borne by the Tower owner.

SEC. 35-3524. MAINTENANCE.

   (a)   Tower owners shall at all times employ ordinary and reasonable care and shall install and maintain in use nothing less than commonly accepted methods and devices for preventing failures and accidents which are likely to cause damage, injuries, or nuisances to the public.
   (b)   Tower owners shall install and maintain Towers, Telecommunications Facilities, wires, cables, fixtures, and other equipment in substantial compliance with the requirements of the National Electric Safety Code and all FCC, state and local regulations, and in such manner that will not interfere with the use of other property.
   (c)   All Towers, Telecommunications Facilities, and Antenna Support Structures shall at all times be kept and maintained in good condition, order, and repair so that the same shall not menace or endanger the life or property of any person.
   (d)   All maintenance or construction of Towers, Telecommunications Facilities, or Antenna Support Structures shall be performed by licensed maintenance and construction personnel.
   (e)   All Towers shall maintain compliance with current RF emission standards of the FCC.
   (f)   In the event that the use of a Tower is discontinued by the Tower owner, the Tower owner shall provide written notice to the City of its intent to discontinue use and the date when the use shall be discontinued, subject to the abandonment conditions contained in Sec. 35-3525 herein below.

SEC. 35-3525. CRITERIA FOR SITE PLAN DEVELOPMENT MODIFICATIONS.

   (a)   Notwithstanding the Tower requirements provided in this Division, a modification to the requirements may be approved by the Plan Commission as a special use in accordance with the following:
   (1)   In addition to the requirement for a Tower Application, the Application for modification shall include the following:
      a.   A description of how the plan addresses any adverse impact that might occur as a result of approving the modification.
      b.   A description of off-site or on-site factors which mitigate any adverse impacts which occur as a result of the modification.
      c.   A technical study that documents and supports the criteria submitted by the Applicant upon which the request for modification is based. The technical study shall be certified by an Illinois Licensed Engineer and shall document the existence of the facts related to the proposed modifications and its relationship to surrounding rights-of-way and properties.
      d.   For a modification of the setback requirement, the Application shall identify all parcels of land where the proposed Tower could be located, affidavits concerning   attempts by the Applicant to contract and negotiate an agreement for collocation, and the result of such attempts.
      e.   The Plan Commission may require the Application to be reviewed by an independent Engineer under contract to the City to determine whether the antenna study supports the basis for the modification requested.
   (2)   The cost of review by the City’s Engineer shall be reimbursed to the City by the applicant.
   (3)   The Plan Commission shall consider the Application for modification based on the following criteria:
      a.   That the Tower as modified will be compatible with and not adversely impact the character and integrity of surrounding properties.
      b.   Off-site or on-site conditions exist which mitigate the adverse impacts, if any, created by the modification.
      c.   In addition, the board may include conditions on the site where the Tower is to be located if such conditions are necessary to preserve the character and integrity of the neighborhoods affected by the proposed Tower and mitigate any adverse impacts which arise in connection with the approval of the modification.
   (b)   In addition to the Requirements of subparagraph (a) of this Section 35-3524, in the following cases, the Applicant must also demonstrate, with written evidence satisfactory in form and content to the Plan Commission, the following:
   (1)   In the case of a requested modification to the setback requirement, Section 35-3508, that the setback requirement cannot be met on the parcel of land upon which the Tower is proposed to be located and the alternative for the person is to locate the Tower at another site which is closer in proximity to a residentially zoned land.
   (2)   In the case of a request for modification to the separation and buffer requirements from other Towers of Sec. 35-3512, “Separation or Buffer Requirements,” that the proposed site is zoned “Light Industrial” or “General Industrial” and the proposed site is at least double the minimum standard for separation from residentially zoned lands as provided for in Sec. 35-3512.   
   (3)   In the case of a request for modification of the separation and buffer requirements from residentially zoned land of Sec. 35-3512, if the person provides written technical evidence from an Illinois licensed Engineer(s) that the proposed Tower and Telecommunications Facilities must be located at the proposed site in order to meet the coverage requirements of the Applicant’s wireless communications system and if the Person is willing to create approved landscaping and other buffers to screen the Tower from being visible to residentially zoned property.
   (4)   In the case of a request for modification of the height limit for Towers and Telecommunications Facilities or to the minimum height requirements for Antenna Support Structures, that the modification is necessary to: (i) facilitate collocation of telecommunications Facilities in order to avoid construction of a new Tower; or (ii) to meet the coverage requirements of the Applicant’s wireless communications system, which requirements must be documented with written, technical evidence from an Engineer(s) that demonstrates that the height of the proposed Tower is the minimum height required to function satisfactorily, and no Tower that is taller than such minimum height shall be approved.

SEC. 35-3526. ABANDONMENT.

   To secure the obligation of removal set forth in this section, the Applicant [and/or owner] shall post a bond in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) which shall be updated periodically thereafter so long as the Tower remains in use. Such bond shall be maintained in the office of the City Clerk. Any Wireless Communication Facility that is not operated for a continuous period of 12 months shall be considered abandoned, and the City of Moline, at its election, may require such abandoned Wireless Communication Facility owner to remove the Wireless Communication Facility within 90 days after notice from the City to remove the Wireless Communication Facility. If the abandoned Wireless Communication Facility is not removed within 90 days, the City may remove it and recover its costs from the Wireless Communication Facility or the bond required herein, this provision shall not become effective until all providers cease to use the Wireless Communication Facility. If the owner of an abandoned Wireless Communication Facility cannot be located or is no longer in business, the requirements of this section shall be the responsibility of the landowner on whose property the Wireless Communication Facility is located.
(Ord. No. 3034-2006; Sec. 35-3526 repealed in its entirety; new Sec. 35-3526 enacted; 8/15/06; Ord. No. 3032-2010; Sec. 35-3526 repealed in its entirety; new Sec. 35-3526 enacted; 07/27/10)

SEC. 35-3527. SEVERABILITY.

   That if any clause, section, or other part of this Division shall be held invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Division shall not be affected thereby, but shall remain in full force and effect.
(Ord. No. 2002-05-01; new Article IV, Division 3, enacted; 05/28/02)

SEC. 35-3600. PURPOSE.

   The purpose of this Division is to assist developers in determining the maximum permitted density for residential projects and maximum permitted intensity (for nonresidential projects) of development on any given site within the jurisdiction of this Chapter. The development potential of any site is determined by a variety of factors, including but not limited to: 1) the area of the site; 2) the proportion of the site not containing sensitive natural resources; 3) the zoning district(s) in which the site is located; 4) the development option(s) the site is developed under; and 5) the use(s) considered for development.
   Rationale: This Division regulates the development potential of all property within the jurisdiction of this Chapter. This Division is designed to ensure the implementation of many goals and objectives of the City of Moline Comprehensive Plan. Many of these are extremely difficult to address using conventional zoning techniques, particularly those which rely on minimum lot area requirements to establish maximum permitted residential densities, and maximum floor area ratios to establish the character of nonresidential developments. Such approaches provide for minimum flexibility and/or the needless destruction of sensitive natural resources. The approach employed by this Division, relying on Maximum Gross Densities (MGDs) and minimum Green Space Ratios (GSRs) for residential development, and minimum required Landscape Surface Ratios (LSRs) in combination with maximum permitted Floor Area Rations (FARs) for nonresidential development, (both in conjunction with a variety of development options available in every zoning district) results in a very high degree of site design flexibility and the protection and implementation of desired of desired community character and adopted community goals and objectives.

SEC. 35-3601. HOW TO USE THIS DIVISION.

   This Division contains the standards which determine the maximum amount of development permitted on any given site. Prior to using the provisions of this Division to determine the development potential of a given property, the guidelines provided by this Division should be reviewed. This Division recognizes inherent differences between residential and nonresidential land uses, and thus regulates their development in slightly different manners. All developers/persons seeking development permits are encouraged to complete the worksheets and follow the steps contained herein: however, the requirement to complete the worksheets shall apply only to applications for certain types of development permits as established as part of the administrative policies of the city, a copy which may be obtained from the zoning administrator.

SEC. 35-3602. NATURAL RESOURCES SITE EVALUATION.

   (a)   PURPOSE. An important goal of the City of Moline Comprehensive Plan is the protection of natural resources which are sensitive to disruption caused by development and/or other land use activities. These resources include: Shorelands, Wetlands, Drainageways, Steep Slopes, and Woodlands. These resources serve important functions which are lost when these areas are subject to development and/or other land use activities, in the absence of correct mitigation approaches. In many instances, these functions cannot be provided by other natural or man-made features. Specific broad categories of such functions include the protection and enhancement of air, surface water, ground water, and soil quality; habitat provisions and diversification; aesthetic diversification; and buffering effects.
   (b)   MITIGATION. In certain instances, natural features can accommodate development and/or other land use activities without a significant loss of their functional benefits if proper mitigation practices are employed. Article IV, Site Development Standards, and Chapter 13 of the Moline Code of Ordinances, Flood Prevention, provide detailed standards regarding permitted mitigation techniques and requirements.
   (c)   NATURAL RESOURCES SITE EVALUATION WORKSHEET.
   (1)   Determine the Gross Site Area (GSA) of the Site :
 
a.
Total Site Area as determined by actual on-site survey
__ acres
b.
Subtract area located within proposed rights-of-ways of roads and within proposed boundaries of public facilities which are designated within the City’s Comprehensive Plan and/or required for dedication per Subdivision regulations
-__ acres
c.
Subtract land which although part of the same parcel is not contiguous to, or is not accessible from, the proposed road network serving the project.
-__ acres
d.
Subtract land which is proposed for a different development option or a different zoning district.
- __ acres
e.
Subtract area of navigable waters (lakes & streams).
- __ acres
f.
Equals Gross Site Area (GSA)
=__ acres
 
   (2)   Determine the Required Resource Protection Area (RPA) of the Site :
a.
Portion of Gross Site Area containing Floodways.
__ acres
b.
Portion of Gross Site Area containing Floodfringes.
+__ acres
c.
Add portion of Gross Site Area containing Wetlands
+__ acres
d.
Add portion of Gross Site Area containing Drainageways
+__ acres
e.
Add portion of Gross Site Area containing Shorelands.
+__ acres
f.
Add portion of Gross Site Area containing Woodlands
+__ acres
g.
Add portion of Gross Site Area containing Steep Slopes
+__ acres
h.
Subtract portions of natural resource areas (a. – g., above) made developable using approved environmental mitigation techniques.
- __ acres
i.
Equals Required Resource Protection Area (RPA).
=__ acres
 
   (3)   Determine the Net Developable Area (NDA) of the Site :
 
a.
Enter Gross Site Area (GSA) (from (1)f., above)
__ acres
b.
Subtract Required Resource Protection Area (RPA) (from (2)i., above)
-__ acres
c.
Equals Net Developable Area (NDA).
=__ acres
 

SEC. 35-3603. RESIDENTIAL DENSITY STANDARDS.

   Division 2 of this Article provides density standards for each of the Residential /Resource Zoning Districts.
   (1)   INSTRUCTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT.
      a.   Step 1 - Check Planning Recommendations for the Subject Property :  The City’s Comprehensive Plan should be checked for implications related to the subject property, particularly the future Land Use and Transportation Plan Chapters.
      b.   Step 2 - Check the Zoning of the Subject Property : The potential amount and type of development any given site may contain is directly related to the zoning district in which the site is located. The subject property should be identified on the City ’s Official Zoning Map, and the current zoning designation should be compared with the description of that district provided in Division 2 of this Article.
      c.   Step 3 - Complete a Natural Resources Site Evaluation for the Site : The effect of protected natural resources on the development potential of the subject    property should be evaluated. All resources listed in Sec. 35-3602(c)(2), Required Natural Resources Site Evaluation, should be identified on the subject property, located on a map (or air photo) of the subject property, and the total area of the property (in acres) covered by those resources, known as Required Resource Protection Area (RPA) should be determined, as should Gross Site Area (GSA) and the Net Developable Area (NDA) of the subject property. The zoning administrator should be contacted if assistance is desired in completing the calculations in Sec. 35-3602(c)(3).
      d.   Step 4 - Determine What Types of Dwelling Units Are Permitted :  Division 2 of this Article should be checked to determine which types of dwelling units are permitted within the zoning district for the subject property.
      e.   Step 5 - Determine Maximum Gross Density Permitted on the Site : The Maximum Gross Density (MGD), given for the applicable zoning district identified in Table 35-3201.1., should be noted; and used in Step (6), below.
      f.   Step 6 - Determine the Maximum Number of Units Permitted on the Site :  The Maximum Gross Density (MGD), identified in Step 5, above, multiplied by the    Gross Site Area (GSA) calculated in Step 3, above, equals the maximum number of dwelling units permitted on the subject property under the selected development option within the selected zoning district. The ability to actually develop this number of dwelling units on the subject property is not guaranteed by the provisions of this chapter. Inefficient site design, poor property configuration, and other factors may result in a lower number of units actually fitting on the site.
      g.   Step 7 - Check the Minimum Permitted Lot Area : The Minimum Lot Area (MLA) requirement given in the zoning district identified in Step 2 above, is the smallest size lot permitted within the zoning district. The MLA must equal or be less than the lot size requirement for the type of dwelling unit proposed for the project in Step 4, above. If the MLA given in the zoning district is larger than the lot size requirement given in Step 4, then a dwelling unit type with a larger lot size must be selected (in which case, it may be advantageous to repeat these Steps using a different dwelling unit type).

SEC. 35-3604. NONRESIDENTIAL INTENSITY STANDARDS.

   Division 3 of this Article provides the intensity standards for each of the Non-Residential/Resource Zoning Districts.
   (1)   INSTRUCTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT.
      a.   Step 1 - Check Planning Recommendations for the Subject Property: The City’s Comprehensive Plan should be checked for implications related to the subject property,    particularly the future Land Use and Transportation Plan Chapters.
      b.   Step 2 - Check the Zoning of the Subject Property : The potential amount and type of development any given site may contain is directly related to the zoning district in which the    site is located. The subject property should be identified on the City’s Official Zoning Map, and the current zoning designation should be compared with the description of that district    provided in this Article.
      c.   Step 3 - Complete a Natural Resources Site Evaluation for the Site : The effect of    protected natural resources on the development potential of the subject property should be evaluated. All resources listed in Sec. 35-3602(c)(2), Required Natural Resources Site Evaluation, should be identified on the subject property, located on a map (or air photo) of the subject property, and the total area of the property (in acres) covered by those resources, known as Required Resource Protection Area (RPA) should be determined, as should Gross    Site Area (GSA) and the Net Developable Area (NDA) of the subject property. The Zoning Administrator should be contacted if assistance is desired in completing the calculations in Sec. 35-3602(c)(3).
   d.   Step 4 - Determine What Types of Land Uses Are Permitted : Division 3 of this Article should be checked to determine which types of land uses are permitted within the zoning district designated on, or proposed for, the subject property. A complete description of each land use is presented in Division 4 of this Article.
   e.   Step 5 - Check the Minimum Lot Area Requirement Against the Gross Site Area    Present on the Subject Property: The required Minimum Lot Area (MLA), given for the applicable zoning district identified in Table 35-3301.1., should be compared with the Gross Site Area (GSA) required on the subject property as determined under the Natural Resources Site Evaluation in Step 3, above. If the GSA is less than the MLA required by the zoning    district, then additional property should be acquired.
   f.   Step 6 - Check Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio Requirement Against the Required    Resource Protection Area Present on the Subject Property : The required Landscape Surface Ratio (LSR), given for the applicable zoning district identified in Table 35-3301.1, should be multiplied by the Gross Site Area (GSA) used in Step 5, above. The resulting product is the area of the site which must be permanently protected as green space. This area should be compared with the Required Resource Protection Area (RPA) required on the subject property as determined under the Natural Resource Site Evaluation in Step 3, above. If the area of the site containing sensitive natural resources exceeds the area of permanently protected landscape surface required, then more floors may have to be used in order to    approach maximum development potential on the site.
   g.   Step 7 - Determine Maximum Floor Area Ratio Permitted on the Site : The Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) given for the applicable zoning district identified in Table 35-3301.1, should be noted. This number will be used in Step 8, below.
   h.   Step 8 - Determine the Maximum Floor Area Permitted on the Site : The Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR), identified in Step 7 above, multiplied by the Gross Site Area (GSA) calculated in Step 5, above, equals the maximum square footage of gross floor area permitted    on the subject property within that zoning district. The ability to actually develop this amount of floor area is not guaranteed by the provisions of this Chapter. Inefficient site design, poor property configuration, and other factors may result in a smaller amount of area actually fitting on the site.
   i.   Step 9 - Check the Maximum Building Size Requirement: The Maximum Building Size (MBS) requirement given for the applicable zoning district identified in Table 35-3301.1, is the largest size building permitted within the non-residential/resource districts without a special use permit. The MBS must equal or be greater than the building size proposed for the project in Step 8, above. If the MBS permitted in the district is smaller than the proposed building size calculated in Step 8, above, then a smaller building must be built, or the use of additional buildings should be considered, otherwise a special use permit will be required.
   Rationale: The combinations of Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) and Minimum Landscape Surface Ratio (LSR) requirements within each zoning district are designed to result in a consistent community character of development within that district. The Minimum Lot Area (MLA) requirements for each zoning district are used to ensure that a consistency of neighborhood character within each zoning district is maintained and attainable, under efficient site design practices. The Maximum Building Size (MBS) requirements ensure that development within the Neighborhood Office and Neighborhood Business Districts retain a neighborhood function and maintains a scale which is compatible with nearby residential development.

SEC. 35-3700. PURPOSE.

   The planned unit development (PUD) zone applies to mixed-use and unique single-use projects where design flexibility is desired and is not available through applications of the standard zoning districts established in Division 2 and 3 of this Article. Planned unit development zoning should be used only when long-term community benefits, which may be achieved through high quality planned development, will be derived. The process for PUD review and approval is contained in Sec. 35-2205. Specific benefits that would support a PUD zoning include, but are not limited to:
   (1)   More efficient infrastructure;
   (2)   Reduced traffic demands;
   (3)   A greater quality and quantity of public and/or private open space;
   (4)   Other recreational amenities;
   (5)   Needed housing types and/or mix;
   (6)   Innovative designs; and/or
   (7)   Protection and/or preservation of natural resources.

SEC. 35-3701. DEFAULT STANDARDS.

   The use, bulk, development, improvement and other standards for each planned unit development shall be derived from the underlying zoning district. In a planned unit development context, those standards shall be referred to as default standards or default zone. The PUD shall be consistent with the default zone upon which the planned unit development is based. Deviations from any of the default standards may be approved only as provided in this Division and shall be explicitly stated in the zoning/rezoning ordinance.

SEC. 35-3702. ESTABLISHMENT OF USES.

   (a)   USES ALLOWED . At the time of zoning a parcel to PUD, the City Council shall determine the specific allowed uses. Only uses consistent in type and intensity/density with the Comprehensive Plan may be allowed within a PUD. The type and intensity/density of allowed uses should generally be limited to uses allowed in the default zoning, except as noted herein.
   (b)   ADOPTION AND MODIFICATION OF AUTHORIZED USES . The City Council, at the time of establishing a PUD zone, shall list uses that are authorized by right or by special use permit. All uses, whether by right or special use permit, shall be subject to all applicable permit and approval processes established in this Code.

SEC. 35-3703. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

   (a)   GENERALLY . Planned unit developments shall minimally comply with the development standards of the default zone and all other applicable Code provisions, except when the City Council specifically finds that a standard or standards should not be applied.
   (b)   RESIDENTIAL DENSITY . Dwelling unit densities in a planned unit development shall comply with the maximum densities of the Comprehensive Plan or default zone.
   (c)   NON-RESIDENTIAL INTENSITY . Non-residential planned unit development intensity shall be established as a maximum floor area ratio (FAR) and maximum building size (MBS) at the time of planned unit development rezoning approval. In determining the maximum FAR and MBS, the Plan Commission and City Council shall consider:
   (1)   The intensity of adjacent development;
   (2)   The demand for and/or mix of residential and non-residential development in the proposed PUD and in the vicinity of the proposed PUD;
   (3)   The availability of transportation facilities; including streets, parking, transit facilities, and    bicycle/pedestrian facilities;
   (4)   The adequacy of utilities and public services; and
   (5)   The maximum FAR permitted in the default zone.
   (d)   MIXED USE INTENSITY .
   (1)   Mixed-use developments, in areas designated for residential development in the adopted Comprehensive Plan, shall not exceed the plan density minus one dwelling unit per 1,000 square feet of non-residential development or portion thereof within the development. In mixed-use developments, no more than 20% of the land area may be dedicated to non-residential uses.
   (2)   The maximum residential densities with mixed-use developments designated for non-residential development in the adopted Comprehensive Plan shall not exceed 36 dwelling units per acre, minus one dwelling unit per 2,000 square feet of non-residential development or portion thereof. In such developments, residential uses shall not constitute more than 50% of total floor area.
   (e)   MINIMUM DISTRICT SIZE . A minimum of five acres shall be required for a planned unit development district unless the Plan Commission recommends, and the City Council finds, that a smaller site is appropriate for the development or redevelopment as a PUD. In approving a planned unit development district smaller than five acres, the Plan Commission and City Council shall find that the proposed development:
   (1)   Cannot be developed under conventional zoning;
   (2)   Is adequately buffered from adjacent residential property;
   (3)   Mitigates adverse impacts on adjacent properties; and
   (4)   Is consistent with the goals and policies of the adopted Comprehensive Plan.
   (f)   DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . A planned unit development shall meet the development standards of the default zone or the following, whichever is more restrictive. Exceptions may be allowed only in accordance with this section.
   (1)   Setback Standards. Principal structure setbacks shall not be less than the minimum setbacks for the default zone unless the applicant can demonstrate that:
      a.   Buildings can be safely designed and that the design is compatible with lesser setbacks. Compatibility shall be evaluated under the Moline Building and Fire Codes and any other applicable life, health or safety codes;
      b.   Reduced setbacks are offset by increased screening or primary recreation facilities in private or common open space;
      c.   Reduction of setbacks is required for protection of natural resources.
   (2)   Open Space . All residential planned developments shall comply with the minimum open space and minimum landscape surface area standards of the default zone.
   (3)   Compatibility . Non-residential construction shall be compatible with adjacent residential development.
   (4)   Landscaping . Landscaping shall meet or exceed the requirements of Article V of this Code.
   (5)   Parking . Off-street parking shall be provided in accordance with Article V of this Code.
   (6)   Street Development Standards . Street, alleys and easements shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Moline Subdivision Code and other applicable city standards.
   (g)   DEVIATION FROM DEVELOPMENT DEFAULT STANDARDS . The Plan Commission may recommend that the City Council deviate from the default district standards subject to the provision of any of the community amenities listed below. In order for the Plan Commission to recommend, and the City Council to approve, a deviation from the default district standards, the listed amenities shall be provided in excess of what would otherwise be required by this Code. These amenities include:
   (1)   Transportation amenities including but not limited to, off-street trails, bike and pedestrian amenities, or transit-oriented improvements, including school and transit bus shelters;
   (2)   Open space, agricultural land reservations, or land dedication of 20% or greater;
   (3)   Community facilities or provision of public services beyond those required for development within the PUD;
   (4)   The provision of affordable housing for moderate, low and very low income households    pursuant to HUD definitions for no less than 15 years; and
   (5)   Other amenities – including but not limited to public open space, landscaping, buffering, screening, and quality building materials and design, in excess of minimum standards required by this Code, that the City Council specifically finds provide sufficient community benefit to offset the proposed deviation.

SEC. 35-3704. PUD TYPES.

   Section 35-2205 provides the procedures and review criteria for all PUD’s. These apply to the following types of planned unit developments:
   (1)   PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT. Under a planned unit development district, a comprehensive set of development standards are approved that apply to a lot or a subdivision, as opposed to a specific site plan showing building footprints. In addition to including comparable standards to the default district, the PUD district also includes standards for perimeter landscaping and buffering, vehicular and pedestrian circulation, and other standards as necessary to ensure that future development will be of an intensity and quality as represented by the applicant and envisioned by the City Council. Typically, planned unit development districts are approved for larger developments (greater than five acres), which include several different types of uses that are expected to be built over a long period of time.
   (2)   PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT SITE . Under a planned unit development site, a detailed site plan showing building footprints, setbacks, parking areas and other details is approved, with which all future development must comply. At the time of planned unit development approval, standards for future building additions or minor modifications may be included, but generally the approved site plan controls all development on the lot indefinitely. Typically, planned unit development sites are approved for smaller developments, which include a small number of buildings that are expected to be built shortly after PUD approval.

SEC. 35-3705. PUD STAGES.

   The two PUD types described in Sec. 35-3704, above, may be approved in the following three stages:
   (1)   OUTLINE DEVELOPMENT PLAN. An Outline Development Plan (ODP) is an optional but encouraged first step prior to an application for a preliminary development plan for a parcel of at least 20 acres. The purpose of an ODP is to demonstrate conformance with the adopted Comprehensive Plan, compatibility of land use and coordination of improvements within and among individually platted parcels, sections or phases of a development prior to the approval of a preliminary plan. At ODP, the proposed zoning for the entire property or for each “pod” designated for development on the plan is established. This step is recommended for larger, more diverse projects that are expected to be developed over a long period of time. Through this process, the general pattern of development is established with a range of densities and intensities assigned to individual “pods” that will be the subject of future, more detailed planning.
      a.   Controlling Document . All subsequent preliminary and final plans and all future development on the property shall be consistent with the approved ODP.
      b.   Required Information . Detailed application requirements for ODP approval are provided in Sec. 35-2205. At a minimum, plans and information submitted at this stage shall include:
         1.   A conceptual (“bubble”) plan drawing of the general land use layout and the general location of major public streets and/or private drives.
         2.   A general written description of the proposed PUD including:
            (a)   General project themes and images;
            (b)   The general mix of dwelling unit types and/or land uses;
            (c)   Approximate residential densities and non-residential intensities as described by dwelling units per acre, floor area ratio, maximum building sizes, and    impervious surface area ratio;
            (d)   The underlying zoning district(s) for the PUD;
            (e)   The general treatment of natural features;
            (f)   The general relationship to nearby properties and public streets;
            (g)   The general relationship of the project to the Comprehensive Plan;
            (h)   An initial draft of density and intensity, bulk, landscaping, and parking and loading standards for the development;
            (i)   A development phasing schedule.
   (2)   PRELIMINARY PLAN.  
      a.   Approved ODP . If the property has an approved ODP, the purpose of the preliminary    development plan is to ensure consistency with the uses, density/intensity, bulk,    performance, and other standards of the approved ODP and proposed PUD rezoning ordinance for the specific area included in the preliminary plan. Unless specified otherwise with the ODP, the applicant shall have the option of proposing either a planned unit development district or planned unit development site. Typically, the PUD rezoning ordinance is acted upon at this stage concurrent with action on the preliminary plan. However, should the City Council find that a proposed planned unit development district or    site lacks sufficient detail to ensure that future development will be of the intensity and quality proposed by the applicant and envisioned by the City Council, it may defer action on the PUD rezoning ordinance until the final plan stage.
      b.   No Approved ODP . If the property has no approved ODP, the purpose of this stage is to answer the question, “Should this use, with this specific intensity/density, designed in this particular manner, be constructed on this site?” In designing the plan, the applicant shall have the option of proposing either a planned unit development district or planned unit development site. Typically, the PUD rezoning ordinance is acted upon at this stage concurrent with action on the preliminary plan. However, should the City Council find that a proposed planned unit development district or site lacks sufficient detail to ensure that future development will be of the intensity and quality proposed by the applicant and as envisioned    by the City Council, it may defer action on the PUD rezoning ordinance until the final plan stage.
      c.   Controlling Document . All subsequent final plans and all future development on the property shall be consistent with the approved preliminary plan.
      d.   Required Information. Detailed application requirements for preliminary plan approval are provided in Sec. 35-2205. At a minimum, plans and information submitted at this stage shall include:
         1.   A General Development Plan Drawing of the proposed project showing at least the following information in sufficient detail to make an evaluation against the criteria for approval provided in Sec. 35-2205.
            (a)   A conceptual plan drawing of the general land use layout and the general    location of major public streets and/or private drives;
            (b)   Location of recreational and open space areas and facilities and specifically describing those that are to be reserved or dedicated for public acquisition and use;
            (c)   Statistical data on minimum lot sizes in the development, the approximate areas of large development lots and pads, density/intensity of various parts of    the development floor area ratio, maximum building sizes, impervious    surface area ratio and landscape surface area ratio of various land uses,    expected staging, and any other plans required by the Plan Commission or City Council; and
            (d)   Notations relating the written information required in subparagraph 4. below, to specific areas on the preliminary plan drawing.
         2.   A general conceptual landscaping plan for subject property, noting approximate locations (where applicable) of foundation, street, yard and paving, landscaping, and the compliance of development with all landscaping requirements of this Code (except as noted in the listing of exceptions) and the use of extra landscaping and bufferyards.
         3.   A general signage plan for the project, including all project identification signs and concepts for public fixtures and signs (such as street light fixtures and/or poles or street sign faces and/or poles) which are proposed to vary from City standards or common practices.
         4.   A general written description of the proposed PUD including:
            (a)   General project themes and images;
            (b)   The general mix of dwelling unit types and/or land uses;
            (c)   Approximate residential densities and non-residential intensities as described by dwelling units per acre, floor area ratio, maximum building size, and impervious surface area ratio;
            (d)   The underlying zoning district(s) for the PUD;
            (e)   The general treatment of natural features;
            (f)   The general relationship to nearby properties and public streets;
            (g)   The general relationship of the project to the adopted Comprehensive Plan;
            (h)   A Statement of Rationale as to why PUD zoning is proposed. This shall    identify barriers that the applicant perceives in the form of requirements of standard zoning districts and opportunities for community betterment the    applicant suggests are available through the proposed PUD zoning;
            (i)   A general list of density and intensity, bulk, landscaping, and parking and    loading standards for the development for the proposed PUD and the location(s) in which they apply;
            (j)   A written report that provides general information about the site conditions, development objectives, covenants, conservation easements, or agreements    that will influence the use and maintenance of the proposed development    may be required for larger or more complex projects; and
            (k)   A development phasing schedule.
         5.   All information required by the Moline Subdivision Code for a preliminary plat, where applicable.
   (3)   FINAL PLAN. The final development plan and final subdivision plat where applicable, act as the blueprint for development of a PUD project. The plan and the plat ensure consistency with the approved preliminary development plan and specific development and construction requirements of various adopted city codes. If the rezoning ordinance was not acted upon at the Preliminary Plan stage it will be acted upon at the final plan stage. A final plan may include all or only a portion of the area of the entire PUD, consistent with the development phasing schedule approved with the preliminary plan.
      a.   Required Information . Detailed application requirements for final plan approval are provided in Sec. 35-2205. At a minimum, plans and information submitted at this stage shall include:
         1.   A final plan drawing of the proposed project showing at least the following information in sufficient detail to make an evaluation against the criteria for approval contained in Sec. 35-2205:
            (a)   For a prepared PUD site, a final site plan conforming to all the requirements of Sec. 35-2105;
            (b)   For a PUD district final subdivision plan conforming to all the requirements of the Moline Subdivision Ordinance;
            (c)   Location of recreational and open space areas and facilities and specifically describing those that are to be reserved or dedicated for public acquisition and use;
            (d)   Statistical data on minimum lot sizes in the development, the precise areas of all development lots and pads, density/intensity of various parts of the development, floor area ratio, maximum building site, impervious surface    area ratio and landscape surface area ratio of various land uses, expected staging, and any other plans required by the Plan Commission or City Council; and
            (e)   Notations relating the written information required in subparagraph e. below, to specific areas on the final plan drawing.
         2.   A landscaping plan for the subject property, specifying the location, species, and installed size of all trees and shrubs. This plan shall also include a chart that provides a cumulative total for each species, type and required location (perimeter, foundation, yard, street, paved area or bufferyard) of all trees and shrubs.
   3.   A series of building elevations for the entire exterior of all buildings in the Planned Unit Development site, including detailed notes as to the materials and colors proposed.
   4.   A general signage plan for the project, including all project identification signs, concepts for public fixtures and signs (such as street light fixtures and/or poles or    street sign faces and/or poles), and signage themes which are proposed to vary from City standards or common practices.
   5.   A written description of the proposed final plan that demonstrates the full constraints of the proposed final plan with the approved preliminary plan.

SEC. 35-3800. DEFINITIONS.

   The following words, terms, and phrases, when used in this division, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
   (1)   Cannabis shall have the same definition as "cannabis" set forth in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended.
   (2)   Cannabis Business Establishment means a "cannabis business establishment," "infuser organization," or "infuser," as defined in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, and such other cannabis business establishments authorized under the Act, as amended.
   (3)   Cannabis Dispensary means "dispensary" as defined in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, as a facility operated by a dispensing organization at which activities licensed by this Act may occur. "Dispensing organization"" means a facility operated by an organization or business that is licensed by the Department of Financial and Professional Regulation to acquire cannabis from a cultivation center, craft grower, processing organization, or another dispensary for the purpose of selling or dispensing cannabis, cannabis-infused products, cannabis seeds, paraphernalia, or related supplies under this Act to purchasers or to qualified registered medical cannabis patients and caregivers. As used in this Act, dispensary organization shall include a registered medical cannabis organization as defined in the Compassionate Use of Medical Cannabis Pilot Program Act or its successor Act that has obtained an Early Approval Adult Use Dispensing Organization License.
   (4)   Cannabis Cultivation Center means "cultivation center" as defined in Section 1 -10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, as a facility operated by an organization or business that is licensed by the Department of Agriculture to cultivate, process, transport (unless otherwise limited by this Act), and perform other necessary activities to provide cannabis and cannabis-infused products to cannabis business establishments.
   (5)   Cannabis Craft Grower means "craft grower" as defined in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, as a facility operated by an organization or business that is licensed by the Department of Agriculture to cultivate, dry, cure, and package cannabis and perform other necessary activities to make cannabis available for sale at a dispensing organization or use at a processing organization. A craft grower may contain up to five thousand (5,000) square feet of canopy space on its premises for plants in the flowering state. The Department of Agriculture may authorize an increase or decrease of flowering stage cultivation space in increments of three thousand (3,000) square feet by rule based on market need, craft grower capacity, and the licensee's history of compliance or noncompliance, with a maximum space of fourteen thousand (14,000) square feet for cultivating plants in the flowering stage, which must be cultivated in all stages of growth in an enclosed and secure area. A craft grower may share premises with a processing organization or a dispensing organization, or both, provided each licensee stores currency and cannabis or cannabis-infused products in a separate secured vault to which the other licensee does not have access or all licensees sharing a vault share more than fifty percent (50%) of the same ownership.
   (6)   Cannabis Infuser means "infuser organization" or "infuser" as defined in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, as a facility operated by an organization or business that is licensed by the Department of Agriculture to directly incorporate cannabis or cannabis concentrate into a product formulation to produce a cannabis -infused product.
   (7)   Cannabis Transporter means "transporting organization" or "transporter" as defined in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, as an organization or business that is licensed by the Department of Agriculture to transport cannabis on behalf of a cannabis business establishment or a community college licensed under the Community College Cannabis Vocational Training Pilot Program.
   (8)   Cannabis Processer means a "processing organization" or "processer" as defined in Section 1-10 of the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, as a facility operated by an organization or business that is licensed by the Department of Agriculture to either extract constituent chemicals or compounds to produce cannabis concentrate or incorporate cannabis or cannabis concentrate into a product formulation to produce a cannabis product.
   (9)   On-Premises Cannabis Consumption Establishment means a cannabis business establishment (e.g., "lounge" or "café") or other entity (e.g., retail tobacco store) that is authorized or otherwise permitted by the State of Illinois to allow the on-premises consumption of cannabis. The City of Moline does not permit on-premises cannabis consumption establishments in any form within its corporate boundaries.

SEC. 35-3801. USES PERMITTED IN ZONES.

   (a)   The following cannabis business establishments are hereby authorized in the City of Moline as follows:
Uses
Districts
Conditions
 
AG- 2
B-1
NC
B-2
B-3
B-4
I-1
I-2
Uses
Districts
Conditions
 
AG- 2
B-1
NC
B-2
B-3
B-4
I-1
I-2
Cannabis Dispensary
S- Overlay
S- Overlay
S- Overlay
S- Overlay
S- Overlay
Sec. 35-3803
On-Premises Cannabis Consumption Establishment
None - Prohibited Use
Cannabis Infuser
P
P
Sec. 35-3803
Cannabis Processor
P
P
Sec. 35-3803
Cannabis Cultivation Center
P
P
Sec. 35-3803
Cannabis Transporter
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35-3803
Cannabis Craft Grower
S
S
Sec. 35-3803
P = Permitted Use
S = Special Use
 
   (b)   Number of authorized cannabis business establishments. The number of each type of cannabis business establishments allowed in the City may be established by resolution duly adopted by the City Council.
   (c)   CDOD - Cannabis Dispensary Overlay Districts
   Overlay districts are established to delimit areas of the City in which supplementary or alternative regulation, standards or procedures are established. Unless otherwise specified or unless otherwise approved pursuant to the regulations governing special use or planned unit developments, the regulations of the underlying use district shall remain in full force and effect within the area covered by the overlay district.
   The City hereby establishes four (4) Cannabis Dispensary Overlay Districts (CDOD John Deere Road Corridor; CDOD Airport Area Corridor; CDOD Avenue of the Cities Corridor; CDOD Uptown Corridor). These overlay districts are established to allow the construction, operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of a single cannabis dispensary within each respective Cannabis Dispensary Overlay District.
   (1)    Cannabis Dispensary Overlay District John Deere Road Corridor shall be comprised of the area depicted in the following map:
   (2)    Cannabis Dispensary Overlay District Airport Area Corridor shall be comprised of the area depicted in the following map:
   (3)    Cannabis Dispensary Overlay District Avenue of the Cities Corridor shall be comprised of the area depicted in the following map:
   (4)    Cannabis Dispensary Overlay District Uptown Corridor shall be comprised of the area depicted in the following map:
   (d)   Final Decision Making Authority over Special Use Permit Applications. All special uses for adult cannabis uses shall be decided by the City Council following a public hearing on the application before the Plan Commission. Following closure of the public hearing, the Plan Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council concerning the application. The City Council may concur, reject or modify the recommendation of the Plan Commission by majority vote.
(Ord. No. 3019-2022; Sec. 35-3801 amended; 8/30/22)

SEC. 35-3802. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS.

   Application Requirements. In addition to all other applicable requirements, cannabis business establishments must submit all documents requested by the zoning administrator for evaluation under the applicable standards, which may include:
   (1)   A complete copy of all applications and plans submitted for required state licenses;
   (2)   An odor control plan;
   (3)   A security plan;
   (4)   An inventory control plan;
   (5)   A floor plan and elevations;
   (6)   A traffic study;
   (7)   A plan for the recycling and destruction of cannabis waste;
   (8)   A site plan. A site plan for any cannabis dispensary use must show: adequate public access; that the layout promotes the safe dispensing of cannabis; the location is sufficient in size, power allocation, lighting, parking, handicapped accessible parking spaces, accessible entry and exits as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act; product handling; and storage; and advertising and signage; and
   (9)   A recoverable costs agreement, in a form acceptable to the zoning administrator, to reimburse the City for the actual costs incurred in processing the application, including costs for legal publication, court reporter services, administrative preparation and review, document preparation and review, professional and technical consultants, legal review and consultation, and document recording.

SEC. 35-3803. CONDITIONS.

   In addition to all other required conditions, cannabis business establishments must comply with the following conditions:
   (1)   Compliance with State Regulations and Rules. All cannabis business establishments must comply with all applicable state and local laws, including the Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act, as amended, the Compassionate Use of Medical Cannabis Program Act, as amended, and applicable administrative rules.
   (2)   Compliance with Plans. The development, use, operation, and maintenance of the cannabis business establishment will be in substantial compliance with all application documents and plans, except for minor changes and site work approved by the zoning administrator in accordance with all applicable City rules, regulations, and ordinances.
   (3)   Security. In addition to all state-imposed security requirements, the City may require a cannabis business establishment to provide sufficient additional safeguards in response to any special security concerns.
   (4)   Air Treatment. In addition to all state-imposed air treatment requirements, the City may impose additional air treatment requirements on a cannabis business establishment to promote compliance with City nuisance and other ordinances.
   (5)   Traffic. The City may impose conditions requiring the design of the cannabis business establishment to minimize traffic congestion, pedestrian hazards, and adverse impacts on surrounding properties.
   (6)   Cannabis Waste. All cannabis business establishments must comply with all state, county, and City regulations governing cannabis waste.
   (7)   Hours of Operation. Unless otherwise prescribed by state law, the City Council may impose hours of operation for a cannabis business establishment as a condition of any zoning certificate to reduce conflicts with surrounding land uses.
   (8)   Drive-Through Windows. Cannabis business establishments may not have a drive-through service.
   (9)   On-Premises Consumption. No cannabis business establishment may allow the smoking, inhalation, or consumption of cannabis in any form anywhere inside or outside the building on its property. A sign, at least eight and one-half by eleven inches (8.5" x 11"), shall be posted inside the cannabis business establishment in a conspicuous place and visible to patrons and shall include the following language: "Smoking, eating, drinking or other forms of consumption of cannabis products is prohibited on the premises of this establishment."
   (10)   Principal Use. Cannabis business establishments are only permitted as a principal use and are not allowed as an accessory use or temporary use.
   (11)   State License. Before issuance of a certificate of occupancy or otherwise opening to the public, cannabis business establishments must file with the zoning administrator a copy of all required state licenses to operate as a cannabis business establishment. Cannabis business establishments must maintain all required state licenses in effect at all times and keep satisfactory proof thereof on file with the zoning administrator.
   (12)   Non-Transferability. Unless otherwise expressly provided by ordinance, the privileges, obligations, and provisions of any special use permit issued for a cannabis business establishment:
      a.   are for the sole benefit of and will be binding on the applicant; and
      b.   may not be transferred to any other person or entity without a new application for approval for a person or entity other than the applicant.
   (13)   Inspections.
      a.   Cannabis dispensaries are subject to random and unannounced inspections by local law enforcement.
      b.   Cannabis infusers are subject to random inspections by local law enforcement.
      c.   Cannabis cultivation centers and craft growers are subject to random inspections by local safety or health inspectors.
      d.   When reasonable cause of a violation exists, all cannabis business establishments are subject to inspections by the zoning administrator with the assistance of corporation counsel, the police department, or other City agents and employees.

SEC. 35-3804. DISTANCES FROM PRE-EXISTING SENSITIVE USES.

   Minimum Distance Limits. In addition to all state-imposed minimum distance limits, any building used for a cannabis business establishment may not be located within the distance of a pre-existing sensitive use listed in the following table:
Pre-existing sensitive use
Cannabis Business Establishment building distance from sensitive use
Measured from
Preschool
250'
Property line of sensitive use
Elementary school
250'
Property line of sensitive use
Secondary school
250'
Property line of sensitive use
Day care center
250'
Property line of sensitive use
State-licensed day care home
250'
Property line of sensitive use
Park
250'
Property line of sensitive use
Library
250'
Property line of sensitive use
Residence in a
Residential Zoning
District
100'
The primary entrance of the adult use cannabis business to the closest point of a residential dwelling (not including the garage).
 

SEC. 35-3805. PARKING.

   The following parking requirements shall be imposed for cannabis business establishments:
Cannabis Business Establishment
Parking Requirements
Cannabis Dispensary
1 per 300 sf of GFA
Cannabis Infuser
1 per 500 sf of office + 1 per 1,000 sf of GFA, then 1 per 2,000 sf of GFA in excess of 20,000
Cannabis Processor
1 per 500 sf of office + 1 per 1,000 sf of GFA, then 1 per 2,000 sf of GFA in excess of 20,000
Cannabis Cultivation Center
1 per 500 sf of office + 1 per 1,000 sf of GFA, then 1 per 2,000 sf of GFA in excess of 20,000
Cannabis Transporter
1 per 500 sf of office + 1 per 1,000 sf of GFA, then 1 per 2,000 sf of GFA in excess of 20,000
Cannabis Craft Grower
1 per 500 sf of office + 1 per 1,000 sf of GFA, then 1 per 2,000 sf of GFA in excess of 20,000
GFA = Gross Floor Area"   
 
(Ord. No. 3004-2020; enacted "DIVISION 8. ADULT USE CANNABIS BUSINESSES"; 02/11/20)

SEC. 35-3901. OVERVIEW.

   (a)   INTENT. The regulations of the Moline Centre districts are intended to support development in the downtown, based upon the goals and vision established in the City’s comprehensive plan and other downtown-specific plans. Further, these districts are intended to achieve the following:
   (1)   SENSE OF PLACE. Enhance the sense of place specific to Moline Centre, by:
      a.   Connecting to the riverfront, ensuring buildings are properly oriented towards the river and downtown, and creating spaces along the riverfront, accessible via pathways and sightlines.
      b.   Expanding and reinforcing the unique, vibrant urban character of the historic, mixed-use downtown core throughout the downtown.
      c.   Ensuring new development consists of a variety of high-quality buildings and civic spaces with well-designed landscape and streetscapes.
   (2)   WALKABLE, BIKEABLE URBAN DEVELOPMENT. Create walkable and bikeable development that is comfortable, safe, and interesting for the pedestrian and bicyclists throughout the downtown and connecting to the riverfront.
   (3)   PLACES FOR PEOPLE TO LIVE DOWNTOWN. Support a variety of housing types throughout the downtown, along the riverfront, and on the edges as transitions to neighborhoods, creating a 24-hour presence throughout Moline Centre.
   (4)   ADAPTABLE, SUSTAINABLE. Ensure Moline Centre continues to be successful into the future through:
      a.   Development that promotes environmental sustainability goals, such as reductions in vehicle miles traveled (VMT) and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions through pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly design.
      b.   Flexible categories of uses, including small-scale manufacturing and production facilities in the form of maker and artisan spaces that fit within a mixed-use downtown and recall the City's historic manufacturing economy.
   (b)   MAPS.
   (1)   ZONING MAP. The location and boundaries of the zoning districts defined in this division shall be shown on the City’s official zoning map, which must be available per Sec. 35-3103.
   (2)   INTERPRETATION. If the street or lot layout actually on the ground, or as recorded, differs from the street or lot lines as shown on the zoning map, the zoning administrator is authorized to interpret the map in a way that will best carry out the purposes and intent of this division for the subject area or district.
   (3)   SPLIT-ZONED PARCELS.
      a.   The zoning map may not be amended to classify a single parcel into 2 or more Moline Centre districts.
      b.   No new parcel may be created that would result in a split-zoned parcel. Approval of a zoning map amendment (rezoning) classifying any proposed new parcel or parcels must be approved before the parcel is created.
      c.   No permits may be issued for a split-zoned parcel until the subject parcel is rezoned into a single zoning district classification.
   (4)   PRIMARY STREETS MAP. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(4) for information on primary streets and their designation on the primary streets map maintained by the City.
   (c)   OTHER REGULATIONS.
   (1)   GROUP DEVELOPMENTS. Development in any Moline Centre zoning district is not subject to the group development regulations of Sec. 35-3419.
   (2)   PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENTS. The use of the planned unit development (PUD) zone in Article III, Division 7, is not allowed within the boundaries of any Moline Centre zoning district.
   (3)   CONFLICTING REGULATIONS. Unless otherwise expressly stated, all regulations of the City of Moline apply. Where regulations conflict, the regulations of this division shall rule.
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3901 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3902 DISTRICTS.

   (a)   DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED. The Moline Centre zoning districts are listed in Table 3902-1. When this code refers to "Moline Centre districts," it is referring to these districts.
   (b)   DISTRICT DESCRIPTIONS.
   (1)   SX, MIXED-USE STOREFRONT DISTRICTS. The SX districts are intended for the corridors and nodes, where walkable Storefront Buildings include shopping, eating and drinking, and services.
      a.   SX-1 is intended for the core of the downtown.
      b.   SX-2 is intended for the edges of the downtown adjacent to neighborhoods, where lower-scale buildings fit within the context of the area.
   (2)   GX, GENERAL RESIDENTIAL-OFFICE DISTRICTS. The GX districts are intended for locations where residential, office, and other low intensity commercial and production uses can mix comfortably in General Buildings, and Row Buildings can be used for live-work or residential uses.
      a.   GX-1 is for the core of the downtown and transitions to GX-2.
      b.   GX-2 is for the edges of the downtown adjacent to neighborhoods, where lower-scale buildings fit within the context of the area.
   (3)   RX, RESIDENTIAL EDGE DISTRICT. The RX district is intended for single- and multi-unit residential in a mix of building types located as transitions between the downtown and the surrounding neighborhoods.
   (4)   CV, CIVIC-INSTITUTIONAL DISTRICT. The CV district is reserved for civic-institutional uses.
      a.   CV-1 is for civic and institutional uses occurring within a principal buildings on the lot.
      b.   CV-2 is for parks and recreational spaces that do not contain a principal building.
   (c)   MASTER PLAN DEVELOPMENTS. All developments over 3 acres in size must submit a Master Plan Development (MPD) for development plan approval per Sec. 35-3909(c). See Sec. 35-3908 for MPD regulations and application of zoning districts within an MPD.
Table 3902-1. Moline Centre Districts
SYMBOL
DISTRICT NAME
Table 3902-1. Moline Centre Districts
SYMBOL
DISTRICT NAME
SX
SX-1
Mixed-Use Storefront Core
SX-2
Mixed-Use Storefront Edge
GX
GX-1
General Residential-Office Mix Core
GX-2
General Residential-Office Mix Edge
RX
RX
Residential Mix
CV
CV-1
Civic & Institutional - Buildings
CV-2
Civic & Institutional - Parks
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3902 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3903 BUILDING TYPES.

   (a)   ALLOWED BUILDING TYPES. Building types regulated in this division are allowed in the Moline Centre districts per Table 3903-1. All buildings and site development must comply with one of the building types in this section, unless otherwise expressly stated in these zoning regulations.
   (1)   EXISTING BUILDINGS AND LOTS.
      a.   Nonconforming Structures. See Sec. 35-3112 for buildings constructed and Sec. 35-3110 for lots established prior to the adoption of these regulations and that do not conform to these regulations.
      b.   Expansions and Renovations. For expansions and renovations to buildings existing on the effective date of this code, the zoning administrator must approve the selection of a building type allowed in the district within which the building is located. Refer to Table 3903-1. A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for use of a building type allowed in another district and specifically defined within this division.
   (2)   ACCESSORY STRUCTURE REGULATIONS. Except as defined in the building type regulations, accessory structures are subject to the regulations in Sec. 35-3905.
   (3)   EXEMPTIONS. Where the principal use on the lot is primarily outdoors, the following applies:
      a.   Applicable Uses. Uses allowed for exemptions from building type standards include parks and open space uses per Sec. 35-3904(e)(4) and public service and utility uses per Sec. 35-3904(e)(8).
      b.   Principal Buildings. Any principal use buildings on the site must comply with the building regulations that apply to a building type allowed in the subject district, except the regulation for minimum primary streetwall.
      c.   Rear Yards without a Principal Building. The rear yard location for parking and accessory structures to the principal use (e.g. a restroom structure is accessory to a principal outdoor recreation use) must be determined by the zoning administrator.
      d.   Side and Rear Setbacks Apply. Side and rear setback regulations of the building type must be met for all structures.
      e.   Height. The height of any structure is limited to no more than 2 stories, with story heights defined by the building type. Additional height may be approved through a design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
      f.   Utility Structures. Larger utility structures may require additional regulation per the zoning administrator, including front setbacks.
   (4)   MEASURING BUILDING TYPES. See Sec. 35-3903(m) and Sec. 35-3903(l) for definitions and methods for measuring building type requirements.
   (b)   USES. See Sec. 35-3904 for allowed uses and any use-specific regulations within each district.
Table 3903-1. Allowed Building Types by District
MOLINE CENTRE DISTRICTS
Building Types
SX-1
SX-2
GX-1
GX-2
RX
CV-1
CV-2
Reference
Table 3903-1. Allowed Building Types by District
MOLINE CENTRE DISTRICTS
Building Types
SX-1
SX-2
GX-1
GX-2
RX
CV-1
CV-2
Reference
Storefront Building
General Building
Row Building
Yard Building
Civic Building
KEY: • = Allowed
 
   (c)   BUILDING & SITE DESIGN. See Sec. 35-3906 for building and Sec. 35-3907 for site design regulations applicable to all building types allowed in this Division 9.
   (d)   PROCEDURES & APPROVALS. See Sec. 35-3909 for development approval procedures, including Sec. 35-3909(d) for administrative adjustments allowed to the building type regulations and Sec. 35-3909(e) for the design adjustment process. Allowed design adjustments are expressly defined throughout this code.
   (e)   OTHER APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. The following regulations apply to all sites zoned as Moline Centre districts. Any other applicable regulations established by the City may also apply.
   (1)   HISTORIC PRESERVATION. See the City's map for the limits of the Downtown Commercial Historic District and Article IV of Chapter 25 of the City's code of ordinances for review and approval procedures of any project within the historic district or projects designated as historic landmarks.
   (2)   PUBLIC ART CORRIDORS. Buildings located along Cultural Corridors must meet the public art requirements for private development in Division 3, Article IV of Chapter 35. See the City's Public Art Plan. Cultural corridors abutting the Moline Centre districts include:
      a.   19th Street from 7th Avenue to the riverfront.
      b.   River Drive from 12th Street to 34th Street.
      c.   5th Avenue from 10th Street to 11th Street.
      d.   5th Avenue Place from 11th Street to 12th Street.
      e.   6th Avenue from 11th Street to 23rd Street.
      f.   12th Street from 6th Avenue to River Drive.
   (f)   APPLICABLE TO ALL BUILDING TYPES. The regulations of this subsection apply to all building types in the Moline Centre districts, unless otherwise stated.
   (1)   PERMANENT BUILDINGS. All buildings must be of permanent construction without a chassis, hitch, or wheels, or other features that would make the structure mobile, unless otherwise expressly stated in this code, and except temporary buildings as allowed per Sec. 35-3418.
   (2)   STREET FRONTAGE. All lots must front a public street.
   (3)   NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS. One principal building is allowed per lot, unless otherwise stated in the building type regulations, Sec. 35-3903(g) through 35-3903(k).
   (4)   PRIMARY FRONTAGES. Primary frontages generally establish the fronts of lots and buildings, and determine where to locate the principal entrance to the building. Per the building type regulations, primary frontages require the highest level of facade treatment and restrict the location of parking, driveways, and garage entrances.
      a.   Primary Street Designation. Primary frontage treatments are required along primary streets designated as follows:
         1.   Primary Streets. Primary streets in Moline Centre include River Drive, 5th Avenue, 6th Avenue, 7th Avenue, 12th Street, 15th Street south of 5th Avenue, 17th Street, and 19th Street.
         2.   Master Plan Development (MPD). See Sec. 35-3908(b)(4) for new primary street designations within an MPD.
         3.   One Primary Street Frontage Required. All lots must treat at least one street frontage as primary. For example, a lot frontage only by one non-primary street must treat that frontage as primary. A lot fronted by two non-primary streets must treat at least one frontage as a primary frontage.
      b.   Waterfront. Lots with frontage along the Mississippi River must treat facades facing the waterfront as primary frontages in addition to any primary street frontage.
         1.   Primary build-to zones must be measured from the edge of any existing, established, or required trail easement into the lot.
         2.   Primary and non-primary facade regulations for each building type (see Sec. 35-3903(g) through 35-3903(k), subsection (08) of each) must be met for primary facades, including transparency, entrances, elevation, and facade divisions.
      c.   Civic or Open Space Frontage. Lots containing or abutting civic spaces or public open spaces must treat frontages abutting that space as primary frontages, unless otherwise approved by an administrative adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(d)). Civic spaces are any spaces required by a Master Plan Development per Sec. 35-3908 and public open spaces include any parks, outdoor cultural spaces, or CV-2 zoned parcels with outdoor plazas or other gathering spaces.
      d.   Through-Lots with Two Primary Frontages.
         1.   Where a parcel extends from one primary street through the block to another primary street, each street must be treated as a primary frontage, unless otherwise approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
         2.   Any through-lot facing any residential zoning district per Division 2 of Article III across a street must incorporate the following:
            i.   Within the first 30 feet of lot depth across from any residential zoning district primary frontage, all regulations of a General or Row Building type.
            ii.   Uses permitted in those building types except no retail or consumer service category uses are allowed.
         3.   A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for a different configuration.
      e.   Intersecting Primary Streets. Where two primary streets intersect on the subject lot, the following applies:
         1.   The following hierarchy of streets shall apply, in order: 19th Street, 5th Avenue, 15th Street, 6th Avenue, 12th Street, 17th Street.
         2.   Except at intersections involving the above streets, the development may treat either as the primary frontage.
      f.   Non-Primary Frontage. A non-primary frontage is a street frontage that is not considered a primary frontage.
         1.   Non-primary frontages allow for a lower level of facade treatment as well as permit locations for garage and parking lot driveways entrances.
         2.   Non-primary frontages may always be treated at the higher level of a primary frontage.
      g.   Alleys. For the Moline Centre districts, alleys are not considered "streets" and, therefore, cannot be a primary frontage, nor are they required to be treated as non-primary or street frontages.
   (5)   MINIMUM STREETSCAPE AREA.
      a.   Purpose. A minimum area between the street pavement and the lot line is required to ensure adequate pedestrian facilities are provided along all streets, including, at a minimum, sidewalks and street trees.
      b.   Build-to Zone Measurement. Where the area from the back of curb to the lot line along any portion of the frontage is less than 12 feet, the build-to zone must be measured starting from 12 feet off the back of curb/edge of pavement into the lot. The result is the building will be located such that the pedestrian area is at least 12 feet deep. The back-of-curb measurement must be taken along the typical street segment and must not include any bump-outs at street corners. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(5) for measuring build-to zones.
      c.   Streetscape. The extended streetscape area must be treated with streetscape per Sec. 35-3907(f).
      d.   Easement. When the sidewalk is less than 6 feet in clear width, an easement is required to ensure a full 6-foot sidewalk is publicly available.
      e.   Adjustment. A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for this requirement, provided the resulting streetscape area is at least 8 feet in depth.
   (6)   TREATMENT OF YARDS. All yards must consist of landscape areas, terrace space, or sidewalk space, unless otherwise expressly stated, designed for people. See Sec. 35-3907 for landscape and site design regulations and Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of yards. The following defines how vehicular areas may occur in yards:
      a.   Parking Locations. Paved vehicular areas (parking lots, loading areas, drives) are located per the building type regulations. Minimum side and rear setbacks of parking must be landscaped.
      b.   Side Yard Parking Lots. Some building types allow side yard parking lots. Side yard parking lots must not encroach into any street yard or minimum side setback, except as otherwise expressly stated.
      c.   Driveways Crossing Yards. Paved vehicular areas are limited to specific locations per the applicable building type regulations. Driveways may cross through yards as follows:
         1.   Where access is allowed from a street to the lot, driveways may cross perpendicularly through the primary or non-primary street yards, except as otherwise expressly stated.
         2.   In all districts, driveways may cross perpendicularly through the side and rear yards to connect to parking on adjacent lots.
   (7)   REFUSE & RECYCLING LOCATIONS. Unless otherwise defined by the building type, all refuse, recycling, and other waste areas must comply with the regulations of this subsection, Sec. 35-3903(f)(7). Recycling includes any donation collections containers for clothing or goods.
      a.   Rear Yard. Refuse, recycling, and other waste areas must be located in the rear yard of the lot, except as otherwise allowed by this subsection, Sec. 35-3903(f)(7). See Sec. 35-3907(l) for required screening of refuse, recycling, and other waste areas.
      b.   Other Yards.
         1.   When no rear yard exists or when the rear yard is less than 5 feet in depth, refuse, recycling, and other waste areas may be located in the rear portion of an interior side yard.
         2.   When no rear or side yard exists, refuse, recycling, and other waste areas, a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for locating containers in the non-primary street yard or in the street right-of-way with a license agreement per Sec. 28-2108. In no case shall containers or a refuse, recycling, or other waste area be located in a primary street yard.
         3.   See Sec. 35-3907(l) for required screening of refuse, recycling, and other waste areas.
      c.   Interior Location Access Doors. Refuse, recycling, and other waste areas must be located inside the building with access doors off the rear or interior side facade.
         1.   Access doors may be located off a non-primary street facade if no other option exists.
         2.   Access doors must be opaque, screening a minimum of 80% of the opening.
         3.   Carts, dumpsters, and containers must be located immediately inside the access doors and stored inside until the process of emptying.
         4.   Carts, dumpsters, and containers may not be pulled out of the storage area in advance of the arrival of the hauling truck.
   (8)   LOADING LOCATIONS. Unless otherwise expressly defined by the building type, all loading areas must be located as follows.
      a.   Rear Yard. All loading activities must occur in the rear or interior yard.
      b.   Access Doors and Docks. All loading docks and access doors must be located on a rear facade or interior yard facade.
      c.   Screening. See Sec. 35-3907 for required buffers and Sec. 35-3907(l) for required screening.
   (g)   STOREFRONT BUILDING TYPE.
   (1)   DESCRIPTION AND INTENT. The Storefront Building type is intended for use along corridors to accommodate shopping, services, and eating establishments in a mixed-use building. Oriented to the street with narrow or no side setbacks, this building type's streetwalls help define the public space of the street. Ground-story storefront glass, entrances along the sidewalk, and windows in upper stories facing the street make these buildings interesting and inviting to pedestrians. Parking is located internally or in the rear yard.
   (2)   ILLUSTRATIVE IMAGES. The images shown in Figure 3903(g)-A are intended only to illustrate the general character of the building type. The buildings and sites in each image may not fulfill all of the building type regulations.
   (3)   BUILDING REGULATIONS. The following tables and illustrations regulate this specific building type. See Sec. 35-3903(f) for general regulations for all building types. See Sec. 35-3903(m) and 35-3903(l) for definitions and measuring table regulations.
 
LINK
SUBSECTION
3903(g)(04)
Building Siting
3903(g)(05)
Parking & Accessory Structures
3903(g)(06)
Height
3903(g)(07)
Roofs
3903(g)(08)
Primary & Non-Primary Facades
3903(g)(9)
Supplemental Regulations
Figure 3903(g)-A. Examples of Storefront Building Type
Figure 3903(g)-B. Storefront Building Siting
3903(g)(04)
Figure 3903(g)-C. Storefront Building Parking Siting
3903(g)(05)
Figure 3903(g)-D. Storefront Building Height
3903(g)(06)
Figure 3903(g)-E. Storefront Building Facade
3903(g)(08)
   (9)   SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Primary Streetwall Variation. A courtyard or seating/dining area may be provided on any building length provided the following regulations are met, but either a courtyard or seating/dining area meeting the following must be provided where any building streetwall is longer than 200-foot in width:
         1.   Courtyard. The courtyard must have a minimum of 30 feet in width and a minimum of 30 feet in depth, per streetwall.
            i.   Streetwall. A courtyard may count towards primary streetwall when abutting the build-to zone. See definition of courtyard in Sec. 35-3903(m).
            ii.   Parking. Parking is not allowed in any courtyards.
            iii.   Primary Frontages. Courtyard facades must be treated as primary frontages per the facade regulations for the building type and any design regulations in Sec. 35-3906.
            iv.   Corners. Courtyards may not be located on the corner of the lot except as approved by a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)). No more than 2 corners of any street intersection may be occupied by a courtyard.
            v.   Landscape Design. The courtyard must include special paving materials and patterns, and landscape materials such as trees in grates or planters and/or landscape beds.
            vi.   Required Seating. Temporary or permanent seating is required. Temporary seating must be in place between April 30 and September 30, at a minimum.
            vii.   Required Amenity. At least one other amenity must be included as follows such as a pergola, series of wall trellises, catenary or string overhead lighting, fountain, or artwork such as a sculpture or mural must be included.
            viii.   Public Art. See Sec. 35-3903(e)(2) for public art requirements on cultural corridors that may be utilized to meet the amenity requirement.
            ix.   Lighting. Lighting must be provided consistent with Division 3 of Article V and any abutting streetscape lighting.
            x.   Design Adjustments. Other amenities may be approved to meet the amenity requirement through the design adjustments process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
         2.   Seating/Dining Areas. Where required, a minimum of length of at least 50 feet along the primary build-to zone contiguously must be provided.
            i.   Build-to Zone. The seating/dining areas must be located within the build-to zone, and the seating area must be a minimum of 8 feet deep.
            ii.   Streetscape Design. The seating/dining areas must be consistent with the streetscape design per Sec. 35-3907(f). Special paving materials and patterns, landscape materials such as trees in grates or planters and/or landscape beds must be included.
            iii.   Required Seating. Temporary or permanent seating is required. Temporary seating must be in place between April 30 and September 30, at a minimum.
            iv.   Required Amenity. At least one other amenity must be included as follows such as a pergola, wall trellises, catenary or string overhead lighting, fountain, or artwork such as a sculpture or mural must be included.
            v.   Public Art. See Sec. 35-3903(e)(2) for public art requirements on cultural corridors that may be utilized to meet the amenity requirement.
            vi.   Lighting. Lighting must be provided consistent with Division 3 of Article V and any abutting streetscape lighting.
            vii.   Design Adjustments. Other amenities may be approved to meet the amenity requirement through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
   (h) - GENERAL BUILDING TYPE
      (1)   DESCRIPTION AND INTENT.    The General Building is a basic urban building, typically housing multiple residential units, office laboratory spaces, classrooms, and similar spaces, usually with a central main entrance off a lobby and with windows delineating each story. Parking is located in the rear yard with attached garages entered from the rear of the building. Buildings vary in height depending on the district with any half story located within a pitched roof or in a visible basement.
      (2)   ILLUSTRIATIVE IMAGES.   The images shown in Figure 3903(h)- A are intended only to illustrate the general character of the building type. The buildings and sites in each image may not fulfill all of the building type regulations.
      (3)   BUILDING REGULATIONS. The following tables and illustrations regulate this specific building type. See 35-3903(f) for general regulations for all building types. See Sec. 35-39039(m) and 35-3903(l) for definitions and measuring table regulations.
 
LINK
SUBSECTION
3903(h)(04)
Building Siting
3903(h)(05)
Parking & Accessory Structures
3903(h)(06)
Height
3903(h)(07)
Roofs
3903(h)(08)
Primary & Non-Primary Facades
3903(h)(09)
Supplemental Regulations
 
Figure 3903(h)-A. Examples of General Building Type
Figure 3903(h)-B. General Building Siting
3903(h)(04)
Figure 3903(h)-C. General Building Parking Siting
3903(h)(05)
Figure 3903(h)-D. General Building Height and Roofs
3903(h)(06)
Figure 3903(h)-E. General Building Facade
3603(h)(08)
      a.   Primary Streetwall Variation. A courtyard or seating/dining area may be provided on any building length provided the following regulations are met, but either a courtyard or seating/dining area meeting the following must be provided where any building streetwall is longer than 200-foot in width:
         1.   Courtyard. The courtyard must have a minimum of 30 feet in width and a minimum of 30 feet in depth, per streetwall.
            i.   Streetwall. A courtyard may count towards primary streetwall when abutting the build-to zone. See definition of courtyard in Sec. 35-3903(m).
            ii.   Parking. Parking is not allowed in any courtyards.
            iii.   Primary Frontages. Courtyard facades must be treated as primary frontages per the facade regulations for the building type and any design regulations in Sec. 35-3906.
            iv.   Corners. Courtyards may not be located on the corner of the lot except as approved by a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)). No more than 2 corners of any street intersection may be occupied by a courtyard.
            v.   Landscape Design. The courtyard must include special paving materials and patterns, and landscape materials such as trees in grates or planters and/or landscape beds.
            vi.   Required Seating. Temporary or permanent seating is required. Temporary seating must be in place between April 30 and September 30, at a minimum.
            vii.   Required Amenity. At least one other amenity must be included as follows such as a pergola, series of wall trellises, catenary or string overhead lighting, fountain, or artwork such as a sculpture or mural must be included.
            viii.   Public Art. See Sec. 35-3903(e)(2) for public art requirements on cultural corridors that may be utilized to meet the amenity requirement.
            ix.   Lighting. Lighting must be provided consistent with Division 3 of Article V and any abutting streetscape lighting.
            x.   Design Adjustments. Other amenities may be approved to meet the amenity requirement through the design adjustments process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
         2.   Seating/Dining Areas. Where required, a minimum of length of at least 50 feet along the primary build-to zone contiguously must be provided.
            i.   Build-to Zone. The seating/dining areas must be located within the build-to zone, and the seating area must be a minimum of 8 feet deep.
            ii.   Streetscape Design. The seating/dining areas must be consistent with the streetscape design per Sec. 35-3907(f). Special paving materials and patterns, landscape materials such as trees in grates or planters and/or landscape beds must be included.
            iii.   Required Seating. Temporary or permanent seating is required. Temporary seating must be in place between April 30 and September 30, at a minimum.
            iv.   Required Amenity. At least one other amenity must be included as follows such as a pergola, wall trellises, catenary or string overhead lighting, fountain, or artwork such as a sculpture or mural must be included.
            v.   Public Art. See Sec. 35-3903(e)(2) for public art requirements on cultural corridors that may be utilized to meet the amenity requirement.
            vi.   Lighting. Lighting must be provided consistent with Division 3 of Article V and any abutting streetscape lighting.
            vii.   Design Adjustments. Other amenities may be approved to meet the amenity requirement through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
   (i)   ROW BUILDING TYPE.
   (1)   DESCRIPTION AND INTENT. The Row Building is comprised of multiple vertical units with shared side walls. Each unit is typically oriented to the street with an entrance off the public sidewalk and can be solely residential or a live-work unit, as allowed by the district. Parking is located in the rear yard with either detached garages or attached garages entered from the rear of the building.
   (2)   ILLUSTRATIVE IMAGES. The images shown in Figure 3903(i)-A are intended only to illustrate the general character of the building type. The buildings and sites in each image may not fulfill all of the building type regulations.
   (3)   BUILDING REGULATIONS. The following tables and illustrations regulate this specific building type. For the purposes of the Row Building, a building consists of a series of units. See Sec. 35-3903(f) for general regulations for all building types. See Sec. 35-3903(m) and 35-3903(l) for definitions and measuring table regulations.
 
LINK
SUBSECTION
3903(i)(04)
Building Siting
3903(i)(05)
Parking & Accessory Structures
3903(i)(06)
Height
3903(i)(07)
Roofs
3903(i)(08)
Primary & Non-Primary Facades
3903(i)(9)
Supplemental Regulations
Figure 3903(i)-A. Examples of Row Building Type
Figure 3903(i)-B. Row Building Siting
3903(i)(04)
Figure 3903(i)-C. Row Building Parking Siting
3903(i)(05)
Figure 3903(i)-D. Row Building Height
3903(i)(06)
Figure 3903(i)-E. Row Building Facades and Roofs
3903(i)(08)
   (9)   SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Multiple Buildings on a Lot. Multiple buildings may be located on a lot with the following regulations:
         1.   The minimum space between buildings is met.
         2.   Each building must fulfill all of the requirements of the building type unless otherwise expressly stated.
         3.   Each building must be located in the build-to zone, contributing to the primary streetwall requirements, except one of every 2 units may front a courtyard. See Figure 3903(i)-F. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(4) for measuring primary streetwall.
            i.   The courtyard counts as primary streetwall as long as 3 sides are enclosed at the minimum primary streetwall percentage.
            ii.   Parking is not allowed in the courtyard.
            iii.   Primary facade requirements apply to courtyard facades.
            iv.   If a unit is located on the corner of the courtyard and the street, the entrance must be located on the street.
            v.   All entrances must connect to the primary street sidewalk via a minimum 4-foot wide sidewalk.
      b.    Garage Door Visibility. Garage doors must be screened from any street by building or by a masonry wing wall off the building. The wing wall must be faced in an allowed major material used on the adjacent building facade.
 
Figure 3903(i)-F. Multiple Row Buildings on a Lot
   (j)   YARD BUILDING TYPE.
   (1)    DESCRIPTION AND INTENT. The Yard Building incorporates characteristics typical of traditional houses such as small yards surrounding the building, windows and doors on the front, and often a pitched roof. The Yard Building, however, can accommodate a variety of uses, including single-unit and multiple-unit residential as well office uses, where allowed by zoning district. Parking is located in the rear yard and accessed off an alley.
   (2)   ILLUSTRATIVE IMAGES. The images shown in Figure 3903(j)-A are intended only to illustrate the general character of the building type. The buildings and sites in each image may not fulfill all of the building type regulations.
   (3)   BUILDING REGULATIONS. The following tables and illustrations regulate this specific building type. See Sec. 35-3903(f) for general regulations for all building types. See Sec. 35-3903(m) and 35-3903(l) for definitions and measuring table regulations.
Figure 3903(j)-A. Examples of Yard Building Type
Figure 3903(j)-B. Yard Building Siting
3903(j)(04)
Figure 3903(j)-C. Yard Building Parking Siting
3903(j)(05)
Figure 3903(j)-D. Yard Building Height
Figure 3903(j)-E. Yard Building Facades
3903(j)(08)
   (9)   SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   [reserved]
   (k)   CIVIC BUILDING TYPE.
   (1)   DESCRIPTION AND INTENT. The Civic Building is the most flexible building type, but is limited to buildings with civic and institutional uses. This building type is intended to allow distinctive buildings within the urban fabric, set back within a landscape setting and/or designed as unique, iconic structures.
      A front entrance on the street with a minimum amount of windows promotes walking to the buildings, while parking is located on the side or in the rear.
   (2)   ILLUSTRATIVE IMAGES. The images shown in Figure 3903(k)-A are intended only to illustrate the general character of the building type. The buildings and sites in each image may not fulfill all of the building type regulations.
   (3)   BUILDING REGULATIONS.
      a.   Use of the Civic Building type is limited to principal uses in the civic and institutional use group only, as defined in Sec. 35-3904(e).
      b.   The following tables and illustrations regulate this specific building type. See Sec. 35-3903(f) for general regulations for all building types. See Sec. 35-3903(m) and 35-3903(l) for definitions and measuring table regulations.
Figure 3903(k)-A. Examples of Civic Building Type
Figure 3903(k)-B. Civic Building Siting
3903(k)(04)
Figure 3903(k)-C. Civic Building Parking Siting
3903(k)(05)
Figure 3903(k)-B. Civic Building Height
3903(k)(06)
Figure 3903(k)-E. Civic Building Facades
3903(k)(08)
   (9)    SUPPLEMENTAL CIVIC BUILDING REGULATIONS
      [reserved]
   (l)    M E A SURING BUILDING TYPE REGULATIONS. The following measuring instructions and additional information applies to the building type regulations in this Division 9.
   (1)   FRACTIONS AND ROUNDING GENERALLY. When calculations required under this Division 9 result in fractions, any fractional result of less than one-half of the unit of the regulation is rounded down to the whole number and any fractional result of one-half or more of the regulation unit is rounded up to the whole number. For example, if the maximum regulation is 2 feet, a measurement of 1.5 feet (or 1-foot, 6 inches) is rounded up to 2 feet and a measurement of 1.25 feet (or 1-foot, 3 inches) is rounded down to 1 foot. If the maximum regulation is in inches, fractions are rounded to the nearest inch.
   (2)   GENERALLY PARALLEL & PERPENDICULAR. "Generally parallel," when stated related to lot lines or building facades, means less than 45 degrees off the lot line or facade. "Generally perpendicular," when stated related to lot lines or building facades, means 45 or more degrees off the lot line or facade in any direction.
   (3)   LOT WIDTH. Lot width is the horizontal distance measured along the minimum front setback line between the side lot lines of a lot. If no minimum front setback is required, lot width is measured along the front lot line.
   (4)   PRIMARY STREETWALL.
      a.   Definition. The minimum amount of building facade required along and generally parallel to a primary street frontage, and built within the build-to zone. A streetwall refers to the building facade along the street, creating an edge to the streetscape area.
      b.   Measurement: Primary Streetwall Minimum Percentage. The primary streetwall percentage is measured as the width of the principal structures within the primary build-to zone, divided by the length of the lot line parallel to the primary street, minus the minimum side setbacks. The streetwall percentage must be greater than or equal to the minimum required percentage in the building type regulations. See Figure 3903(l)-A.
      c.   Measurement: Maximum Primary Streetwall. The primary streetwall width is measured as the width of the principal structures within the primary build-to zone. The streetwall width must be less than or equal to the maximum streetwall width allowed in the building type regulations.
      d.   Height. The streetwall or building facade being measured must meet the minimum height required for the building type. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(9)a.
      e.   Courtyard and Other Allowances. Courtyards and other allowances may be listed in the supplemental regulations for the building type as required or allowed, and may be counted towards the streetwall as expressly stated. The length of the courtyard opening or any allowed, expressly stated expanded build-to zone is measured in the build-to zone, generally parallel to the primary facade.
   (5)   SETBACKS AND BUILD-TO ZONES.
      a.   Measurement: Buildings. Required setbacks and build-to zones are measured from the applicable lot line, right-of-way line, or specific location referred to in the applicable regulation, into the lot. For minimum setbacks, the nearest exterior building walls generally parallel to the subject line are used. For build-to zones, the entire facade must be located in the allowed zone, no closer than the minimum required dimension and no farther from the lot line than the maximum required dimension.
Figure 3903(l)-A. Measuring Primary Streetwall
         1.    Street (primary and non-primary) setbacks and build-to zones are measured from the actual right-of-way line of the street or street lot line into the lot. For example, a build-to zone range of 5 to 10 feet would start 5 feet from the street lot line and end 10 feet from the street lot line, resulting in a 5-foot deep zone. (Alleys are not considered streets and typically abut side or rear lot lines.)
         2.    Side or interior-side setbacks are measured from the nearest side lot line that does not abut a street into the lot.
         3.   Rear setbacks are measured from the rear lot line into the lot.
         4.   On corner lots, the required primary or non-primary setback must be provided for each street frontage, depending on whether the abutting street is a primary or non-primary street. The lot line opposite of the primary street is the rear lot line, requiring a rear setback. The lot line generally perpendicular to the primary street is the side lot line, requiring a side setback.
         5.   On through-lots, the required primary or nonprimary setback must be provided for each street frontage, depending on whether the abutting street is a primary or non-primary street. (See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definitions.)
Figure 3903(l)-B. Build-to Zones
      b.    Minimum Required Streetscape Area. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(5) for regulations requiring a minimum streetscape area. Where the minimum area does not exist, the build-to zone is measured from the edge of the expanded streetscape area into the lot.
      c.   Exceptions to Build-to Zones. Upper-story recessed balcony facades are not required to be located within the build-to zone.
      d.   Allowed Encroachments. Allowed encroachments into setbacks or beyond build-to zones are as follows, unless otherwise established in the building type regulations:
         1.   Minor Building Projections in All Yards for All Building Types. Roof overhangs, eaves, chimneys, bays, and other architectural features, such as cornices, may encroach up to 18 inches into any yard no closer than 1 foot from the lot line.
         2.   Steps and Ramps in Front Yards. Steps and ramps in front yards may encroach fully into any yard up to within 1 foot of any lot line.
      e.   Setbacks on Irregular Lots. Setbacks are measured from lot lines towards the center of the lot as follows:
         1.   When lot lines are curvilinear, setbacks must be measured parallel to the curvilinear lot line.
         2.   When there are multiple rear lot lines, the rear setback must be measured from each of rear lot lines.
      f.   Waterfront. A river or trail frontage build-to zone or setback is measured from the required trail easement or right-of-way into the lot perpendicular to the easement or lot line. See Sec. 35-3907(h) for waterfront frontage trail easement.
      g.   Measurement: Elements Other than Buildings. Minimum setbacks that apply to elements other than buildings (e.g. parking areas, fences, storage areas) are measured from the lot line, right-of-way line, or specific location referred to in the applicable regulations, to the nearest point of the feature.
   (6)   SITE COVERAGE. Site coverage is measured as the percentage of a lot covered by impervious surfaces. See Figure 3903(l)-E.
      a.   Impervious Surfaces. Any land or portion of a site covered by constructed features that prevent the direct percolation of surface water into the underlying earth. Examples include buildings, paved parking and roadways, masonry walls and terraces, swimming pools, sidewalks, hard surface playing courts, and paved driveways.
      b.   Semi-Pervious Materials. Semi-pervious materials, such as semi-pervious pavers, semi-pervious asphalt, and semi-pervious concrete, counts towards the site coverage at a lower rate. The area of the semi-pervious materials is added into the overall site coverage at 75% of the actual area. For example, if the area of semi-pervious materials measures 1,600 sq. ft., 1,200 sq. ft. (75% of 1,600) contributes to the lot's maximum site coverage.
      c.   Green Roofs. Green, or vegetated, roofs count towards the site coverage, calculated at 75% of the area of the green roof. For example, if the surface of the green roof measures 13,000 sq. ft., then 9,750 sq. ft. (75% of 1,600) contributes to the lot's maximum site coverage.
   (7)   INTERNAL PARKING OR ATTACHED GARAGE PARKING.
      a.   Intent. The setback is intended to promote the use of the area directly behind the primary facade of any building for people and not the parking of vehicles.
      b.   Internal Parking or Attached Garage Setback Measurement. Internal parking or attached garage setbacks are defined in the building type regulations.
      c.   Dimensional Setback. When the building type regulation includes a dimensional setback for internal parking or an attached garage, the setback is measured from the primary facade of the building, located generally parallel and facing the primary lot line.
      d.   Setback Use. The use of the space of the building within the setback must be occupied space. See definition.
      e.   Internal Parking Door Location. Any garage door must be located on one of the designated facades of the building.
   (8)   LIMITED SIDE YARD PARKING. Where allowed, limited side yard parking is located in the interior side yard and must be configured as one double- or single-loaded aisle of parking with the centerline of the aisle located perpendicular to the street.
   (9)   BUILDING HEIGHT. See Figure 3903(l)-C.
      a.   Minimum Height. Each building type requires a minimum number of stories. The building must meet the minimum required height along all primary street facades and for a depth of at least 30 feet into the building. All building facades located within the build-to zone must meet the required minimum building height, occupying the same plane. For example, with a minimum height of 2 stories, the street facade of the second story may not be set back from the first story.
Figure 3903(l)-C. Measuring Building Height
      b.   Maximum Height. Maximum heights are specified in number of stories. This requirement applies to the entire building. The maximum number of stories may not be exceeded due to sloped sites. Heights must step with the grade in order to not exceed the maximum allowable height. See Figure 3903(l)-F.
      c.   Towers. When expressly allowed in the building type tables, towers may exceed the overall maximum height of the subject building type (see Sec. 35- 3906(b)(6)).
      d.   Height to Eaves. Eave height is measured from the floor elevation of the first floor to the eave.
      e.   Roof Type. Roof types per Sec. 35-3906(b) allowed by building type regulations add additional height to the building.
      f.   Half Stories. Half stories are stories either located fully within the roof type or in a visible basement.
         1.   Roof. Where occupied building space is allowed within the roof type (see Sec. 35-3906(b)), any space within the roof and within the floor-to-floor height counts as a half story towards the overall allowable height.
            i.   The occupiable footprint of half stories in the roof is limited to no more than 65% of the footprint of story below.
            ii.   Dormers or gabled ends of roofs on half stories are limited to no more than 50% of the facade length of the story below, and must be set back from any street facade a minimum of 9 feet.
         2.   Visible Basement. See Figure 3903(l)-D. for a diagram and explanation of a visible basement and Sec. 35-3903(m) for definitions of basements and visible basements.
         3.     Two Half Stories. If a building has both a half story within the roof and a half story that is a visible basement, the combined height of the two half stories is considered one full story in terms of measuring overall height.
Figure 3903(l)-D. Basements & Visible Basements
Figure 3903(l)-E. Site Coverage
Figure 3903(l)-F. Measuring Height along a Sloped Street
      g.    Basements. See Figure 3903(l)-D. for ill ustration of ba sements and Se c. 35- 3903 (m) for definitions of basements and visible basements.
         1.    A basement that is not a visible basement does not co unt towards the minimum or maximum height of a building.
         2.   A basement may contain any use allowed within the building, including those allowed only in upper stories.
      h.   Story Height. Each story is measured with a range of permitted floor-to-floor heights. See Figure 3903(l)-C.
         1.   Measurement. All story heights are measured in feet between the floor of a story to the floor of the story above it. Minimum and maximum floor-to-floor heights are required along a minimum of 80% of each facade's horizontal length for each story.
         2.   Ground Story. When noted as a separate story height, the ground-story height must extend from the primary street facade into the building a minimum of 30 feet. The remainder of the groundstory may meet either the primary frontage groundstory heights or the height range permitted for all stories.
         3.   Single-Story Buildings and Top-Story Measurement. For single-story buildings and the uppermost story of a multi-story building, the floor-to-floor height is measured from the floor of the story to the ceiling, unless a specific height is provided for a single-story building.
         4.   Mezzanines. Mezzanines may be included within the allowed floor-to-floor height of any story per the building types, provided the following:
            i.   Mezzanines extending above the story’s allowable floor-to-floor height must count as a full story in addition to the story below.
            ii.   Mezzanines occupying more than 30% of the floor area below must count as a full story in addition to the story below.
            iii.   Where the mezzanine story is located adjacent to a street facade, the street facade transparency requirements of the subject building type must be applied to both the mezzanine floor and the story the mezzanine overlooks.
         5.   Taller Spaces. Spaces exceeding the allowable floor-to-floor heights of the building type are permitted for a maximum of 20% the length of street facades.
   (10)   TRANSPARENCY. Governed by the building type regulations, the transparency of a facade is measured for each story separately using 2 regulations: (1) an overall minimum transparency percentage per story, and (2) where applicable per building type, maximum blank-wall segments (per Sec. 35-3903(l)(10)c., below).
      a.   Definition of Transparency. For the purposes of the Moline Centre districts, transparency is the measurement of the percentage of a facade that contains highly transparent, low-reflectance glass.
         1.   Storefront. When transparency is required separately for primary street ground-story facades, glass must be a minimum of 60% transmittance factor and a reflectance factor of not greater than 0.25.
         2.   All Other Windows. Transparency for all window, door glass, and other storefront glass must be a minimum of 50% transmittance factor and a reflectance factor of not greater than 0.25.
         3.   False Windows. The use of false or faux windows, where the window is visible from the exterior with no opening from the interior, to meet the transparency requirement is not allowed.
      b.   Measurement. Minimum facade transparency is measured from floor-to-floor of each story separately, except for required minimum ground-story transparency as defined below. See the building type regulations for required transparency by building type.
         1.   Transparency requirements must be met with windows or glass in doors that comply with applicable transmittance and reflectance factors.
         2.   The measurement may include the frame, mullions, and muntins, but may not include trim or casing.
      c.   Blank-Wall Segments. Where applicable per the building type regulations, blank-wall segments on all facades must meet the following:
         1.   No rectangular areas greater than 30% of a story’s facade, as Measured floor to floor, may be blank wall, without transparency. See Figure 3903(l)-H.
Figure 3903(l)-G. Measuring Transparency Floor-to-Floor
Figure 3903(l)-H. Blank-Wall Segments (1)
Figure 3903(l)-J. Measuring Transparency on Taller Stories
Figure 3903(l)-K. Entrances
         2.    No horizontal segments of a story’s facade greater than 15 feet in width may be blank wall, without transparency. See Figure 3903(l)-H.
      d.   Minimum Ground-Story Transparency. When a separate minimum ground-story transparency is required per the building types requirements, the ground-story transparency is measured between 2 feet and 10 feet from the average grade at the base of the facade.
      e.   Mezzanines. Mezzanines treated as a separate story per Sec. 35-3903(l)(9) must include upper-story transparency required per building type.
      f.   Tall Stories. Stories that are 18 feet or taller in height must include additional transparency consistent with the following standards. See Figure 3903(l)-J.
         1.   Separate Ground-Story Transparency Required. When a separate minimum ground-story transparency is required per building type, the facade design must fulfill that requirement in addition to the minimum transparency for the remainder of the ground-story.
         2.   No Separate Ground-Story Transparency Required. Where no separate ground-story transparency is required per building type, a tall story is treated as 2 separate stories, divided in half horizontally, with the minimum transparency applied to each half.
      g.   Half Stories. All half-story facades located within the roof structure and within visible basements must meet the minimum required transparency.
   (11)   BUILDING ENTRANCES. Entrances must be provided consistent with the entrance location and number requirements established for the subject building type and consistent with Figure 3903(l)-K.
   (m)   DEFINITIONS. The following definitions apply to the Moline Centre districts in this Division 9.
      ALLEY. For the purposes of the Moline Centre districts, an ally is a right-of-way providing vehicular access, loading, and service access to the rear or side of a building; and an alley is not considered a street.
      BASEMENT. That portion of a building having more than 3 feet of its floor-to-ceiling height below the average finished grade of the adjoining ground and with a floor-to-ceiling height of 7.5 feet or more. See Figure 3903(l)-D.
      BASEMENT, VISIBLE. A basement having more than 3 feet of its floor-to-ceiling height above the average finished grade of the adjoining ground. See Figure 3903(l)-D.
      BUILD-TO ZONE. An area in which the street facade of a building must be placed, dictated by the minimum and the maximum distance a structure may be placed from the lot line. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(5).
      COURTYARD. A courtyard is any open air, uncovered landscape, sidewalk, terrace, and/or deck area, enclosed on at least 3 sides and with a maximum opening of 50% of any street facade.
      FACADE, NON-PRIMARY. A building facade generally parallel to and facing the right-of-way line along a nonprimary street.
      FACADE, PRIMARY. A building facade generally parallel and facing the right-of-way line along a primary street.
      FACADE, REAR. Any facade of a building generally parallel to and facing the rear lot line.
      FACADE, SIDE. Any facade of a building generally parallel to and facing a side or interior side lot line.
      FACADE, STREET. Any facade of a building generally parallel to and facing any street right-of-way and including bays or minor walls perpendicular to the facade. A street facade may be a primary or non-primary facade, depending on whether it is facing a primary or non-primary street, respectively.
      FRONTAGE, NON-PRIMARY. The portion of a lot or building abutting or directly adjacent to a non-primary street right-of-way.
      FRONTAGE, PRIMARY. The portion of a lot or building abutting or directly adjacent to a primary street right-of-way.
      FRONTAGE, STREET. The portion of a lot or building abutting or directly adjacent to a street right-of-way.
      GREEN ROOF. The roof of a building that is partially or completely covered with vegetation and a growing medium, planted over a waterproofing membrane. It may also include additional layers such as a root barrier and drainage and irrigation systems.
      OCCUPIED BUILDING SPACE. Interior building space occupiable by people, not including storage, mechanical, utility, or garage space.
      SHADOW LINE. An architectural feature consisting of a typically decorative, 3-dimensional, linear element, horizontal or vertical, protruding or indented at least 1.5 inch in depth from the exterior facade of a building, and creating a shadow on the facade with light overhead, and extending, with limited interruption, the length or height of the designated story. Examples may include cast stone cornices or lintels, pilasters, or stepped brick coursing.
      STORY, GROUND. Also called ground floor. The story closest to the ground level that does not meet the definition of a basement.
      STORY, HALF. See measuring of building height, Sec. 35-3903(l)(9).
      STREET LOT LINE. A line dividing a lot from a public right-of-way.
      STREETSCAPE AREA. The area behind the back of curb designed for pedestrian travel, including the sidewalk and buffer zone between the sidewalk and street for street planting and/or street furnishings.
      STREETWALL. The portion of the building facade that is located generally parallel and facing the street right-of-way line.
   For the purposes of the Moline Centre districts, all "yard" definitions are as follows:
      YARD. An actual (as opposed to “required”) open, unoccupied space that exists on a lot between a building and a lot line.
      YARD, INTERIOR. On lots with multiple buildings, a yard between any buildings that does not abut any lot line.
      YARD, NON-PRIMARY. A street yard extending between the principal building and a non-primary street right-of-way and lying between the primary yard and the rear lot line.
      YARD, PRIMARY (FRONT). A street yard extending along the full width of the lot and lying between the principal building and a primary street right-of-way.
      YARD, REAR. A yard extending along the full width of the lot, except any street yard, and lying between the rear of the principal building and the rear lot line.
      YARD, SIDE. A yard extending from the front yard to the rear yard and lying between the side of the principal building and the side lot line.
      YARD, STREET. Any yard between the principal building and a street right-of-way.
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3903 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3904. PRINCIPAL USES.

   (a)   GENERAL REGULATIONS.
   (1)   USE TABLE. Principal uses are allowed in accordance with Table 3904-1. Multiple principal uses as allowed may be located on one lot or one tenant space.
   (2)   INTERPRETING THE USE TABLE.
      a.   Use Classification System. Uses are listed in the first column of Table 3904-1. This section classifies uses into categories and subcategories, as explained in Sec. 35- 3904(b).
      b.   Permitted Uses. Uses identified with a “•” are permitted as-of-right in the subject zone, subject to compliance with all other applicable regulations of this section.
      c.   Permitted in Upper Stories and Rear of Ground Story Only. Uses identified with a “” are permitted as-of-right in the subject zone but only when located above the ground-floor in upper stories of the building or in the rear of the ground story, a minimum of 20 feet from the primary facade. The 20 feet behind the primary facade must contain an allowed occupied use. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied use.
      d.   Permitted in Limited Portion of Building Footprint. Uses identified with a “”are permitted as-of-right in the subject zone in any floor of the building, provided that the total cumulative floor area occupied by such uses does not exceed 25% of the ground-story building footprint. A special use permit (see Sec. 35-2206) may be requested for a larger portion of the footprint, provided the use is located within a building existing prior to the adoption of the Moline Centre districts and the project meets the intent of the code and any adopted City plans.
      e.   Special Uses. Uses identified with a “°” are allowed only if reviewed and approved in accordance with the special use permit procedures of Sec. 35-3401(3).
      f.   Prohibited Uses. Uses identified with a “–“ are expressly prohibited. Uses that are not listed in the use table and that cannot be reasonably interpreted (as stated in Sec. 35-3904(b)) to fall within any defined use category or subcategory are also prohibited.
      g.   Accessory Uses & Structures. Many customary accessory uses and structures are allowed in conjunction with principal uses. See Sec. 35-3905 for regulations.
   (b)   USE CLASSIFICATIONS. This section, Sec. 35-3904, establishes and describes the use classification system used to categorize principal uses under this section.
   (1)   USE GROUPS. This Division 9 classifies principal uses into 3 major groupings. These are referred to as “use groups.” The use groups are as follows:
      a.   Residential (see Sec. 35-3904(c));
      b.   Commercial (see Sec. 35-3904(d));
      c.   Civic & Institutional (see Sec. 35-3904(e)); and
      d.   Other (see Sec. 35-3904(f)).
   (2)   USE CATEGORIES. Each use group is further divided into more specific categories. Use categories classify principal uses and activities based on common functional, product or physical characteristics, such as the type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or delivered, or relevant building or site conditions.
   (3)   USE SUBCATEGORIES. Some use categories are further broken down to identify specific subcategories of uses.
   (4)   CLASSIFICATION OF USES. The zoning administrator is authorized to classify individual uses on the basis of the use group, category, and subcategory descriptions of this article. When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a use group, category, or subcategory, or appears to fit multiple groups, categories, or subcategories, the zoning administrator is authorized to assign the use to the most similar and thus most appropriate group, category, or subcategory based on the actual or projected characteristics of the principal use or activity in relationship to the use group, category, or subcategory descriptions. In making such determinations, the zoning administrator must consider:
      a.   The types of activities that will occur in conjunction with the use;
      b.   The types of equipment and processes to be used;
      c.   The existence, number and frequency of residents, customers or employees;
      d.   Parking demands associated with the use; and
      e.   Other factors deemed relevant to a use determination.
      f.   If a use can reasonably be classified in multiple groups, categories, or subcategories, the zoning administrator is authorized to categorize each use in the category, subcategory that provides the most exact, narrowest and appropriate “fit.”
      g.   Appeals of use classification determinations may be taken to the plan commission in accordance with the appeal procedures of Sec. 35-2208.
   (c)   RESIDENTIAL USE GROUP. The residential use group includes uses that provide for long-term residential occupancy by individual households or by groups of people living together in a non-household setting.
   (1)   HOUSEHOLD LIVING. The household living use category is characterized by a single household occupying a single dwelling unit for the long term. Single and multiple units may be located within the same building, provided each unit is self-contained, with facilities for cooking, eating, sleeping, and hygiene. Housing that includes shared facilities (e.g., assisted living facilities, co-housing, and intentional communities) is considered household living if residents occupy self-contained dwelling units.
   (2)   GROUP LIVING. The group living use category is characterized by residential occupancy of all or a portion of a building by a group other than a household. Individuals typically occupy rooms or areas that do not include separate cooking, eating, or bathroom facilities necessary to provide for self-contained living. Group living uses typically have a common eating area for residents. Tenancy is typically 30 days or longer. Buildings or spaces occupied by group living uses contain individual rooms with private or shared bathroom facilities and may also contain shared kitchen facilities, and/or common dining and living areas for residents. Residents may or may not receive any combination of care, training, or treatment, but those receiving such services must reside at the site. Examples of group living uses include, but are not limited to, retirement homes, hospice, nursing homes, residential care facilities, convents, fraternity and sorority houses, co-ops, and the following subcategory:
      a.   Group Institutional Residence. Group residences including, but not limited to, such uses as child welfare agencies, group homes for children, and community based residential facilities.
         1.   Small Group Institutional Residences uses are those occupied by 8 or fewer residents (not counting caregivers).
         2.   Large Group Institutional Residences uses are those occupied by 9 or more residents (not counting caregivers).
         3.   All Group Institutional Residences are subject to the regulations established in Sec. 35-3405(m).
   (d)   COMMERCIAL USE GROUP. The commercial use group includes uses that provide a business service or involve the selling, leasing or renting of merchandise to the general public.
   (1)   ARTISAN PRODUCTION & SALES. The artisan production & sales use category includes indoor work spaces used by artists for creation of art or the practice of their artistic endeavors or by craftspeople that produce consumer goods by hand manufacturing, involving the use of hand tools and small-scale, light mechanical equipment in a completely enclosed building with no outdoor operations, storage or regular commercial truck parking. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, woodworking; custom furniture shops; cabinet-making; upholstery shops, ceramic studios; jewelry manufacturing; confections and custom-made food items; micro-breweries and micro-distilleries; and artwork including painting, printmaking and sculpture. The following supplemental regulations apply:
      a.   In SX districts, a minimum of 200 square feet of accessory retail sales or service is required for artisan manufacturing and production, located within the primary frontage of the building.
      b.   In all districts, no outdoor operations or storage may occur. All activities must be performed indoors, subject to the performance measures in Article V, Division 4.
      c.   In all districts, limited storage of products or goods produced in or associated with the establishment is allowed, provided the storage is subordinate to the principal use.
      d.   Limited loading and distribution via small commercial trucks is allowed; no commercial loading bay is allowed.
   (2)   CONSUMER SERVICE. The consumer service use category includes establishments that provide personal or small business-oriented services to individuals or small businesses. Typical uses in the consumer service use category include the following:
Table 3904-1. Principal Use Table
USE GROUP
DISTRICTS
Reference
Use Category
SX- 1
SX- 2
GX- 1
GX-2
RX
CV1
CV2
USE GROUP
DISTRICTS
Reference
Use Category
SX- 1
SX- 2
GX- 1
GX-2
RX
CV1
CV2
RESIDENTIAL
3904(c)
Household Living, 1+ units
3904(c)(1)
Group Living, except as below
3904(c)(2)
Group Institutional Residential, Small
3904(c)(2) a
Group Institutional Residential, Large
°
°
°
3904(c)(2) a
COMMERCIAL
3904(d)
Artisan Production & Sales
3904(d)(1)
Consumer Service
3904(d)(2)
Day Care Center
3904(d)(3)
Eating & Drinking Places
3904(d)(4)
Entertainment Venue, Indoor
°
°
3904(d)(5)
Funeral & Mortuary Service
3904(d)(6)
Lodging
3904(d)(7)
Office
3904(d)(8)
Personal Credit Establishment
°
°
3904(d)(9)
Retail Sales, General
3904(d)(10)
Retail Sales, Intensive
°
°
3904(d)(11)
Vehicle Sales and Service
3904(d)(11)
CIVIC & INSTITUTIONAL
3904(e)
Community Assembly, General
3904(e)(1)
Community Assembly, Intensive
°
°
°
3904(e)(1)
Cultural Facility
°
3904(e)(2)
Hospital
3904(e)(3)
Parks & Open Space
3904(e)(4)
Passenger Terminal
3904(e)(5)
Government Services
3904(e)(6)
Schools, Colleges, Universities - non-commercial
3904(e)(7)
Public Services and Utilities, Distribution
3904(e)(8)
Public Services and Utilities, Transmission
°
°
°
°
°
3904(e)(8)
OTHER
3904(f)
Agriculture Cultivation, Indoor
°
3904(c)(1)
Parking Lot
°
°
°
°
°
3904(c)(1)
   KEY: • = permitted as-of-right = Permitted as-of-right in upper stories only = Permitted as-of-right (floor area not to exceed 25% of building footprint) ° = Special use permit approval required – = Prohibited
 
      a.   Improvement Service. Establishments that provide personal grooming, cosmetic, or well-being-related services. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, barbers, hair and nail salons, pet grooming establishments, tanning salons, day spas, health clubs, and body art services (e.g., tattoo and piercing).
      b.   Studio, Artist or Instructional Service. Establishments that focus on providing individual or small group instruction or training in fine arts, music, dance, drama, fitness, language or similar activities, such as, but not limited to, dance studios, ballet academies, yoga studios, martial arts instruction, tutoring, artist studios and photography studios.
      c.   Business Support Service. Establishments that provide printing, copying, package (delivery) drop-off, photographic services or communication services to businesses or consumers. Examples include, but are not limited to, copy and print shops, delivery/courier service drop-off location for consumers, and photo developing labs.
      d.   Consumer Maintenance & Repair Service. Establishments that provide maintenance, cleaning and repair services for consumer goods on a site other than that of the customer (i.e., customers bring goods to the site of the repair/maintenance business). Examples include, but are not limited to, laundry and dry cleaning pick-up shops, tailors, bicycle repair, taxidermists, dressmakers, shoe repair, picture framing shops, locksmiths, vacuum repair shops, electronics repair shops and similar establishments.
   (3)   DAY CARE CENTER. See Sec. 35-3407(e) for a description of and any specific regulations for day care centers.
   (4)   EATING & DRINKING PLACES. The eating & drinking places use category includes establishments that prepare and serve food or beverages for on- or off-premise consumption. The category includes, but is not limited to, full-service restaurants, take-out restaurants, ice cream and yogurt shops, bars, taverns, and banquet halls. Brewpubs, wineries, and distilleries may be allowed where artisan production is allowed. Eating and drinking places with drive-up or drive-through service are not allowed in the Moline Centre zoning districts.
   (5)   ENTERTAINMENT VENUE. Establishments that provide commercial indoor gathering places for participant or spectator entertainment, such as cinemas, bowling centers, game rooms, pool halls, and video arcades, as well as event venues for special events such as graduations, weddings, anniversaries, holiday gatherings, trade shows, corporate functions or parties, concert settings, and general get-togethers. Includes accessory outdoor seating areas, but general entertainment uses with significant outdoor operations are classified in the Entertainment, Outdoor use category per Sec. 35-3408(l) and are not allowed in the Moline Centre zoning districts. For accessory outdoor entertainment types of uses, see the Outdoor Dining, Outdoor Participant Sports & Games, and Incidental Live Music categories of accessory uses in Sec. 35-3905.
   (6)   FUNERAL & MORTUARY SERVICE. The funeral and mortuary service use category includes establishments that provide services related to the death of a human or domestic, household pet, including funeral homes and mortuaries. May include cremation if approved in accordance with the special use permit procedures of Sec. 35-3401(3).
   (7)   LODGING. Establishments that provide temporary lodging for less than 30 days to transient guests who maintain a permanent place of residence elsewhere. Rooms must be accessed from an interior corridor accessed through a lobby and primary street entrance. Examples include hotels, bed & breakfast inns, and short-term rentals.
   (8)   OFFICE. The office use category includes workplaces of private companies, organizations (for-profit and non-profit), and public agencies providing professional, executive, management, medical, administrative, or design services, including the following subcategories:
      a.   Business & Professional Office. Workplaces of firms, organizations, or agencies, as well as individuals in a co-working environment, providing professional, executive, management, administrative, financial, accounting, or legal services, but excluding walk-in offices. Examples of business and professional offices include, but are not limited to, accounting, architecture, computer software design, engineering, graphic design, interior design, investment, insurance, and law offices.
      b.   Broadcast or Recording Studio. Establishments that provide for audio or video production, recording or broadcasting.
      c.   Business Training. Commercial establishments and facilities, including classrooms, providing vocational, trade, business or professional training services in a completely enclosed building.
      d.   Financial Service. Establishments involved in the exchange, lending, borrowing and safe-keeping of money. Examples include banks and credit unions. Automatic teller machines, kiosks and similar facilities that do not have on-site employees or amplified sound are not classified as financial service uses if they meet the criteria for classification as an accessory use. Personal credit establishments are not considered financial service uses (see Sec. 35-3904(d)(9)).
      e.   Medical or Dental Office or Clinic. Workplaces of medical doctors, dentists, veterinarians and similar practitioners of medical and healing arts licensed for such practice by the state. This subcategory includes outpatient clinics, but excludes medical services provided in hospitals.
      f.   Research Service. Establishments engaged in scientific research and testing services leading to the development of new products and processes. Research service uses do not include the mass production, distribution or sale of products or that produce odors, dust, noise, vibration or other external impacts that are detectable beyond the property lines of the subject property.
      g.   Walk-In Office. Workplaces primarily providing direct services to patrons or clients, typically not requiring appointments. This subcategory includes, but is not limited to, employment agencies, insurance agencies, real estate agent offices, travel agencies, utility company offices, social services, and offices for elected officials. It does not include medical or dental offices or uses more specifically classified as financial services.
   (9)   PERSONAL CREDIT ESTABLISHMENT. The personal credit establishment use category includes the following:
      a.   Check Cashing Establishment. Any use, except a bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union, industrial loan and thrift company, engaged in the business of cashing checks, drafts, money orders or traveler's checks for a fee.
      b.   Pawnbroker. An establishment that is engaged to any extent in any of the following business or activities:
         1.   The lending of money upon personal property, goods, wares, or merchandise pledge, stored or deposited as collateral security.
         2.   The purchase of personal property either from an individual, another pawn business or any other business with an expressed or implied agreement or understanding to offer the property for sale to the public, and if that sale is unsuccessful, then to sell it back to the previous owner at a subsequent time at a stipulated price or negotiated price.
         3.   The purchase of precious metals with the intent to melt down, provided that such activity is not clearly incidental to the principal use of the establishment.
      c.   Payday Lender. Any person or entity that is substantially in the business of negotiating, arranging, aiding, or assisting a consumer in procuring payday loans.
      d.   Use-Specific Conditions. Personal credit establishments are subject to the following use-specific regulations:
         1.   A personal credit use may not be established within 1,500 feet of any lot with another personal credit establishment.
         2.   A personal credit establishment may not be established within 150 feet of an R or CV zoning district.
         3.   A personal credit establishment may not be open or in operation between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
   (10)   RETAIL SALES, GENERAL. The general retail sales use category includes uses that sell or otherwise provide goods, such as, but not limited to, alcohol, pharmaceuticals, groceries, sundry goods, convenience goods, consumer shopping goods, household goods, plants and flowers, or hardware, and does not include the sale or display of firearms or ammunition. This category includes consignment sales and retail sales of used merchandise, including antiques.
   (11)   RETAIL SALES, INTENSIVE. The intensive retail sales use category includes uses that sell or otherwise provide firearms and ammunition, and services of those goods in a controlled, indoor environment.
      a.   Use-Specific Conditions. Retail sales, intensive, uses are subject to the following use-specific regulations:
         1.   An intensive retail sales use may not be established within 600 feet of any other lot with another intensive retail sales establishment.
         2.   An intensive retail sales establishment may not be established within 300 feet of an R or CV zoning district.
         3.   An intensive retail sales establishment may not be open or in operation between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
   (12)   VEHICLE SALES & SERVICE. The vehicle sales and service use category includes uses that provide for the sale, rental, ordinary maintenance, or limited repair of new or used passenger vehicles. Examples of vehicle sales and service uses include minor vehicle repair and maintenance, not including body work, frame work, welding, and major painting services; personal vehicle sales and rentals where vehicles are stored onsite; car detailing and washing services and facilities; and retail fueling stations for personal vehicles, including conventional fuels and not including electric vehicle charging.
   (e)   CIVIC & INSTITUTIONAL USE GROUP. The civic and institutional use group includes public, quasi-public, and institutional uses that provide services that benefit the public at-large.
   (1)   COMMUNITY ASSEMBLY. The community assembly use category includes facilities for hosting public or private meetings including senior centers; community centers; live theaters; performing arts centers for theater, music, dance, and events; clubs, lodges, meeting halls; council chambers; and religious institutions.
      a.   Community Assembly, General, uses are those occupying 20,000 square feet or less of gross floor area.
      b.   Community Assembly, Intensive, uses are those occupying more than 20,000 square feet of gross floor area.
   (2)   MUSEUMS & LIBRARIES. Facilities dedicated to the exhibition, preservation, loaning, or study of a collection of books and/or artistic, historic, or scientific objects, to serve and promote aesthetic and educational interest in the community, and that are open to the public on a regular basis.
   (3)   HOSPITAL. State-licensed public, private, and non-profit facilities providing inpatient medical, surgical, mental health, or emergency medical services. Hospitals may also provide outpatient treatment.
   (4)   PARKS & OPEN SPACE. The parks and open space use category includes recreational, social, or multi-purpose uses associated with public parks, public open spaces, public play fields, public or private golf courses, or other outdoor open space or recreation areas. It also includes urban agriculture uses, such as community gardens, permanent farmer's markets, outdoor urban farms, and beekeeping. The parks and open space use category includes the following subcategories:
      a.   Community Garden. An area of land managed and maintained by a public or non-profit organization or a group of individuals to grow and harvest food crops and/or ornamental crops, such as flowers, for personal or group use, consumption, or donation. Community gardens may be divided into separate plots for cultivation by one or more individuals or may be farmed collectively by members of the group and may include common areas maintained and used by group members. Community gardens may be principal uses or accessory to other public or semi-public uses, such as parks, schools, community centers, or community assembly uses. This classification does not include gardens that are accessory to residential uses when access is limited to those who reside on the subject property. Sales of products produced in association with a community garden is permitted as an accessory use in zones in which retail sales are allowed.
      b.   Parks and Recreation. Parks, playgrounds, recreation facilities, and related open spaces that are open to the general public. This subcategory also includes but is not limited to, playing fields, courts, gymnasiums, swimming pools, picnic facilities, tennis courts, boat docks, and golf courses, as well as related food concessions or clubhouses within a principal structure or in an accessory structure on the same site.
   (5)   PASSENGER TERMINAL. See Sec. 35-3409 for description and regulations.
   (6)   GOVERNMENT SERVICES. Government offices and services that provide fire, police, or public safety services, and support for other municipal departments. Includes incidental storage and maintenance of necessary vehicles. Typical uses include government offices, fire stations, police stations, ambulance services and storm or civil defense shelters.
      a.   Use-Specific Conditions. Government service uses are subject to the following use-specific regulations:
         1.   Police and fire facilities shall be housed only in a permitted building type, but internal parking access doors are allowed on any facade and the facility is exempt from driveway access and width regulations.
   (7)   SCHOOLS & COLLEGES. Public and private schools at the primary, elementary, middle, or high school level that provide basic, compulsory, state-mandated education outside of a residence, and institutions of higher learning that offer courses of general or specialized study and are authorized to grant academic degrees. The schools & colleges use subcategory includes classrooms and instructional spaces, as well as other customary accessory and support functions for schools, college, or university uses.
   (8)   PUBLIC SERVICES & UTILITIES. The public services and utilities use category includes utilities and essential public service uses and facilities. See Sec. 35-3409(e) and 35-3409(f) for description and regulations.
   (f)   OTHER USES.
   (1)   AGRICULTURE, CULTIVATION, INDOOR. Growing, washing, packaging and storage of fruits, vegetables, and other plant products in enclosed buildings. Typical operations include greenhouses, vertical farming, hydroponic systems and aquaponic systems. Composting is limited solely to materials generated on site. May include accessory retail sales areas limited to 3,000 square feet in area. Use types more specifically defined and regulated under the Cannabis Sales, Cultivation, or Production use subcategory of Article III, Division 8 are not classified or regulated as urban farm uses.
   (2)   PARKING LOTS & STRUCTURES. The parking lot use category includes all parking lots and parking structures located on lots or sites that are not occupied by a principal building or use, including public parking lots, parking lots that provide required parking spaces for land uses that are located on a different site than the use served by such parking (i.e., off-site parking), and parking lots for electric vehicle charging without another principal use on-site. Use-specific regulations are as follows:
      a.   Location. Parking lots and structures, with the exception of parking lots and structures publicly owned by the City or MetroLink, must not be located on a primary street frontage.
      b.   Structure Design. Any portion of a parking structure fronting a street or visible from any street must meet the design requirements of Sec. 35-3906(e)(11).
      c.   Height. The height of any parking structure must be lower than any part of an abutting or adjacent principal structure by a minimum of 6 feet.
      d.   EV Charging. For electric vehicle (EV) charging supply equipment, see Sec. 35-3905(b).
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3904 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3905. ACCESSORY USES & STRUCTURES.

   (a)   ACCESSORY USES. Accessory uses and structures are allowed only in connection with lawfully established principal uses.
   (1)   ALLOWED ACCESSORY USES & STRUCTURES. Allowed accessory uses are limited to those expressly identified in Sec. 35-3411 through 35-3417, not including those listed as prohibited in Sec. 35-3905(a)(2), as well as those that in the determination of the zoning administrator satisfy all of the following criteria:
      a.   They are customarily found in conjunction with the subject principal use and structure;
      b.   They are subordinate and clearly incidental to the principal use of the property;
      c.   They are operated and maintained by the owners or lessees of the principal use; and
      d.   They serve a necessary function for or contribute to the comfort, safety or convenience of the owners or lessees of the principal use.
   (2)   PROHIBITED ACCESSORY USES. In the Moline Centre districts, the following accessory uses are prohibited:
      a.   Kennel, Private Residential. See Sec. 35-3411(5).
      b.   Recreational Vehicle Storage. See Sec. 35-3411(7).
      c.   Fleet Vehicle Storage. See Sec. 35-3414(5).
      d.   Outdoor Display and Storage, Permanent. See Sec. 35-3414(10).
      e.   In-Vehicle Sales or Service. Delivery or purchase of goods or services to customers while remaining in their motor vehicle (see Sec. 35-3408(g)), except as allowed in Sec. 35-3905(b).
      f.   Fuel Pumps. Fuel pumps and canopies associated with vehicle service uses (see 35-3408(g)). This prohibition does not apply to electric vehicle charging equipment.
   (3)   GENERAL REGULATIONS. The regulations of this section, Sec. 35-3905, apply generally to all accessory uses and structures unless express provisions of this section or Division 4 establish more specific regulations for a particular type of accessory structure. Where the regulations of this section, Sec. 35-3905, conflict with Division 4, the regulations of Sec. 35-3905 shall rule.
      a.   Location. Accessory uses and structures must be located on the same lot as the principal use and principal structure to which they are accessory. In the Moline Centre districts, accessory uses are allowed anywhere within a principal or accessory structure, unless otherwise specifically stated.
      b.   Yard. Accessory buildings and structures are allowed in the rear yard only, unless otherwise expressly stated.
      c.   Maximum Height. The maximum overall height of accessory buildings and structures is 15 feet, unless otherwise expressly stated.
      d.   Time of Establishment. No accessory building or structure other than a fence or temporary construction office or may be placed on a lot before construction of the principal building.
      e.   Buildings & Structures. Accessory buildings and structures are subject to the same regulations that apply to principal buildings and structures on the subject lot, unless otherwise expressly stated.
      f.   Separation from Principal Structure. Accessory buildings must be separated by a minimum distance of 10 feet from the principal building on the lot.
   (b)   ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT.
   (1)   WHERE ALLOWED.
      a.   Accessory Use. Electric vehicle supply equipment is permitted in all districts when accessory to the principal use. When such stations are accessory to residential uses, they must be designated as private, restricted-use charging stations.
      b.   Principal Use. If the principal use of the subject property is electric vehicle charging, then the use is considered a parking lot for zoning purposes and restricted to zoning districts in which parking lots are allowed as a principal use.
   (2)   LOCATION ON LOT. EV supply equipment may be located anywhere where a parking space is allowed.
   (3)   ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Height. Canopies may not exceed 16 feet in height.
      b.   Materials. The roof of the canopy must match the principal building in type and material. Columns and supports must be clad in a major material used on the principal building facade.
      c.   Canopy Lighting. All luminaires mounted or recessed into the lower surface of canopies shall be shielded and utilize flat lenses.
   (c)   DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITY.
   (1)   APPLICABILITY. The regulations of this section govern accessory drive- through uses and facilities, which are structures or portions of a building that permit customers to purchase goods or receive services while remaining in their motor vehicle.
   (2)   BUILDING TYPE REGULATIONS. The key accessory structure tables for each building type identify the zones in which drive-through facilities are allowed (see Sec. 35-3903(g) through 35-3903(k)).
   (3)   LOCATION. Drive-up windows and drive-through facilities must be located in the rear yard or on the rear or interior side facade of the building. See Figure 3905(h)-A, for one example of a drive-through.
 
Figure 3905(h)-A. Drive-Through Facility
   (4)   ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Vehicle Stacking. Vehicle stacking lanes must be located in the rear yard or an interior side yard.
      b.   Adjacent to R District. When a drive-through facility is located on a lot that abuts a residential zoning district to the side or rear, the following applies:
         1.   The drive-through facility, including the window, any canopy, and any stacking area for vehicles, must be set back at least 25 feet from the abutting R district lot line.
         2.   The drive-through facility may not be located closer to any street than any principal building on the lot or an abutting lot.
      c.   Structure. Drive-through canopies and roofs must match the roof of the principal building. Materials used for the drive-through supports or other features must be repeated from the principal building design.
      d.   Conditions. Where allowed only with a special use permit per the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903(g) through 35-3903(k), drive-through facilities may be approved only as with the following conditions:
         1.   The use is accessory only to an allowed financial service subcategory principal use per Sec. 35-3904(d)(2)d or pharmacy principal use per Sec. 35- 3904(d)(10).
         2.   The drive-through facility is staffed by an on-site person.
         3.   Amplified sound is allowed only at the window.
   (d)   OUTDOOR DINING. Outdoor dining is an accessory use to principal eating and drinking establishments where the use extends to an outdoor yard area or on the public sidewalk.
   (1)   GENERAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Separation from Parking. Dining areas shall be separated from any vehicular parking or circulation area by a curb, allowed fence, or by a planter or planting bed area per Sec. 35-3907(c).
      b.   Visibility at Intersections. Furniture, equipment, signs, screening, or enclosures shall not be located within the visibility triangle defined in Sec. 35-5210.
   (2)   OUTDOOR DINING IN YARDS. Outdoor dining areas may be located in any yard area, except within any buffers required by Sec. 35-3907.
      a.   Structures and Surfaces. See Sec. 35-3907(e) for allowed landscape terraces and decks. Any impervious surface area counts towards any maximum site coverage per the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903.
   (3)   OUTDOOR DINING ON PUBLIC SIDEWALK. A licensing agreement is required per Chapter 6 of the municipal code for outdoor dining within the street right-of-way. Additional regulations may apply per the zoning administrator and department of public works.
   (e)   OUTDOOR DISPLAY, REMOVABLE. Outdoor display is an accessory use to a principal retail, general use. Removable outdoor display includes portable or semi-portable racks, displays and merchandise which are placed outside only during business hours in any street yard. Outdoor displays within any courtyards, rear, or interior side yard are allowed and must meet these regulations only if the materials are visible from the street.
   (1)   GENERAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Display items must be goods sold by the principal use or an affiliated use. All items must be easily removable and not permanently affixed. Items must be on display, fully assembled, out of boxes, and not stored or stacked.
      b.   All items, including display racks and other fixtures, shall be stored in a fully enclosed building when the business is closed.
      c.   Display areas must be located on a paved sidewalk, terrace, or patio area with pedestrian clearance of at least 5 feet in width through the area. Visibility at Intersections. Furniture, equipment, signs, screening, or enclosures shall not be located within the visibility triangle defined in Sec. 35-5210.
   (2)   OUTDOOR DISPLAYS ON PUBLIC SIDEWALK. A licensing agreement is required per Chapter 6 of the municipal code for outdoor displays on a public sidewalk. Additional regulations may apply per the zoning administrator and director of engineering.
   (f)   OUTDOOR PARTICIPANT SPORTS & GAMES. Outdoor participant sports and games are incidental and accessory activities to any principal eating and drinking uses or other principal entertainment uses, and may include a variety of activities, such as volleyball courts, horseshoe pits, bocce ball.
   (1)   AREA. The area of such uses must not exceed 35% of the floor area of the principal use.
   (2)   HOURS OF OPERATION. Outdoor entertainment activities may occur between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., local time.
   (3)   BACKGROUND MUSIC. Prerecorded background music played from a preselected playlist over a permanently installed sound system of the establishment is allowed outdoors only between the hours of 5:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m., local time, any day of the week.
   (4)   PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. Compliance is required with the performance standards in Article V, Division 4.
   (5)   TEMPORARY OUTDOOR EVENTS. Temporary outdoor events may be approved per Sec. 35-3418.
   (g)   INCIDENTAL LIVE MUSIC. Music activities are incidental and accessory to any principal eating and drinking uses or other principal entertainment uses, and include amplified music, such as live bands, DJ music, or karaoke.
   (1)   INCIDENTAL LIVE MUSIC, INDOORS. Amplified music activities occurring fully inside a building is allowed as follows:
      a.   Hours of Operation. Incidental live music may occur indoors during the hours of 5:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m.
      b.   Performance Standards. Compliance is required with the performance standards in Article V, Division 4.
      c.   Special Use Permit. Expanded hours of operation may be approved through a special use permit per Sec. 35-2206. A Noise Mitigation Plan is required per 5.06(02)b.
   (2)   INCIDENTAL LIVE MUSIC, OUTDOORS. Amplified music activities occurring fully outside a building is allowed as follows:
      a.   Special Use Permit. A special use permit is required for all Incidental Live Music, Outdoors, uses. See Sec. 35-2206.
      b.   Noise & Lighting Mitigation Plan. A mitigation plan detailing measures to be taken to maintain acceptable noise and lighting levels at a distance of 100 feet or greater from any opening of that establishment is required. See the General Performance Standards in Article V of the zoning regulations.
      c.   Hours of Operation. The hours of operation will be established by the special use permit process, based upon proximity to residential uses and clarity and comprehensiveness of the Noise Mitigation Plan.
   (3)   TEMPORARY OUTDOOR EVENTS. Temporary outdoor live music events may be approved per Sec. 35-3418.
   (h)   PARKING STRUCTURES.
   (1)   APPLICABILITY. The regulations of this section apply to stand-alone, accessory structures occupied by decked, multi-level motor vehicle parking.
   (2)   BUILDING TYPE REGULATIONS. The accessory structure tables for each building type identify which zones allow accessory parking structures.
   (3)   LOCATION. Accessory parking structures must be located on the same lot as the principal structure.
   (4)   YARD. Accessory parking structures must be located in the rear yard and be screened from view of any primary street by the principal building. Parking structures on lots with multiple designated primary street frontages must be screened from view of all designated primary streets.
   (5)   ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS.
      a.   Setbacks. Parking structures may not be located closer to any street or interior side lot line than the principal structure.
      b.   Height. The overall height of a parking structure must be at least one story lower than the tallest principal structure.
      c.   Facade Design. On street frontages, accessory parking structures must meet the parking facade design regulations per Sec. 35-3906(e)(11) .
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3905 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3906. BUILDING DESIGN.

   (a)   GENERAL.
   (1)   APPLICABILITY. The regulations of this section apply to all buildings in the Moline Centre districts.
   (2)   INTENT. The regulations of this section, Sec. 35-3906, along with the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903, are intended to improve the physical quality of buildings, improve the long-term value and durability of buildings, enhance the pedestrian experience, and protect the historic form and scale of the City.
      a.   Durable, High Quality. Ensure the use of well-tested, high-quality, durable, weather-resistant, exterior-grade materials on the majority of finished building surfaces, while permitting a wider range of materials for details. High quality materials can improve how well buildings weather, reduce material failure rate, require lower maintenance, have a longer life cycle and sense of permanence, and maintain longer term value.
      b.   Clearly Articulated, Human-Scaled Facades. Promote clearly articulated, well-organized facades that are easy to understand, have a clear hierarchy, and yield building proportions and details comfortable to and in line with the scale of people.
   (3)   DESIGN ADJUSTMENTS. Modifications to specific building design regulations expressly defined throughout this section, Sec. 35-3906, may be approved through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), provided the design meets the intent of the building design regulations in Sec. 35-3906(a)(2).
   (b)   ROOF TYPES.
   (1)   REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL ROOF TYPES.
      a.   Major Roof Components. The major components of any roof shall meet the requirements of one or a combination of the roof types allowed per the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903.
      b.   Minor Roof Components. Roofs for bay or bow windows and dormers are not required to meet a roof type.
      c.   Rooftop Outdoor Facilities. Terraces, green roofs, rooftop gardens, and other outdoor facilities are allowed on any roof and are not considered a roof type, except as follows:
         1.   Any permanently covered, open-air area applies to the overall height as regulated by the building type regulations (Sec. 35-3903), or may be treated as an interior building tower per Sec. 35-3906(b)(6).
         2.   Any fully enclosed structure on a roof must meet the tower regulations per Sec. 35-3906(b)(6).
         3.   Where any canopy or cover is visible from any public way or open space, the cover must comply with a roof type per this section, Sec. 35-3906(b).
      d.   Roof Encroachments. Roofs, including all eaves or overhangs, must be fully located within the property lines of the lot except as encroachments into yards allowed per Sec. 35-3903(l)(5). See building types in Sec. 35-3903 for setback regulations.
   (2)   OTHER ROOF TYPES. Other roof designs not defined in this section may be approved through a design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) with the following requirements:
      a.   Occupied Building Space. The roof type must not create additional occupiable floor space beyond that permitted by the building type. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
      b.   Other Design. The shape of the roof should be different from those defined in this section, Sec. 35-3906(b), such as a dome, spire, or vault, and not an allowed pitched roof, parapet roof, or flat roof, except as otherwise expressly stated in this section, Sec. 35-3906.
      c.   Warrant. The building should warrant a separate status from the majority of buildings in the district, with a correspondence between the form of the roof and the building use or location. For example, a dome for planetarium or a unique, singular roof for a more distinctive museum or cultural facility.
   (3)   PARAPET ROOF TYPE. A parapet is a low wall projecting above a building’s roof along the perimeter of the building on all street facades and other primary facades. The roof beyond the parapet may be flat, vaulted, or pitched, but should not be visible above the parapet from the street. See Figure 3906(f)-A Example of a Parapet Roof.
      a.   Parapet Height. Height is measured from the top of the upper story to the top of the parapet.
         1.   Minimum height is 1.5 feet and maximum height is 6 feet.
         2.   Roof slope beyond the parapet must not be visible above the parapet.
         3.   A shadow line must be located within 2 feet of the top of the uppermost story. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of shadow line.
         4.   A shadow line must be located at the top of the parapet. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of shadow line.
      b.   Occupied Building Space. Occupied building space shall not be incorporated behind this roof type. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
      c.    Rooftop Appurtenances. With the exception of solar panels and wind energy systems, any rooftop appurtenances must be located towards the rear or interior of the parapet roof. Rooftop appurtenances may be located within a tower per Sec. 35-3906(b)(6) or located such that the parapet blocks their view from the sidewalk across the street or see Sec. 35-3906(f)(4) for additional regulations of mechanical equipment.
Figure 3906(f)-A. Example of a Parapet Roof Type
   (4)   PITCHED ROOF TYPE. This roof type is a sloped or pitched roof, where the slope appears on all street and other primary facades. Slope is measured with the vertical rise divided by the horizontal span or run. See Figure 3906(f)-B Examples of Pitched Roof type.
      a.   Pitch Measure. The roof may not be sloped less than a 4:12 (rise:run) or more than 14:12. Slopes less than 4:12 are allowed to occur on second story or higher roofs.
      b.   Configurations.
         1.   Hipped, gabled, and combination of hips and gables with or without dormers are allowed.
            i.   When the ridge line runs parallel to any primary frontage, either a gabled end or perpendicular ridge line must occur at least every 100 feet of roof; or one dormer must be provided for every 15 feet of ridge line on any street or primary frontage with at least one dormer per frontage.
            ii.   Occupied building space within the roof is allowed and counts as a half or full story. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(9) for definition of half story and any half-story limitations per the building type regulations. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
         2.   Gambrel and mansard roofs are allowed per the following:
            i.   Gambrel roofs with the ridge line perpendicular to the street are allowed.
            ii.   Gambrel roofs with the ridge parallel to the street and mansard roofs are allowed only when one dormer is provided for every 20 feet of ridge line on any street or primary frontage with at least one dormer per frontage.
            iii.   The roof height must be no greater than the tallest allowed height of one upper story per the building type regulations, Sec. 35-3903.
            iv.   Occupied building space is required beneath this roof type and counts as a half or full story, based upon the percentage of footprint allowed for a half story within the building type regulations. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(9) for definition of half story. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
         3.   Butterfly (or inverted gable or V-shaped roof) and shed roofs are allowed only with approval of a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) and provided:
            i.   Negative impacts on neighboring properties, such as shading or glare, are mitigated
            ii.   The butterfly or shed roof must not exceed 8 feet in total height, inclusive of overhang.
            iii.   The roof must not be significantly higher than the surrounding context, unless the visibility of the roof is screened from the street and neighbors by the building.
            iv.   Occupied building space within the roof is allowed and counts as a half or full story. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(9) for definition of half story and any half-story limitations per the building type regulations. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
Figure 3906(f)-B. Examples of Pitched Roof Type
      c.   Maximum Roof Height. Roofs without occupied building space must have a maximum height on primary and non-primary frontage facades equal to no more than 1.5 times the upper-story floor-to-floor height utilized on the building.
      d.   Half Stories in Roof. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(9) for definition of half story.
      e.   Rooftop Appurtenances. With the exception of solar panels and wind energy systems, any rooftop appurtenances must be recessed within the pitched roof with no visibility from anystreet or adjacent open space. See Sec. 35-3906(f)(4) for additional regulations of rooftop mechanical equipment.
   (5)   FLAT ROOF TYPE. The flat roof type is a visibly flat roof with significant eaves extending beyond the facade. See Figure 3906(f)-C Example of a Flat Roof.
Figure 3906(f)-C. Example of a Flat Roof Type
      a.   Maximum Slope. The maximum slope of the roof is 2:12; however, the roof must not appear to be visibly sloped from the street or other primary frontage.
      b.   Eaves. Eaves are required on all street and other primary frontages.
         1.   Eave Depth. Eaves must have a depth of at least 14 inches. Eave depth is measured from the building facade to the outside edge of the eave.
         2.   Eave Thickness. Eaves must be a minimum of 6 inches thick. Eave thickness is measured at the outside edge of the eave, from the bottom of the eave to the top of the eave.
      c.   Interrupting Vertical Walls. Vertical walls may interrupt the flat roof and extend above the top of the eave with no discernible roof type.
         1.   No more than one-third or 30 feet, whichever is less, of any primary facade may consist of an interrupting vertical wall.
         2.   Vertical walls shall extend no more than 8 feet above the top of the eave.
      d.   Occupied Building Space. Occupied building space shall not be incorporated within this roof type, including the flat roof and vertical wall. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
      e.   Rooftop Appurtenances. With the exception of solar panels and small wind energy systems, rooftop appurtenances may not be located on the flat portion of this roof type. Any rooftop appurtenances may be located behind the interrupting vertical wall with no visibility from the sidewalk across the street per Sec. 35-3906(f)(4) or may be located within a tower per Sec. 35-3906(b)(6).
   (6)   TOWERS. A tower is a vertical element in addition to the roof type(s) applied to the building. See Figure 3906(f)-D Example of Tower.
      a.   Degree of Enclosure. A tower occurring on a street facade must be fully enclosed. Any interior building tower may be partially or fully enclosed. A fully open structure, such as a rooftop pergola is not a tower.
      b.   Quantity. Unless otherwise defined in the building type regulations, the following is allowed:
         1.   Street Facade Towers. A maximum of 2 towers located within 15 feet of any street facade is permitted on any building. Street facade towers are intended to enhance the facade design.
         2.   Interior Building Towers. Two additional interior building towers are allowed in addition to the street facade towers, provided the interior building towers are located a minimum of 30 feet from any street facade. Interior towers are typically functional, providing housing for utilities or access to the roof.
      c.   Tower Height.
         1.   Maximum height, measured from the top of the uppermost floor of the building to the top of the tower shaft, not including the tower roof, is the equivalent of the height of one upper floor of the building to which the tower is applied.
         2.   A tower allows up to one additional story of height within the tower footprint to any building type where permitted and is not included in the overall maximum height of the building allowed by the building type.
      d.   Tower Footprint.
         1.   A tower footprint may be polygonal (simple, e.g. hexagonal or octagonal), rectilinear, or cylindrical in plan.
         2.   The maximum width in any direction of the footprint of any tower is 1/3 the width of any street or primary facade or 20 feet, whichever is less.
      e.   Tower Spacing.
         1.   Street facade towers, within 15 feet of any street facade, must be spaced a minimum of 120 feet from other street facade towers.
         2.   Interior building towers must be located a minimum of 60 feet from any other tower.
      f.   Transparency.
         1.   Street Facade Towers. Street facade towers must meet the transparency requirements of the building type.
         2.   Interior Building Towers. Interior building towers with facades taller than 5 feet above the roof must meet the minimum primary street, upper-story transparency requirement of the building type.
      g.   Horizontal Shadow Lines. If the tower extends the building up to a 5th or higher story, a shadow line is required between the 4th and 5th stories on any tower street facade. Shadow lines required by the roof type used on the tower also apply.
      h.   Occupied Building Space. Towers may be occupied by the same uses allowed in the building type to which it is applied. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of occupied building space.
      i.   Tower Roof. The tower must be roofed by any roof type defined in this subsection 35-3906(b) or approved as an other roof type per Sec. 35-3906(b)(2).
      j.    Rooftop Appurtenances. No rooftop appurtenances are permitted on tower roofs. Roof appurtenances may be housed within a tower.
Figure 3906(f)-D. Example of Tower
   (c)    ENTRANCE TYPES. The following applies to entrance types in street yards on the exterior of any building type.
   (1)    REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL ENTRANCE TYPES. Entrance types are allowed per building type, see Sec. 35-3903. The following applies to entrance types on any street or courtyard facades.
      a.   Retaining Walls. See Sec. 35- 3907(e)(2)) for retaining walls located in any street yard.
      b.   Railings. Railings for all porches or ramps must be constructed of steel or cast stone on all building types.
      c.   Accessibility. All development must comply with the Illinois Accessibility Code.
      d.   Step Layout. The following applies to exterior steps associated with an entrance type:
         1.   When located perpendicular to the facade and street, steps must be a minimum of 6 feet in width.
         2.   In narrower front yards, step runs longer than 4 feet should be located with the centerline parallel to the building.
         3.   Step runs should be limited to no more than 5 risers with landings in between for ease of use.
         4.   Step Sizes. Risers on exterior steps associated with an entrance type must be the minimum height required to reach the required height, ideally between 4 and 7 inches. Treads must be as deep as possible for a comfortable walk, typically between 10 and 12 inches.
      e.   Design Adjustment. Other configurations for any entrance type may be approved through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), provided the intent of the entrance type is maintained.
Figure 3906(f)-E. Example of a Storefront Entrance
Figure 3906(f)-F. Example of Stoop Entrance
Figure 3906(f)-G. Example of Porch Entrances
   (2)   STOREFRONT ENTRANCE TYPE.
      a.   Intent. Storefront entrance types are intended to provide at or close to grade access between the store and adjacent sidewalk creating a high level of permeability. See Figure 3906(f)-E.
      b.   Recessed Entrance. Where the sidewalk outside the storefront is less than 7 feet in width, measured perpendicular to the facade, entrances must be recessed as follows:
         1.   The door must be recessed between 3 and 8 feet deep, measured from the facade.
         2.   The maximum width of the recess is 10 feet.
         3.   The recess must only occur on the ground story.
      c.   Transparency. A minimum amount of ground-story storefront glass is required per the building type regulations.
         1.   The storefront entrance must meet the minimum transparency requirements.
         2.   The glass shall turn the corner of any recessed entry as shown in Figure 3906(f)-E.
         3.   Transom windows. Transom windows above doors and windows are required where the top of the door is lower than the top of the window. Existing transom windows must be retained as transparent windows.
         4.   See Sec. 35-3906(e)(1) for general window regulations.
      d.   Bulkhead. Where a bulkhead is incorporated, the maximum height is 24 inches. A bulkhead is the lower set of panels or low wall upon which the storefront windows rest. See Figure 3906(f)-E. The bulkhead may be constructed of wood, metal, concrete, spandrel glass, or masonry. Concrete masonry units may not be exposed. See Sec. 35-3906(d) for allowed facade materials.
      e.   Security Shutters. External roll down shutters are not allowed. Any necessary security grills must be located inside the shop windows, and shall not be solid. Preferred security systems are glass shock or breaker sensors, or electronic alarms.
   (3)   STOOP ENTRANCE TYPE. A stoop is a small, open platform that may include a canopy or roof cantilevered off the building. See Figure 3906(f)-F.
      a.   Location. Stoops on any street facades in the Moline Centre districts may encroach up to within one foot of the front or street-side lot line, except the stoop may not encroach into any expanded streetscape area required per Sec. 35-3903(f)(5).
      b.   Stoop Size. Stoops must be a minimum of 4 feet wide and 3 feet deep.
      c.   Canopy. Any canopy or roof over a stoop must be located within 3 feet of the top of the ground story.
      d.   Ramps. Ramps required by any accessibility regulations must be designed as part of the stoop.
   (4)   PORCH ENTRANCE TYPE. A porch is a raised, roofed platform open on all sides not abutting the building. See Figure 3906(f)-G.
      a.   Location. Porches on any street facades in the Moline Centre districts may encroach up to within 3 feet of the front or street-side lot line, except the stoop may not encroach into any expanded streetscape area required per Sec. 35-3903(f)(5).
      b.   Porch Size. Minimum porch size is 5 feet deep and 8 feet wide.
      c.   Height. Porch roof height shall be a maximum of 2 stories, each story meeting the floor-to-floor story height of the building type.
      d.   Unenclosed. At least 50% of the exterior wall area shall be open; mesh screened areas, glazing and guardrails shall be considered enclosed.
      e.   Ramps. Ramps required by any accessibility regulations must be designed as part of the stoop.
   (5)   FLOODPLAIN LOCATIONS. For all entrance types, where new construction is located in a regulated floodplain and the flood elevation requires the ground story to be elevated more than 6 inches and treated for flooding, the following applies to all entrance types:
      a.   Treatment below Ground Story. Where the ground story must be elevated to accommodate potential flood waters, one of the following configurations used:
         1.   Steps and Retaining Walls. A combination of steps, ramps, and retaining walls may be used in the landscape for access to the ground story. See Sec. 35-3906(c)(1).
Figure 3906(f)-H. Examples of a Elevated Storefront
         2.   Visible Basement. Any building facade below the ground story and above grade a maximum of 4 feet is a visible basement and the following applies:
            i.   In the case of a regulated floodplain, the visible basement half story does not count towards the overall building height allowed in the building type regulations.
            ii.   Allowed major facade materials and upper building transparency requirements apply to all visible basements.
            iii.   Where required below base flood elevation (BFE), breakaway walls or enclosures with louvers may be substituted for street facade transparency requirements. Breakaway walls on street facades may not be solid and may be constructed of wood or PV open lattice, slats, slanted louvers, or shutters. All lattice, slats, and louvers must be within a frame, constructed as panels.
            iv.   Openings without glass or louvers are not allowed on a primary street visible basement facade.
            v.   Decorative concrete or masonry work on the base, such as shallow alcoves, archways, or brick patterns, is encouraged.
         3.   Storefront Entrance Types. The following applies to Storefront buildings in floodplains:
            i.   The ground story elevation may be increased above that allowed per the building type to accommodate floodplain regulations.
            ii.   A storefront platform elevated above the public sidewalk and extending parallel to the building facade is required.
            iii.   Platform Material. Any platform must be a masonry or concrete structure, faced with an allowed major facade material if exposed. Wood decking or open metal platforms attached to the building are not allowed on primary facade except through approval of a design adjustment per Sec. 35-3909(e).
   (d)   FACADE MATERIALS.
   (1)   MAJOR FACADE MATERIALS. Allowed major facade materials are listed in Table 3906-1. Figure 3906(f)-I illustrates major and minor facade materials.
      a.   Street and Other Primary Facades. Major materials are required on all street and other primary facades, unless otherwise stated, and are intended to serve as the main surface material on street-facing and other primary facades. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(4) for other primary facades including courtyard facades. Major materials must be used on a minimum of 65% of applicable facades, not including window and door areas.
      b.   Simplicity of Facade Materials. The intent of these regulations is the use of fewer facade materials resulting in simpler, clearer building designs.
         1.   Single Major Material. A single major facade material must be used for the street and other primary facades of the building.
         2.    Design Adjustment. A design adjustment may be approved for dividing the building into segments with at least one segment 120 feet or greater so that each segment may utilize a different major facade material. Figure 3906(f)-I illustrates major and minor facade materials.
            i.   Building segments must be separated by a minimum 3-foot setback.
            ii.   Courtyards may count as a separate building segment.
Figure 3906(f)-I. Example of Major and Minor Materials on a Facade
      c.   Side and Rear Facades.
         1.   For any rear and side facades that are generally perpendicular to a street or other primary facade, allowed major materials on the street or primary facade must extend along that side or rear facade a distance equal to the horizontal distance to the side facade of the adjacent building or 30 feet, whichever is less.
         2.   All major materials may be used on side and rear facades.
         3.   See Table 3906-2 for facade materials that may be used on side and rear facades in addition to major materials.
      d.   Original Facade Materials. Where brick or stone is an existing building's original major facade material, the following applies:
         1.   The original brick or stone may be maintained if in good condition or repaired, or the brick or stone may be replaced by new brick or stone.
         2.   A different major material may not be installed over the original brick or stone except as approved through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
   (2)   MINOR FACADE MATERIALS.
      a.   Maximum Minor Materials for Street Facades. A maximum of 35% of each street or other primary facade surface, not including window and door areas, may be composed of minor facade materials per Table 3906-3.
      b.   Accents and Details. Additional materials are allowed for trim, accents, and details per Table 3906-4, not included in the maximum facade area.
   (3)   PITCHED ROOF MATERIALS. The following materials are allowed on pitched roofs: dimensional asphalt composite shingles, wood shingles and shakes, metal tiles or standing seam, slate, ceramic tile, and engineered wood or slate.
   (4)   APPROPRIATE GRADE OF MATERIALS. All doors, windows, and hardware must be of commercial grade quality with the exception of those on Row or Yard buildings.
   (5)   MATERIAL INSTALLATION. The following material installation requirements are intended to advance the quality of construction, durability, and aesthetics of new buildings, specifically related to application and detailing of facade materials.
      a.   Changes in Facade Materials. Changes in facade materials, whether major materials or minor materials, should occur mainly at concave corners or changes in building planes.
      b.   Materials Hierarchy. A hierarchy of materials must be maintained on the building facade, where "heavier," articulated unit materials (brick, concrete masonry units, stone) are located at the base of the facade and "lighter," constant surface materials with fewer seams (stucco, panels) are located above those on the facade.
      c.   Shadow Lines on Surfaces. Shadow lines must delineate changes in materials with solid materials of a thickness that is greater than 1.5 inches, such as cast stone, masonry, or stone. For example, cast stone elements or brick may be offset to create a shadow.
   (6)   OTHER MATERIALS. Materials that are not listed in this section as allowed major, minor, accent/detail, or roof materials may not be installed on any facade or roof unless approved through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
      a.   Intent. Other materials may be allowed if the applicant demonstrates the material in its proposed application meets the intent of the facade material standards.
      b.   Examples. Samples and examples of successful high-quality installation in the region and the manufacturer’s warranty and industry ratings must be provided by the applicant.
      c.    Prohibited Materials. Materials listed as prohibited on Table 3906-5 may not be approved as other materials.
Table 3906-1. Allowed Major Materials on Street & Primary Facades
Table 3906-2. Allowed Side & Rear Facade Materials
Table 3906-3. Allowed Minor Facade Materials
Table 3906-4. Allowed Detail & Accent Materials
Table 3906-5. Prohibited Materials
   (e)    FACADE ELEMENTS.
   (1)    WINDOWS. Wind ows on street and other prima ry facades of all buildings must be consistent with the following requirements:
      a.   Amount. Each building must meet the transparency requirements per the building type regulations. See Sec. 35-3903.
      b.   Recessed. All windows, with the exception of ground-story storefront systems and glass curtain wall systems, must be recessed with the glass a minimum of 1.5 inches from the facade surface material or adjacent trim.
      c.   Vertically Oriented. A minimum of 70% of street facade windows must be individually vertically oriented, but may be grouped in a set. See Figure 3906(f)-J.
Figure 3906(f)-J. Vertically Oriented Windows
 
      d.   Operable Windows. With the exception of ground-story storefront glass and glass curtain wall systems, operable windows are required as follows:
         1.   A minimum of 70% of all street facade windows on all buildings must be operable.
         2.   Examples include single-hung, double-hung, pivot, casement, and awning windows; fixed or picture windows are not operable.
      e.   Visibility Through Glass. Reflective glass and glass block are prohibited on street and other primary facades. Windows must meet the transmittance and reflectance factors established in the transparency definition. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(10)).
      f.   Expressed Lintels. For masonry construction, the expression of lintels must be included above all windows and doors by a change in brick coursing or by a separate detail or element. See Figure 3906(f)-J for illustrations of expressed lintels on masonry facades.
      g.   Garage Doors. Garage doors utilized for patio access, open air dining, or display and not utilized for vehicular access, may be used for storefronts or other window requirements on any building type, provided the doors contribute to and meet the transparency requirements. Garage doors do not count as an entrance.
      h.   Unobstructed Windows. Ground-story, street-facade windows, other than those for residential uses, must be unobstructed. Window displays on the inside of the building may be used, blocking up to 70% of the window area, but the surfaces of windows must be clear. The remaining window area must have views into the occupied space of the building. See Chapter 3, Article II for window signs.
   (2)   DOORS. Doors on street and other primary facades of all buildings must be consistent with the following requirements:
      a.   Amount. Each building must meet the entrance requirements per the building type regulations. See Sec. 35-3903.
      b.   Recessed. All doors, with the exception of those in ground-story storefront systems and glass curtain wall systems, must be recessed with the door panel a minimum of 3 inches from the facade surface material or adjacent trim.
      c.   Visibility Through Glass. Doors on streets facades must include at least 35% transparent glass, meeting the transmittance and reflectance factors established in the transparency definition. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(10). A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for a lower transmittance, such as frosted glass for all doors except a principal entrance to the building.
      d.   Open, Operable Doors. All doors on a primary facade must be fully operable as follows:
         1.   False doors are not allowed.
         2.   The minimum number of required doors on a facade per the building type regulations must be open and operable during the business hours of the tenant behind the door.
         3.   A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for an alternative to the open door requirement based upon the use in the building.
   (3)   SHUTTERS. When shutters, whether functional or not, are utilized on a street or other primary facade of any building type, the shutters must meet the following requirements. See Figure 3906(f)-K.
      a.   Size. All shutters must be sized for the windows, so that, if the shutters were to be closed, they would not be too small for complete coverage of the window.
      b.   Materials. Shutters must be wood, metal, or fiber cement. Synthetic and engineered woods are allowed provided that the applicant submits a sample and examples of high-quality, local installations of the material.
Figure 3906(f)-K. Examples of Shutters
   (4)   AWNINGS & CANOPIES. Removable awnings and canopies attached to buildings and located on any street or primary facade must be constructed consistent with the requirements of this section. See Figure 3906(f)-L for examples of awnings.
      a.   Material. All awnings and canopies shall be canvas or metal. Plastic awnings are prohibited.
      b.   Lighting. Backlighting is allowed only on metal awnings.
      c.   Structures. Frames must be metal and wall-mounted. Support poles from the ground are prohibited except where the awning is over 8 feet in depth and utilized for outdoor eating areas or entrances.
      d.   Canopies & Light Shelves. Permanent canopies, projections, or overhangs used as architectural features, light shelves, or shading devices are allowed and not intended to be regulated by this subsection 35-3906(e)(3), except as follows:
         1.   Shingled permanent canopies are not allowed on the first floor, primary facades.
      e.   Right-of-Way. Awnings or canopies extending into any right-of-way require a license agreement per the municipal code, Chapter 6, Article II.
      f.   Clearance. All portions of any awning or canopy shall provide at least 7 feet of vertical clearance over any walkway and 15 feet of vertical clearance over vehicular areas.
Figure 3906(f)-L. Examples of Awnings
      g.   Signs. See Chapter 3, Article II for signs on awnings and canopies.
   (5)   BALCONIES. Balconies on a facade facing any street or other primary facade shall be consistent with the requirements of this subsection. See Figure 3906(f)-M for examples of balconies.
      a.   Definitions. For the purpose of this subsection, Sec. 35-3906(e)(5), the following definitions apply:
         1.   Balconies. Balconies include any roofed or unroofed platform that projects from the wall of a building above grade more than 18 inches and that is enclosed only by a parapet or railing. This definition does not include false balconies, Juliet balconies, or balconettes.
         2.   Balconettes. Balconettes are false balconies, sometimes referred to as Juliet balconies, consisting of a rail and door, either without an outdoor platform or with an outdoor platform less than 18 inches in depth.
      b.   Balconettes. Balconettes are allowed and not subject to any of the balcony regulations in this subsection.
      c.   Size. Balconies must be a minimum of 4 feet deep and 5 feet wide.
      d.   Facade Coverage. A maximum of 35% of street facades, calculated separately for each facade, may be covered by balconies. The balcony area is calculated by drawing a rectangle on the facade elevation around the following: the platform or floor of the balcony; any rails, walls, columns, or indentations; and any ceiling, roof, or upper balcony.
      e.   Integrated Design. Balconies must be integrated within the design of the facade, avoiding tacking the balconies onto the facade after the elevation has been designed.
         1.   A minimum of 50% of the perimeter of each balcony must abut an exterior wall of the building, partially enclosing the balcony.
         2.   The balcony support structure must be integrated with the building facade; separate columns or posts supporting any balcony from the ground are not allowed.
      f.   Platform. The balcony platform must be at least 3 inches thick and any underside of a balcony that is visible from any street or public way shall be finished.
      g.   Build-to Zone Exemption. When the balcony is in the build-to zone, the portion of the facade behind it is exempt from meeting the build-to zone requirement.
      h.   Design Adjustment. A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for an alternative balcony design, provided the design meets the intent of these regulations.
Figure 3906(f)-M. Examples of Balconies
Figure 3906(f)-N. Examples of Defined Principal Entryways
   (6)   PRINCIPAL ENTRYWAY. See Figure 3906(f)-N for examples of defined principal entryways. Principal entrances to all buildings or units, except storefronts, must be visible from the street and clearly delineated through one or more of the following design features:
      a.   Roof or Canopy. The entryway is covered by a roof or canopy differentiating it from the overall building roof type.
      b.   Porch. The entryway is through a porch on any building type except a Storefront building.
      c.   Sidelights and Transom. Sidelights or transom windows are included around the entryway.
      d.   Articulation. The entryway is included in a separate bay of the building that extends up at least 2 stories or in a recessed bay with a change in material.
      e.   Design Adjustment. Other structural methods of substantially differentiating the entrance from the facade similar in scope to the examples of this subsection and not including paint, trim, or materials change may be approved through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
   (7)   GROUND STORY AT SLOPING FRONTAGES.
      a.   Intent. Grade transitions on any building facade along a significantly sloped street sidewalk must be designed to minimize blank walls and maximize pedestrian-scale frontages between waist and eye level. See Figure 3906(f)-O for examples of positive facades along slopes.
      b.   Storefronts. The following regulations apply to storefront facades along sloping streets or other primary frontages:
         1.   The interior floor level must step to match the exterior grade within 3 feet and/or changes in grade may be accommodated by a storefront window display space.
         2.   Knee walls and bulkheads must not exceed 24 inches in height except a maximum 10% or one 10-foot section, whichever is greater, may be up to 36 inches in height.
Figure 3906(f)-O. Examples of Ground Story along Slopes Streets and Sidewalks
         3.   Retaining walls at sloped facades must not exceed 18 inches in height except a maximum 10% or one 10-foot section, whichever is greater, of walls may be up to 30 inches in height.
         4.   If the grade change is more than 9 feet in height along a single block face, entrance requirements may be increased to one entrance per 90 feet of building frontage.
         5.   If the grade change is more than 9 feet along a single block face, building entrances adjacent to the street must be within 3 feet of the grade of the adjacent sidewalk.
   c.   Non-Storefronts. The following regulations apply to all non-storefront facades along sloping streets:
         1.   Multiple front entrances along the street must activate each segment of building section at each grade.
         2.   The interior floor level must step to match the changes in exterior grade within a 3-foot range and/or deeper transition zones between the sidewalk and building facade of porches, terraces, and landscape areas may be used assist with grade changes.
         3.   Changes may be accommodated by terraced planters and retaining walls. Retaining walls must not exceed 18 inches in height except a maximum 10% or one 10-foot section, whichever is greater, of walls may be up to 30 inches in height.
         4.   When the elevation of the first floor is more than 3 feet above grade, windows must be provided into the basement or lower floor elevation. See definition of visible basement in 35-3903(m).
   d.   Design Adjustment. An alternative method of addressing significant slopes along street and primary frontages may be approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), provided the design meets the intent of these regulations.
   (8)   VISTAS. Views down streets that terminate at parcels must be considered when locating buildings, parking, and building elements on those parcels. See Figure 3906(f)-P.
      a.   Rears of Buildings. The location of open space and streets shall not create views of the rear of buildings or parking behind buildings from primary streets and open or civic space.
      b.   Parking. Parking structures and surface parking lots are not permitted at the termination of a street vista.
      c.   Street Termini. When a street terminates at a parcel, the parcel must be occupied by one of the following:
         1.   Courtyard or Open Space. A courtyard or other open space must be located at the street terminus for the width of the subject street right-of-way. A vertical element shall terminate the view. Acceptable vertical elements include, but are not limited to, a stand or group of trees, a sculpture, a pergola or other public structure, or a fountain. Any open space must be treated as expanded streetscape per Sec. 35-3907(f).
         2.   Building. The facade of a building, whether fronting a primary street or not, must terminate the view for the width of the subject street right-of-way. The building must incorporate one of the following treatments to terminate the view: an allowed tower per Sec. 35-3906(b)(6), a bay, an allowed courtyard per the building type regulations (Sec. 35-3903), or an articulated, principal entryway per Sec. 35-3906(e)(6). That portion of the facade must be treated as a primary facade.
Figure 3906(f)-P. Examples of a Terminated Vista
 
   (9)   BUILDING ARTICULATION. See Figure 3906(f)-Q for examples of building facade variety. Buildings 120 feet in length or greater, as measured along any street frontage, must fulfill the following requirements:
      a.   Building Variety. Each street and other primary facade shall be varied in segments less than or equal to 60 feet. Each facade segment must vary by at least one of the following:
         1.   The proportion of recesses and projections within the build-to zone;
         2.   The location of the entrance and window placement, unless storefronts are utilized;
         3.   Roof type, plane, or material, unless otherwise stated in the building requirements;
         4.   Building height.
Figure 3906(f)-Q. Examples of Building Articulation
      b.   Articulation of Stories. Stories shall be articulated on street and other primary facades.
         1.   Fenestration. Fenestration or window placement on street facades shall be organized by stories per the building type facade transparency regulations.
         2.   Shadow Lines. Horizontal shadow lines and lintels over openings may be used to delineate stories with minimum shadow lines required per building type.
         3.   Mezzanines. Mezzanines that fall within the range of floor-to-floor heights of the building type shall be articulated on the facade and require separate calculation for transparency per Sec. 35-3903(l)(10) on tall stories.
         4.   Taller Spaces. Spaces exceeding the allowable floor-to-floor heights of the building type shall be articulated as multiple stories on the street facade.
   (10)   GARAGE DOORS. The following requirements apply to garage doors provided on any street facade.
      a.   Location. Allowed locations for vehicular garage doors on street and non-street facades are regulated by the building types in Sec. 35-3903.
      b.   Recessed from Facades. Garage doors located on street-facing facades must be recessed a minimum of 3 feet from the dominant facade of the principal building facing the same street.
      c.   Design. Garage doors facing a street or visible from a street must meet the following:
         1.   The doors must be clad with high-quality materials in a color used in the building facade.
         2.   The minimum transparency of the building must be met on the garage door, unless otherwise approved by a design adjustment.
         3.   Upgraded architectural doors or carriage-style doors are required on Row buildings.
   (11)   PARKING FACADES ALONG STREETS. See Figure 3906(f)-R for one illustration of a parking facade on a street. Parking facades are allowed only on non-primary street facades per the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903 and either as a separate accessory structure on the lot or in the rear of the building. The following standards apply to any parking facade visible from any street or other public way.
Figure 3906(f)-R. Example of a Parking Structure
 
      a.   Materials. Major and minor material requirements, per Sec. 35-3906(d) shall be met on all street facades. An additional permitted minor material is stained, finished concrete on any story.
      b.   Ramps and Slopes. Ramps and slopes shall not be located on any street facades.
      c.   Re-Use. Consider providing horizontal floors at the floor-to-floor heights of one of the building types allowed in the zoning district to allow future conversion to another use.
      d.   Vertical Divisions. Vertical divisions extending the full height of the structure are required every 30 feet to de-emphasize the horizontal decks. Divisions shall be a minimum of 2 feet in width with a minimum projection of 3 inches.
      e.   Screening of Vehicles. Visibility of parked motor vehicles must be screened from the street by walls with a minimum opacity of 50%. Alternative screening may be approved through a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
      f.   Blank Wall Limitations. No rectangular area greater than 30% of any story’s facade, as measured from floor to floor, and no horizontal segment of a story’s facade greater than 15 feet in width may be solid wall without an opening.
      g.   Entrances.
         1.   For all Storefront buildings, a pedestrian entrance directly into the parking structure from the street is required.
         2.   Unless provided through a building lobby, all pedestrian entrances directly into the garage must be separate from the vehicular entrance and directly accessed from the sidewalk.
         3.   All exterior pedestrian entrances into any garage must meet the principal entryway regulations in Sec. 35-3906(b). Stairwells must be located inside a tower per Sec. 35-3906(b) with windows at a transparency rate of 65%.
      h.   Cap. The top story of the parking structure shall include a parapet or other roof type along all facades. Refer to roof types defined in Sec. 35-3906(b).
      i.   Vehicular Entrances. Drive access location and width is regulated by the building type in 35-3903.
   (f)   MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. Mechanical equipment is necessary for any building design, but can have a negative visual impact and detract from the quality of the design of a building. The purpose of the regulations in this section, Sec. 35-3906(f), is to ensure that the visual impact of mechanical equipment and appurtenances is minimized to the maximum extent feasible.
   (1)   "MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT" DEFINED. When the following regulations refer to "mechanical equipment," any mechanical equipment or utility appurtenance, such as but not limited to HVAC systems, boilers, condensers, transformers, generators, vents, meters, ducts, are being referenced, except solar energy systems, subject to Sec. 34-3415.
   (2)   DESIGN ADJUSTMENT. Alternate locations for mechanical equipment other than those defined in this subsection, 35-3906(f), may be approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), provided the applicant proves the equipment cannot function in the locations allowed by these regulations and the equipment is screened to the maximum extent possible by methods other than only landscape.
   (3)   MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN BUILDING. Mechanical equipment must be located within the building, unless the applicant demonstrates that locating the equipment within the building would conflict with the equipment’s function. See tower regulations in Sec. 35-3906(b)(6), as allowed per building types (Sec. 35-3903), for rooftop building structure to potentially accommodate mechanical equipment.
   (4)   ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. Any rooftop mechanical equipment shall be located consistent with the following. See Figure 3906(f)-S for an example.
      a.    Incorporate equipment into the roof design consistent with the applicable standards of roof types in Sec. 35-3906(b)
.      b.   Set the equipment back a minimum of 15 feet from any street, trail, or alley facade.
      c.   Rooftop equipment must be screened from any street or trail.
Figure 3906(f)-S. Rooftop Utilities Screened from the Public Way by a Parapet
   (5)   MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ON STREET FACADES.
      a.   Mechanical equipment must not be located on a street facade unless the applicant demonstrates that locating the equipment in a different location would conflict with the equipment’s function.
      b.   Any mechanical equipment approved on a facade must be located consistent with the following standards:
         1.   Street Facade. The mechanical equipment may be located on a street facade only if all of the following requirements are met:
            i.   The equipment is located on a surface perpendicular (and not parallel) to the adjacent street. The equipment may be located on a facade parallel to the street only with approval of a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
            ii.   The equipment extends from the facade surface no more than 3 inches.
            iii.   The equipment must be designed as part of the facade, integrating with windows and materials. See examples in Figure 3906(f)-T.
         2.   Air Vents or Grills. Air vents and grills may be successfully incorporated into storefront window systems, provided the transparency requirements are met by the actual windows in the system.
         3.   Alignment. Multiple pieces of mechanical equipment must be organized on the facade in a regular pattern and aligned. Compliance with this standard must be illustrated on the drawing elevations submitted as part of the application.
         4.     Material Coordination . To the extent practicable, facade-mounte d mechanical appurtenances shall be located on a material that limits their visibility. For example, dark colored vents will be more visible on light colored fiber cement panels than a textured, darker surface such as brick.
Figure 3906(f)-T. Utility Appurtenances located on Facades
   (6)   MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ON OTHER HORIZONTAL SURFACES. Mechanical equipment, such as electrical transformers and air conditioners, located on the ground, decks, or horizontal surfaces other than the roof must be located consistent with the following standards:
      a.   No Encroachment. Mechanical equipment shall not extend into any right-of-way or any easement, unless otherwise approved by the City.
      b.   Allowed Yard Location. See Sec. 35-3903(m) for definition of yards.
         1.   Primary Street Yard. Mechanical equipment and appurtenances must not be located in the primary street yard, except as defined in Sec. 35-3906(f)(6)e.
         2.   Non-Primary Street Yard. Mechanical equipment may be located in the non-primary street yard only when the equipment cannot function or be located in a rear or side yard, and provided the equipment is screened from the street per Sec. 35-3907(l).
         3.   Rear and Side Yard. Mechanical equipment may be located in any rear or side yard.
      c.   Screening from Streets or Open Spaces. All equipment must be screened from view from any streets or civic open space per the following:
         1.   Walls for screening must be consistent with the building design, colors, and materials, faced with an allowed major-facade material.
         2.   Where landscaping only is employed, the following must be met:
            i.   The utility must be located in a larger landscape area and the landscape screen designed as part of the larger planting bed design.
            ii.   Shrubs must fully screen the equipment within 1 year of installation. Grasses that go dormant during winter months, but do not die to the ground are acceptable.
            iii.   The zoning administrator may require additional landscape materials to fully screen the equipment.
      d.   Screening from Adjacent Parcels. All equipment must be screened from adjacent parcels using the side and rear buffers in Sec. 35-3907(j).
      e.   Street or Primary Yard Location. Mechanical equipment located in a street yard or other primary frontage yard is allowed only if all of the following are met:
         1.   The applicant demonstrates that the equipment cannot be located in a rear yard, non-primary street yard, or in a side yard.
         2.   No other utility cabinets, boxes, or other appurtenances are within 100 feet along the same side of the street as the proposed utility appurtenance.
         3.   The equipment is located a minimum of 15 feet from a street intersection, measured from the intersection of the curb line, and does not impact the visibility at intersections governed by Sec. 35-5210.
          4.    The equipment is fully screened in a manner that is consistent with the building design, colors, and materials; the screen height is the minimum to adequately screen the equipment; and the equipment and screening does not block any facade transparency. See Figure 3906(f)-U for examples of poorly located, unscreened equipment on primary streets
Figure 3906(f)-U. Examples of Poorly Located Utility Appurtenances on Primary Streets
Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3906 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3907. LANDSCAPE & SITE DESIGN.

   (a)   GENERAL. This section replaces the landscaping system in the current code Article V, Division 2.
   (1)   PURPOSE. The landscape and site design regulations of this section are intended to provide the following:
      a.   To increase the comfort and safety of pedestrians and provide for a positive walking experience that supports the goal of a walkable downtown.
      b.   To protect the appearance of the City through context-sensitive, high-quality landscape and streetscape design.
      c.   To increase the compatibility of adjacent uses and minimize the adverse impacts created by adjoining or neighboring uses.
      d.   To reduce energy demands through the shading of buildings and pavement, reducing urban heat island effects.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. The regulations of this section Sec. 35-3907, apply to all Moline Centre districts as follows:
      a.   New Development and Expansions. New buildings constructed or whenever an existing building is enlarged or expanded by 5,000 square feet or more, unless otherwise stated in this article.
      b.   New Landscape and Site Elements. New landscape and site development elements to be constructed on an existing site that previously did not exist and are regulated by this section, Sec. 35-3907, such as landscaping, parking or loading areas, outdoor seating or dining areas, and other vehicular areas (e.g. new parking lot, new loading area).
      c.   Expansion of Existing Parking, Loading Areas, or other Vehicular Areas. Whenever an existing parking, loading, or other vehicular area is enlarged or expanded by more than 2,500 square feet, parking lot landscape, frontage buffers, and side and rear buffers must be applied per this article.
      d.   Expansion of Outdoor Seating/Dining Areas. Whenever an existing outdoor seating or dining area is enlarged or expanded by more than 500 square feet.
   (3)   SIGHT LINES AT INTERSECTIONS. See Sec. 35-5210 for regulations requiring clear sight lines at street intersections.
   (4)   STORMWATER. Stormwater detention, retention, or filtration systems, such as bioswales or rain gardens, may be located in any street yard or other required site landscape area, provided all other regulations are met.
   (b)   LANDSCAPE INSTALLATION.
   (1)   INTENT. The following provisions aid in ensuring that all required landscaping is installed and maintained properly.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. These provisions apply to landscape installation required by this section, Sec. 35-3907.
   (3)   GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
      a.   National Standards. Best management practices and procedures according to the nationally accepted standards must be practiced. All landscape and trees must be installed in conformance with the practices and procedures established by the most recent edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) as published by the American Association of Nurserymen.
      b.   Timing. All landscape materials must be fully installed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
         1.   If seasonal conditions preclude the complete installation, a bond and guarantee letter must be filed, equal to 1.5 times the installation costs as estimated by a qualified professional, is required.
         2.   Complete installation is required within 180 days of the issuance of the certificate of occupancy or the cash escrow or letter of credit may be forfeited.
      c.   Tree Measurement. Caliper is the measured diameter (inches) of the tree trunk for trees to be installed as follows:
         1.   Caliper measurement of the trunk must be taken 6 inches above the ground or top of the root ball up to and including 4 inch caliper size.
         2.   If the caliper at 6 inches above the ground exceeds 4 inches, the caliper should be measured at 12 inches above the ground or top of the root ball.
      d.   Plant Size Requirements. Plant material must be sized according to Table 3907-1 unless otherwise noted in this section.
      e.   Condition and Selection of Planting Materials. The plant materials used must be free from visible signs of disease, infestation, or physical defect at the time of planting. Plant materials must:
         1.   Be appropriate for the conditions of the location, including sun and wind exposure, air quality, salt exposure, soil type, expected moisture content of soil, and slope.
         2.   Not be an invasive or a potentially invasive species.
         3.   Be, wherever possible, native or naturalized to the region.
      f.   Compost, Mulch, and Organic Matter. Compost, mulch, and organic matter must be utilized within the soil mix to reduce the need for fertilizers and increase water retention.
      g.   Maintenance. All installed plant material must be fully maintained, including watering, mulching, fertilizing, and replacement as necessary for establishment.
   (4)   URBAN TREE INSTALLATION.
      a.   Permeable Surface. For each tree planted, a minimum amount of permeable surface area is required, unless otherwise stated in this code. See Table 3907-2 for estimated tree canopy sizes at maturity, soil volumes, and minimum permeable area required per tree.
         1.   Permeable area for one tree cannot count towards that of another tree.
         2.   Recommended permeable surface area is provided for information purposes.
      b.   Suspended Pavement System. When the required soil surface area of a tree (see Table 3907-2) will extend below any pavement, a modular suspended pavement system (Silva Cells, Root Space, or an approved equivalent), must be used below that pavement to ensure root growth and access to air and water.
   (c)   PLANTERS, PLANTING BEDS, & LAWNS.
   (1)   PLANTERS & PLANTING BEDS. All planters and planting beds must include shrubs, ornamental grasses (not turf or lawn grass), ground cover, vines, annuals, or perennials.
      a.   A minimum of 65% of any bed area must be covered in plant material at maturity. The remaining portion of the bed may be covered with natural, non-living permeable materials, such as mulch or pine straw. Colored rock is not allowed.
      b.   Annual beds must be maintained seasonally, replanting as necessary.
      c.   All species in planting beds must be native or naturalized for the area, and non-invasive per the Illinois Department of Natural Resources.
   (2)   LAWNS. Seeded, plugged, or sodded grass may be planted throughout landscaped lawn areas. Grass must be established within 90 days of planting or the area must be reseeded, replugged, or resodded.
Table 3907-1. Plant Material Size at Installation
Table 3907-1. Plant Material Size at Installation
PLANT MATERIAL TYPE
MINIMUM SIZE
Deciduous Shade/Overstory Tree
1.5 in. caliper/8 ft. height
Evergreen Tree
8 ft. height
Understory Tree
6 ft. height
Ornamental Tree
1.5 in. caliper
Shrubs - Deciduous
5 gallon container or 18 in. balled & burlapped
Shrubs - Evergreen
5 gallon container or 18 in. balled & burlapped
Groundcover
3 in. height
 
 
Table 3907-2. Estimated Canopy & Permeable Surface Area by Tree Size
TREE SIZE
ESTIMATED MATURE CANOPY SIZE
MINIMUM REQUIRED PERMEABLE SURFACE AREA
RECOMMENDED PERMEABLE SURFACE AREA (70% OF CANOPY SIZE)
Small
300 sq. ft.
100 sq. ft. (e.g. 4 ft. x 25 ft.)
210 sq. ft. (e.g. 4 ft. x 52.5 ft.)
Medium
700 sq. ft.
225 sq. ft. (e.g. 4 ft. x 56.25 ft.)
490 sq. ft. (e.g. 5 ft. x 98 ft.)
Large
1,000 sq. ft.
400 sq. ft. (e.g. 4 ft. x 100 ft.)
700 sq. ft. (e.g. 7 ft. x 100 ft.)
 
   (d)   SIDEWALKS. The following applies to all streetscape and on-site sidewalks referenced in this section, Sec. 35-3907.
   (1)   WAIVER. A waiver or modification to the regulations in this subsection 35-3907(d) may be requested per Sec. 35-2211.
   (2)   PAVEMENT WIDTH. A minimum of 5 feet of pavement area must be clear for all sidewalks.
   (3)   MATERIALS. Sidewalks must be composed of concrete. Other materials may be approved through an administrative adjustment per Sec. 35-3909(d) with engineering and public works approval. Concrete sidewalks must be at least 4 inches thick.
   (4)   ON-SITE SIDEWALK CONNECTIONS.
      a.   Continuous sidewalks or paved pathways dedicated to pedestrians and bicyclists must connect all building entrances to public sidewalks via the shortest possible route.
      b.   Building entrances located in the rear are exempt from this requirement when directly opening onto a public alleyway.
   (5)    CONNECTIONS THROUGH THE I-74 R.O.W. Continuous sidewalks or paved pathways dedicated to pedestrians and bicyclists must connect the public sidewalks from 5th Avenue at the I-74 elevated highway south to 6th Avenue as close to the I-74 r.o.w. as practicable. The intent is to provide as much connectivity between the east and west sides of I-74 as practicable. See Figure 3907(m)-A
Figure 3907(m)-A. Pedestrian Connections at I-74
   (6)   VEHICULAR CROSSINGS. Where sidewalks intersect with driveways, parking areas, and loading areas, the following applies:
      a.   Sidewalk paving material must continue through the vehicular area and the crossing area must be clearly differentiated from the vehicular area.
      b.   If the material of the pedestrian and vehicular area is similar, the pedestrian area must be differentiated through the use of elevation changes, speed bumps, another paving material, scoring, or other similar method.
   (e)   SITE STRUCTURES.
   (1)   FENCES & FREESTANDING WALLS. The following applies to all fences and freestanding walls in the Moline Centre Districts:
      a.   Lot Line. Fences and walls must be constructed a minimum of 4 inches off any lot line towards the interior of the lot, except when replacing an existing fence while retaining the existing fence posts.
      b.   Face Direction. All fences must be erected with the “good,” “decorative,” or “finished” side facing outward.
      c.   Unauthorized Placement Prohibited. No post, rail, fence, wires or other similar obstruction may be placed upon any street, sidewalk, or public right-of-way, except as otherwise expressly provided in these regulations (e.g. outdoor dining areas located on a sidewalk as allowed in Sec. 35-3905(d)).
      d.   Visibility at Intersections. Fences and walls must conform to the visibility triangle requirements of Sec. 35-5210.
      e.   Prohibited Fencing Types. Chained link, barbed wire, concertina wire, razor wire or ribbon, or any other similar type of wire, is not allowed. Electrified fencing is not allowed.
      f.   Measuring Fence Height. All fences must be measured as follows:
         1.   Street Yard Fences. Primary and non-primary yard fence height must be measured from the elevation of the adjacent public sidewalk, or, where no sidewalk exists, the back of curb or edge of pavement.
         2.   Side and Rear Yard Fences. All side and rear yard fence height must be measured from the natural existing grade at base of the fence.
      g.   Street Yard Fences. With the exception of any buffer fences required by this section, Sec. 35-3907, fences within or along the perimeter of any street yard must meet the following regulations:
         1.   Opacity. Street yard fences and walls over 30 inches in height must be less than 40% opaque.
         2.   Materials. Primary yard fences may be constructed of wood, steel, aluminum, or PVC. Brick-faced masonry may be used on walls 30 inches or less in height.
         3.   Height. Primary yard fences may not be more than 4 feet high in any zone.
      h.   Side and Rear Yard Fences. With the exception of any buffer fences required by this section, Sec. 35-3907, fences within or along the perimeter of any side or rear yard must meet the following regulations:
         1.   Materials. Non-primary street, side, and rear yard fences may be constructed of wood, steel, aluminum, brick-faced masonry, and PVC. Chain link is allowed along the perimeter of any side or rear yard where it is not visible from any street and with approval of an administrative adjustment. Masonry walls are allowed in side and rear yards.
         2.   Height. The maximum height of any fence in or on the perimeter of a rear or interior side yard is 6 feet except as otherwise stated in this subsection.
      i.   Design Adjustments. In CV districts, a design adjustment may be approved for additional height and other fence materials for designated sports field or ball court fencing.
   (2)   RETAINING WALLS. The following applies to all retaining walls in any street yard:
      a.   Height. Retaining walls must be no more than 30 inches in height above grade, ideally 18 inches to also serve as seatwalls. Where more than 30 inches of grade needs to be retained, a series of walls may be used. A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for an alternate design that meets the intent of these regulations.
      b.   Material. Retaining walls must be faced in an allowable major facade material.
      c.   Steep Slopes. Multiple retaining walls with sloped landscape in between may be used to accommodate taller elevations. Landscape beds may not be sloped greater than 3:1.
      d.   Design Adjustment. Alternative retaining wall designs may be approved through a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) provided the walls are necessary for development of a site.
   (3)   DECKS.
      a.   Yard Location. Decks may not be located in any primary street yard.
      b.   Non-Primary Street Yards. In non-primary street yards, the following applies:
         1.   Decks must be located a minimum of 1 foot from any lot line with landscape planting bed between any public streetscape sidewalk and the deck.
         2.   Deck floors may not be located more than 12 inches above any public sidewalk.
         3.   Deck rails must be metal, or a metal frame with wood slats. Deck rails may be no higher than 42 inches.
      c.   Rear or Side Yards. In rear or side yards, the following applies:
         1.   Decks must be set back a minimum of 3 foot from any lot line.
         2.   Decks may be no higher than 3 feet above the grade of the abutting lot line.
   (4)   TERRACES.
      a.   Definition. Terraces include any hard-surfaced outdoor area designed for people to dine, sit, or gather, and that is not designed for the storage or access of motor vehicles.
      b.   Street Yards. Terraces may be located in any street yard only when constructed within the following parameters:
         1.   Terraces contribute to any site coverage regulated by the building type in Sec. 35-3903.
         2.   Terraces may not exceed 12 inches above grade in any street yard.
         3.   All materials must be of high quality, such as cut stone, brick pavers, or decorative concrete.
         4.   Terraces in street yards must either be designed as a continuation of the streetscape pavement or be separated from the streetscape pavement by a planter or planting bed.
      c.   Side and Rear Yard. In any interior side or rear yard, terraces must be set back a minimum of 1 foot from any lot line.
   (f)   STREETSCAPE & STREET YARDS.
   (1)   INTENT. To treat the space between the building and street curb, the streetscape plus the street yard, as a cohesive landscape design that enhances the pedestrian experience. See Figure 3907(f)-A
Figure 3907(f)-A. Streetscape & Street Yard Areas
   (2)    APPL ICABILITY . The regulations of this section, Sec. 35- 3907(f), apply to all buildings and sites in the Moline Centre districts, unless otherwise stated.
   (3)   DEFINITIONS.
      a.   Streetscape. Streetscape is the pedestrian area abutting the back-of-curb of the street and including the parkway or street tree area and the continuous public sidewalk. The streetscape area may extend onto the lot if the pedestrian area of the public right-of-way is not large enough, per Sec. 35-3903(f)(5).
      b.   Street Yards. Street yard landscape addresses treatment of the private street yard, the area between any building facade and streetscape area defined above in a.
   (4)   MINIMUM STREETSCAPE AREA.
      a.   Easement Required. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(5) for streetscape areas less than 12 feet in depth (back of curb to edge of r.o.w.), where an easement is required to accommodate the full streetscape.
      b.   Design Adjustment. Where existing buildings are located such that the full streetscape area cannot be accommodated, a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for an alternate design, based upon the existing and desired context of the area. The alternate design, however, must include sidewalk and street trees at the back of curb.
   (5)   MAXIMUM SITE COVERAGE STREET YARDS. Landscape areas, decks per Sec. 35-3907(e)(3), and terraces per Sec. 35-3907(e)(4) may be incorporated into street yards, but the site must not exceed the maximum site coverage area. See building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903.
   (6)   STREETSCAPE DESIGN CONTINUITY. Streetscapes along corridors must be coordinated and designed for continuity.
      a.   Existing City-Installed Streetscape. Where streetscape has been installed by the City within the last 10 years, the applicant must coordinate with the zoning administrator to replace or repair any existing streetscape improvements.
      b.   Planned Streetscapes. Where streetscape is planned for the area, adjacent developments, or the corridor, the applicant must coordinate with the zoning administrator to ensure any streetscape installed is consistent and designed for continuity with other plans. See the City's most recent streetscape plans for Moline Centre.
      c.   Streetscape Design Continuation. An approved streetscape design for the subject site may be utilized by the City for the extension of the design in the surrounding district or along adjacent corridors to provide continuity.
      d.   Adjustments. A design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved to allow for an alternative method for providing the required streetscape, such as a fee-in-lieu or temporary provision during street construction. Pedestrian continuity must be provided within reasonable amount of time.
   (7)   STOREFRONT STREETSCAPE. For all Storefront buildings, the following is required along all primary frontages.
      a.   Streetscape Design. The entire streetscape and street yard area from building facade to the back of curb must be designed as a combination of hardscape, tree wells, and/or planter areas.
      b.   Pavement. Concrete pavement is required from back of curb to the street yard with a clear path defined per Sec. 35-3907(c).
      c.   Street Tree Zone. The street tree zone must include tree wells or planters for street trees per Sec. 35-3907(g).
      d.   Sidewalk Cafe. Sidewalk cafes may be incorporated into the streetscape and street yard area per the Outdoor Dining regulations, Sec. 35-3905(d).
   (8)   GENERAL STREETSCAPE. For all street frontages except primary frontages along Storefront buildings, the following is required:
      a.   Sidewalk. A minimum clear streetscape sidewalk is required along street frontages per Sec. 35-3907(c), located a minimum of 7 feet off the back of curb or edge of pavement.
      b.   Street Tree Zone. A minimum 7-foot wide street tree zone, between the back of curb and the sidewalk, is required.
         1.   Planting Areas. The street tree zone in non-storefront locations may be treated as a landscaped parkway or paved with tree wells. See Sec. 35-3907(c) for planters, planting beds, and lawns.
         2.   Street Trees. Street trees per Sec. 35-3907(g) must be provided within the street tree zone.
      c.   Additional Elements. Additional streetscape elements beyond those required in this section may be required per the zoning administrator, based on plans in place for the street, downtown, or the City.
   (9)   ENHANCED STREETSCAPE. The requirements of this section apply to any new streets and to development on all lots with 200 feet or more of street frontage on existing streets. The following additional elements are required for the full streetscape area:
      a.   Pavement Design. Special pavement design is required for all required minimum sidewalks, other hardscape defined by the base or storefront streetscape, and connections to on-site sidewalks. A palette of designs may be provided for each streetscape.
      b.   Street Furnishings. For a full block development, benches and/or seatwalls, planters, planter fences, tree grates, tree guards, and trash receptacles must be specified and quantities and locations listed for each street. For each block face, a minimum of 2 benches and 1 trash receptacle is required within the streetscape area.
      c.   Public Art. Along any cultural corridors defined in the City's most recent public art master plan, public art is required within either the streetscape or street yard. See Article V, Division 3.
      d.   Bicycle Parking. Bicycle parking must be supplied to meet the minimum bicycle parking requirements of the blockface uses per Sec. 35-3907(m). Bicycle parking location must be coordinated with the zoning administrator.
      e.   Landscape Design. Ground plane vegetation per Sec. 35-3907(c) must be designated for any landscape bed areas, planter areas, and open tree wells.
      f.   Lighting. Both pedestrian and vehicular lighting must be specified and locations and quantities noted. All lighting must meet any requirements of the director of engineering and samples must be submitted upon request of the zoning administrator.
   (10)   STREET YARD AREAS. All areas between the lot line abutting the street right-of-way and the building must be designed as an extension to the existing public streetscape, but may include varying degrees of landscaped and paved areas as follows:
      a.   Street Yards. General yard areas located between the building facade and the streetscape.
      b.   Courtyards. Courtyards in the street yard are allowed or required as part of the building type. See Primary Streetwall Variation in supplemental regulations of certain building types, Sec. 35-3903.
      c.   Outdoor Seating Areas. Outdoor seating or dining areas in the build-to zone are allowed or required as part of the building type. See Primary Streetwall Variation in supplemental regulations of certain building types, Sec. 35-3903.
   (11)   STREET YARD LANDSCAPE ELEMENTS. The following applies to landscaped and paved areas in any street yard:
      a.   Paving. Additional paving materials may be introduced, provided the design incorporates elements of and coordinates with the streetscape. For example, expansion or control joints in concrete in the streetscape and street yard must align.
      b.   Courtyards and Seating Areas. Courtyards and outdoor seating or dining areas in the supplemental regulations for each building type (Sec. 35-3903) have specific requirements for furnishings and other amenities. Additionally, one of the following landscape area requirements must be utilized:
         1.   Plaza. Where 60% or more of the area is paved, a minimum of 5% of the area must include landscape planters or pots, tree wells, or in-ground or raised planter beds.
         2.   Green. Where less than 60% of the area is paved, a minimum of 30% of the area must include landscape planters or pots, tree wells, or in-ground or raised planter beds.
      c.   General Street Yard Planting Bed. The following applies to any street yard area outside of a courtyard or seating/dining area, per the building type:
         1.   When any unpaved street yard area is shallower than 6 feet, the entire area must be planting bed per Sec. 35-3907(c).
         2.   When any unpaved street yard area is deeper than 6 feet, the unpaved area must include a minimum of 30% planting bed planting bed per Sec. 35-3907(c).
      d.   Courtyard Trees. Street yard areas must include at least one tree per every 1400 square feet of courtyard area. See Sec. 35-3903 for allowed courtyards in building types. See Appendix A for allowed trees.
      e.   Fences and Walls. Metal fences or masonry walls may be incorporated into any street yard area to separate distinct seating areas.
         1.   Primary Street Yard. In the primary street yard, fences and walls may not exceed 24 inches in height.
         2.   Non-primary Street Yard. In the non-primary street yard, fences and walls may not exceed 48 inches in height.
         3.   Fence Materials. Metal fences must be steel or iron, and have a maximum opacity of 60%.
         4.   Design Adjustment. Other fence or wall designs may be approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
   (g)   STREET TREES.
   (1)   INTENT. To line all streets with a consistent and appropriate planting of trees, establishing tree canopy for environmental and aesthetic benefits.
   (2)   REQUIRED STREET TREES.
      a.   Street trees must be installed as required and as a component of the streetscape area regulations in Sec. 35-3907(f).
      b.   Street trees must be installed along all new or existing streets, with the exception of alleys, where street trees or streetscape do not exist.
      c.   The zoning administrator may exempt locations where street trees exist or may require replacement of street trees in poor condition.
   (3)   STREET TREE TYPE. A list of permitted street tree types is located in Appendix A of Chapter 35.
      a.   Street trees must be medium or large trees.
      b.   Where more than 4 trees are planted, a combination of permitted species should be considered.
   (4)   SPACING AND LOCATION.
      a.   Spacing. Each lot is required to have one tree for every 40 feet of street frontage with a minimum of one street tree per street frontage.
      b.   Location. Street trees must be located in the street tree zone and:
         1.   2 feet minimum and a maximum of 10 feet off the back of curb, measured perpendicular to the curb, between the curb and sidewalk.
         2.   15 feet minimum from any street light.
         3.   20 feet minimum from intersection of two street curbs.
         4.   5 feet minimum from any driveway or building wall.
         5.   2 feet minimum from any utility valves or fire hydrant.
   (5)   TREE WELLS. For trees not installed in a planter area or parkway (Sec. 35- 3907(f)), the tree well must meet the following requirements:
      a.   Size. The tree well must be a minimum of 4 feet wide (the distance perpendicular to the curb) and 8 feet in length; however, the regulations for permeable area must be met in Sec. 35-3907(b)(4).
      b.   Opening. The opening of such tree well must include one of the following:
         1.   The tree well opening may be covered with an expandable iron tree grate, flush with the sidewalk;
         2.   The tree well opening may be rimmed with a continuous curbing approximately 4 inches wide and 6 inches above the height of the sidewalk;
         3.   The tree well opening may be surrounded by a masonry seat wall, 18 inches in height above the sidewalk grade; or
         4.   The tree well opening may be protected by other methods appropriate for the given site conditions and approved as an administrative adjustment with engineering and public works approval.
   (6)   CLEAR BRANCH HEIGHT. Minimum clear branch height is 7 feet for the portion of trees overhanging sidewalks and 12 feet for the portions of trees overhanging streets. The clear branch height of a tree is the distance between the ground plane and the lowest branch of the tree at maturity.
   (h)   WATERFRONT.
   (1)   INTENT. To enhance, provide, and protect visibility of the river and access to the waterfront via sight lines to the water from nearby streets, continuous landscape buffers, and continuous public-access paths along the waterfront.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. This section applies to lots in all zones abutting the waterfront.
   (3)   RIPARIAN EDGE.
      a.   20-foot Required Edge. A minimum 20-foot deep riparian edge must be provided along all waterfronts, measured from the ordinary high water mark, inland, perpendicular to the water's edge. Access paths may not be located in the riparian edge, except boardwalks and piers.
      b.   Landscape. Any existing, established vegetation, may be maintained per Sec. 35-4108. The riparian edge must be landscaped with native or naturalized shrubs, grasses, and other ground level vegetation per Sec. 35-3907(c) and appropriate, acclimated, and conducive to being located at the water's edge.
   (4)   WATERFRONT BUFFER. A minimum 75-foot waterfront buffer must be provided along the waterfront, measured from the ordinary high water mark (see Sec. 35-1203 for definition), inland, perpendicular to the water's edge. Refer to Figure 3907(m)-B for illustration of these requirements.
Figure 3907(f)-B. Waterfront Buffer
      a.   Riparian Edge. The riparian edge, required per Sec. 35-3907(h)(3), may be located within the buffer area.
      b.   Landscape. The waterfront buffer must be landscaped with a minimum of 1 tree per 3000 square feet of buffer area. Shrubs, grasses, and other ground level vegetation must be provided per Sec. 35-3907(c).
   (5)   WATERFRONT ACCESS. Within the waterfront buffer, a minimum 10-foot wide pedestrian and bicycle access path must be provided, extending along the waterfront.
      a.   Continuous. The path must be continuous, connecting to existing or planned paths on abutting properties.
      b.   Location. On-grade pathways must be a located outside the minimum riparian zone.
      c.   Marinas and Boat Launches. The continuous waterfront access path may utilize boardwalks through marinas or continue inland from marinas and boat launches as close to the waterfront as feasible.
      d.   Path Material. The path must be constructed of a material that will accommodate both pedestrians and bicycles, including concrete; asphalt; mechanically compacted crushed aggregate; or other fixed, solid, permanent materials approved by the zoning administrator. Wood chips, gravel, and other loose materials are not allowed.
      e.   Boardwalks and Piers. Boardwalks and piers may be utilized for a portion of the access. When boardwalks or piers are utilized, the following applies:
         1.   An alternate route within the buffer must be provided for bicycle access.
         2.   Boardwalks and piers may be located in the required riparian edge, up to a maximum of 50% of the edge area.
         3.   Bulkheads (retaining walls along the water's edge) existing prior to the effective date of this code may be retained or rebuilt in their current location.
   (6)   UPLAND CONNECTIONS. For properties with 400 linear feet or more of waterfront, a continuous 10-foot sidewalk or multi-use trail must connect an existing public street to the waterfront access.
      a.   At least one upland connection must be provided for every 600-foot long increment of waterfront.
      b.   The path must be constructed of a permanent material per Sec. 35- 3907(h)(5).
      c.   The number of vehicular crossings (streets or driveways) of the connection must be limited to the fewest number practicable.
   (7)   DEDICATED PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT. When access is required per Sec. 35-3907(h)(5) and 35-3907(h)(6), a dedicated public easement must be established. Easements must be dedicated on the deed to the property for both the waterfront access and connections through the property.
   (8)   VIEWS THROUGH THE SITE. For every 150 linear feet of waterfront, one open sightline, minimum 20 feet in width, must be provided through the lot towards the water from a publicly accessible street. An upland connection may be used to meet this requirement, provided the sightline is maintained.
   (9)   OTHER CONNECTIONS.
      a.   Buildings. Building facades along the waterfront buffer must be treated as primary frontage per Sec. 35-3903(f)(4) with pedestrian connections from building entrances to the waterfront access path.
      b.   Parking. Parking along the waterfront buffer must provide the frontage buffer per Sec. 35-3907(i) between the waterfront and the parking lot.
   (i)   FRONTAGE BUFFER.
   (1)   INTENT. To lessen the visual impact of on-site vehicular parking, loading, and other activities from the street.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. The frontage buffer is required on all lots for all building types in accordance with the following:
      a.   Vehicular Areas along Street Frontages. Along the perimeter of any off-street surface parking, driveway, loading, drive-through, or other vehicular areas fronting a street right-of-way, not including along any alley.
      b.   Vehicular Areas along Open Space. Along the perimeter of any off-street surface parking, driveway, or loading areas abutting any CV-1 zoning district or other open or civic space.
   (3)   REQUIREMENTS. Refer to Figure 3907(i)-A for illustration of these requirements.
Figure 3907(i)-A. Frontage Buffer Plan & Section
      a.   Buffer Depth. The required buffer area must be a minimum 5 feet in depth, measured from the streetfacing lot line into the lot.
      b.   Buffer Location. The required buffer area must extend the width of the vehicular area, but may allow for the perpendicular crossing of driveways.
      c.   Fence. A continuous fence is required in the frontage buffer as follows:
         1.   Fence Location. The fence must be located 2 feet from the back of curb or edge of the vehicular area into the buffer and a minimum of 3 feet from the front of the buffer.
         2.   Fence Alignment. The fence must be either aligned directly with any adjacent buildings or deeper into the lot than the building. In order to align the fence with the building, the buffer may need to be located deeper into the lot to maintain the fence location requirements in (1), above.
         3.   Gate or Opening. One pedestrian opening, maximum 4 feet in width, is permitted for every 30 feet of fence.
         4.   Fence Materials. The fence must be black, gray, or dark green aluminum, steel or colored PVC. Masonry columns (maximum 2.5 feet in width) and base (maximum 18” in height) are allowed, but not required.
         5.   Fence Height. The fence must be a minimum of 3 feet and a maximum of 4 feet in height.
         6.   Fence Opacity. The fence must be a minimum of 25% and a maximum of 60% opaque.
      d.   Buffer Landscape. The following landscape is required within the buffer.
         1.   Shade Trees. If no street trees exist in the streetscape abutting the buffer area, medium or large shade trees are required at a minimum of 40 feet on center, with at least one shade tree required for each segment of buffer. If street trees exist, any buffer trees provided should alternate spacing with street trees.
         2.   Shrubs. A single row of shrubs is required on the street side in front of and along the fence.
            i.   The shrubs must have a minimum mature width and height of 24 inches.
            ii.   The height of the shrubs must be maintained at no more than 36 inches.
            iii.   The shrubs must be spaced no more than 36 inches on center.
         3.   Existing Vegetation. The zoning administrator may credit existing vegetation toward meeting buffer requirements.
   (j)   SIDE & REAR BUFFERS.
   (1)   INTENT. To minimize the impact that one zoning district may have on a neighboring district and to provide a transition between districts.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. A side and rear buffer is required along the side and rear lot lines of all lots for all building types per this subsection, Sec. 35-3907(j).
   (3)   EXCEPTIONS. The buffer width may be reduced in accordance with the following:
      a.   Alleys. Buffers are not required abutting alleys.
      b.   Existing Landscape. Where the buffer will interfere with existing mature, healthy landscape, the zoning administrator shall determine the extent of the needed buffer.
      c.   Access Points. Driveways and other access points may interrupt buffers as necessary.
   (4)   ACTIVITIES REQUIRING BUFFERS.
      a.   Side and rear buffers are required only where the following occurs in the rear or side yards of a lot:
         1.   Motor Vehicle Areas. Any vehicular areas, abutting or adjacent to districts designated in Table 3907-3. Vehicular areas include such areas as parking lots or spaces, drives, drive-through uses, fuel pumps, truck parking, and structured parking.
         2.   Loading Areas. Any loading areas abutting or adjacent to districts designated in Table 3907-3. Loading areas include such areas as loading bays, loading docks, service bays, garage doors, other outdoor trucking facilities.
 
Table 3907-3. Side & Rear Buffer Required
Buffer required on lots zoned:
ZONING DISTRICTS
SX-1, SX-2
GX-1, GX-2-
RX
R
CV-1, CV-2
SX-1, SX-2
BUFFER
BUFFER
BUFFER
GX-1, GX-2-
BUFFER
BUFFER
FENCE
RX
FENCE
See Sec. 35-3907(j)(4) for activities triggering buffer requirement.
 
         3.   Service Areas. Any service areas abutting or adjacent to districts designated in Table 3907-3. Service areas include such areas as delivery doors, refuse and recycling areas, outdoor employee break areas.
         4.   Other Areas. Other outdoor activities emitting sounds, smells, or other by-products, such as outdoor dining, as determined by the zoning administrator.
   (5)   BUFFER LOCATION ON LOT. Side and rear buffers must be installed in one of the following locations on the lot:
      a.   Abutting the Lot Line. Along the lot line of lot requiring the buffer.
      b.   Abutting the Activity. The buffer may be located at the edge of the activity being buffered, provided the area between the buffer and the lot line is landscaped and includes at least one tree per every 2,000 square feet.
   (6)   FENCE BUFFER. See Table 3907-3 where required. See Figure 3907(j)-A for illustration.
      a.   Buffer Depth. A minimum 2-foot wide buffer, measured from the lot line onto the subject lot, is required.
      b.   Privacy Fence. A 6-foot opaque, privacy fence screening the activity must be located in the buffer adjacent to the lot line.
         1.   Allowed materials include PVC, composite wood, FSC wood (cedar, redwood, or other approved by the zoning administrator), stone, or brick. Concrete panels and concrete masonry units are not allowed, except when faced on all sides with brick or stone.
         2.   When located abutting an R or RX district front yard, the fence must step down to a 3-foot height within 20 feet of the street right-of-way or the depth of the abutting R or RX district yard, whichever is less.
      c.   Curbs or Wheel Stops. A curb or wheel stops must be provided along the buffer edge, minimum 18" from the fence, at any vehicular area to prevent motor vehicles from damaging the fence. Parking may not overhang into the buffer.
      d.   Landscape. The buffer area must be landscaped.
Figure 3907(j)-B. Landscape Buffer
   (7)   LANDSCAPE BUFFER. See Table 3907-3 where required. See Figure 3907(j)-B for illustration.
      a.   Buffer Depth. A minimum 5-foot wide landscape buffer, measured from the lot line onto the subject lot, is required.
      b.   Privacy Fence. A privacy fence is required. See Sec. 35-3907(j)(6)(b) for fence requirements.
      c.   Shade Trees. Medium or large shade trees are required at a minimum of 40 feet on center, with at least one shade tree required for each segment of buffer.
      d.   Landscape. The buffer area must be landscaped with a continuous shrub hedge, consisting of a staggered, double row of shrubs with a minimum mature width of 24 inches each, spaced no more than 36 inches on center, and height maintained between 48 and 72 inches.
   (k)   INTERIOR PARKING LOT LANDSCAPE. The parking lot interior is the area dedicated to parking on a given parcel from the edge of pavement to edge of pavement, and including any islands or medians. See Figure 3907(k)-A for illustration of these requirements.
   (1)   INTENT. To provide shading of pavement surfaces to reduce heat island effects and to improve the appearance of parking lots by breaking up the large expanses of pavement with trees and landscaped islands.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. All off-street surface parking lots with more than 10 spaces and/or more than one drive aisle must meet the interior parking lot regulations.
      a.   See Sec. 35-3907(i) for required perimeter buffer along street frontages and Sec. 35-3907(j) for required perimeter buffers at side and rear lot lines.
      b.   When the number of required off-street parking spaces on a lot conflicts with the provision of the required landscape islands, the landscape islands shall be supplied and the number of off-street parking spaces reduced by the least amount possible.
   (3)   REQUIRED LANDSCAPE ISLANDS.
      a.   Terminal End Islands. Landscape islands are required at the terminal ends of freestanding rows or bays of parking. Freestanding rows or bays of parking are those not abutting the parking lot perimeter or building face, and may have a single or double row of parking.
      b.   Row Islands. For rows of parking with more than 10 spaces, a landscape island is required to result in no more than 10 continuous parking spaces in a row without a landscape island.
      c.   Island Width. The minimum width for an island is 5 feet, measured perpendicular to the adjacent parking space, and the depth of the island is equal to the depth of the adjacent parking space.
         1.   Islands less than 15 feet in width must utilize a suspended pavement system per Sec. 35-3907(b)(4) under any paved surface within a tree’s critical root zone equal to 50% of the mature canopy diameter.
         2.   Islands less than 9 feet in width must install an aeration system and utilize permeable paving within the mature tree canopy area.
      d.   Minimum Number of Trees. All of the following must be met for any interior parking lot.
         1.   Island Trees. A minimum of 1 medium or large shade tree is required within each island.
         2.   50-foot Rule. Each parking space must be located within 50 feet of a tree.
         3.   Shading Requirement. At maturity, tree canopies must shade a minimum of 30% of the interior of the parking lot. Refer to Table 3907-2 for mature canopy sizes.
   (4 )    LANDSCAPE AREAS. Areas in the parking lot not specificall y designed for use as drive aisles, parking spaces, loading, refuse, or sidewalks must be unpaved, landscape areas. The intent is to reduce pavement area to that which is required for a functioning parking lot.
Figure 3907(k)-A. Interior Parking Lot Landscape
   (l)   SCREENING OF REFUSE & UTILITY AREAS.
   (1)   INTENT. To reduce the visibility of open storage, refuse areas, loading, and utility appurtenances from public areas and adjacent properties.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. All dumpsters, loading areas, refuse areas, mechanical equipment, and utility appurtenances must be screened as follows.
   (3)   LOCATION.
      a.   Refuse and Recycling. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(7) in the building type regulations, including allowed location of refuse and recycling areas.
      b.   Loading. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(8) in the building type regulations for the allowed location of loading areas.
      c.   Utility Equipment. See Sec. 35-3906(f) for the allowed location of mechanical and utility equipment and appurtenances on lots.
   (4)   LOADING AND REFUSE AREAS.
      a.   Concrete Pad. For all loading, refuse and recycling areas, a concrete pad is required.
      b.   Opaque Screen. An opaque masonry, wood, or composite wood screen wall is required on at least 3 sides of the loading or refuse area.
      c.   Screen Height. The height of the screen wall must be tall enough to screen the use inside, and a minimum of 6 feet. The zoning administrator may request additional height as needed for complete screening.
      d.   Gate. An opaque gate is required on the 4th side.
   (5)   UTILITIES.
      a.   Large Private Mechanical Equipment.
         1.   Definition. Large private mechanical equipment includes ground-mounted equipment at least 4 feet in height.
         2.   Fence or Wall. An opaque wood fence or brickfaced masonry screen wall is required on all sides facing street right-of-way.
         3.   Shade Trees. Medium or large shade trees are required at a minimum of 40 feet on center, with at least one shade tree required for each segment of buffer.
         4.   Shrubs. Planting beds consisting of a double row of mixed shrubs with a minimum mature width of 24 inches each, spaced no more than 36 inches on center, and height maintained between 30 and 72 inches.
      b.   Small Private Mechanical Equipment.
         1.   Definition. Small private mechanical equipment includes ground-mounted equipment less than 4 feet in height.
         2.   Screening. Landscape screening with shrubs is required as follows:
            i.   Shrubs must be spaced no more than 30” on center, fully screening the equipment within 2 years.
            ii.   Shrubs must be incorporated into a larger landscape bed and design.
   (m)   BICYCLE PARKING.
   (1)   INTENT.
      a.   Short-term Bicycle Parking. Short-term bicycle parking is generally intended to serve the needs of cyclists who park their bicycles for fewer than 3-hour time periods, including customers, clients, messengers, and other short-term visitors.
      b.   Long-term Bicycle Parking. Long-term bicycle parking is generally intended to serve the needs of cyclists who park their bicycles for more than 2- to 3-hour periods, including employees, residents, students, and commuters.
   (2)   SPACES REQUIRED. Short-term and long-term bicycle parking spaces must be provided in accordance with the minimum bicycle parking ratios of Table 3907-4. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(1) for fractions and rounding.
Table 3907-4. Bicycle Parking Minimums
USE CATEGORY
REQUIRED BICYCLE SPACES
Minimum Short-Term
Minimum Long-Term
Table 3907-4. Bicycle Parking Minimums
USE CATEGORY
REQUIRED BICYCLE SPACES
Minimum Short-Term
Minimum Long-Term
RESIDENTIAL
Household Living, 4+ units
1 per 20 dwelling units, minimum 2
1 per dwelling unit, except where a private garage is provided per unit
Group Living
1 per 4 beds
COMMERCIAL
Artisan Production & Sales
1 per 5,000 s.f.
Consumer Service
1 per 5,000 s.f.
Day Care Center
1 per 6 enrollees
Eating & Drinking Places
1 per 5,000 s.f.
Entertainment Venue, Indoor
1 per 5,000 s.f.
Funeral & Mortuary Service
Lodging
1 per 25 sleeping rooms, 4 minimum
1 per 50 sleeping rooms
Office
1 per 20,000 s.f.
1 per 30,000 s.f.
Retail Sales
1 per 5,000 s.f.
CIVIC & INSTITUTIONAL
Community Assembly, General & Intensive
1 per 5,000 s.f.
Cultural Facility
1 per 20,000 s.f., 5 minimum
Hospital
1 per 10 beds
1 per 30 beds
Parks & Open Space
1 per every 15,000 s.f., with 10 minimum
Passenger Terminal
1 per 10,000 s.f., 10 minimum
1 per 30,000 s.f.
Government Services
1 per 20,000 s.f., 5 minimum
1 per 30,000 s.f.
Schools, Colleges, Universities - non-commercial
1 per every 5,000 s.f. of building area
1 per every 20,000 s.f. of building area
Public Services and Utilities
OTHER
Agriculture Cultivation, Indoor
1 per 5,000 s.f.
Parking Lot
1 per 5 motor vehicle spaces
 
   (3)   LOCATION AND DESIGN.
      a.   General Design. Racks and lockers must:
         1.   Be anchored so that they cannot be easily removed;
         2.   Be of solid construction, resistant to rust, corrosion, hammers, and saws;
         3.   Allow both the bicycle frame and at least one wheel to be locked with the bicycle in an upright position using a standard U-lock;
         4.   Be designed and installed so as not to cause damage to the frame, wheels, or components;
      b.   Dimensions. All required bicycle parking spaces must:
         1.   Have minimum dimensions of 2 feet in width by 6 feet in length, with a minimum overhead vertical clearance of 7 feet.
         2.   Abut an aisle, minimum of 5 feet wide, to allow for maneuvering and pedestrian access through.
         3.   Be separated from vehicular parking areas to protect parked bicycles from damage. The separation may be accomplished through grade separation, distance or physical barrier, such as curbs, wheel stops, walls, fences, or other similar features.
      c.   Surface. The parking surface shall be designed and maintained to be mud and dust free. The use of rock or gravel areas for bicycle parking is permitted provided that edging materials clearly demarcate the space and the rock material is contained.
      d.   Signage. If required bicycle parking for public use is not visible from the street, signs must be posted indicating their location.
      e.   Short-Term Bicycle Parking Spaces. Short-term bicycle parking spaces must:
         1.   Be located within 50 feet of a building entrance.
         2.   Public bicycle parking spaces may be credited toward meeting short-term bicycle parking requirements if such bicycle parking spaces comply with the location requirements of this paragraph.
      f.   Long-Term Bicycle Parking and Storage Spaces. Long-term bicycle parking spaces must:
         1.   Be located with direct access by the bicycle rider, with no more than 50% of the required spaces requiring the use of stairs or elevators;
         2.   May not be located in dwelling units or on dwelling unit balconies;
         3.   Must protect the entire bicycle, its components and accessories against theft and inclement weather, including wind-driven rain and snow.
         4.   Must be designed to allow bicycles to be securely locked to a bicycle rack in a storage room or a locker with a separate access door for each bike.
      g.   Bicycle-Share Programs. Long-term bicycle parking requirements may be reduced or eliminated when facilities are included to accommodate a bicycle-share program. The number of shared bicycles spaces on-site may count for any required long-term bicycle parking spaces with approval of an administrative adjustment.
   (4)   SHOWERS AND CHANGING FACILITIES. For new office, artisan production, hospital, and school, college, and university uses with 30 or more full-time employees or students, one shower and changing facility shall be provided at a rate of 1% of the total full-time occupants. A minimum of one facility is required. For example, a site with 30 employees must provide one shower and changing facility; a site with 150 to 249 employees must provide 2 facilities; a site with 250 to 349 employees must provide 3 facilities. See Sec. 35-3903(l)(1) for fractions and rounding.
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3907 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3908. MASTER PLAN DEVELOPMENTS (MPD).

   (a)   GENERAL.
   (1)   INTENT. The Master Plan Development (MPD) regulations are intended to implement the goals of the City's most recent comprehensive plan, most recent downtown plan, and other planning documents. These regulations apply to existing parcels larger than a typically walkable block and are intended to result in a site-specific master plan that:
      a.   Addresses the surrounding existing and planned context, relationships to other parcels, transportation continuity, and other interactions;
      b.   Results in an interconnected system of streets and blocks, extending the City's current grid, which provides access and mobility to all users via multiple modes of transportation;
      c.   Incorporates a variety of smaller, usable, accessible open space for residents and visitors to the sites within walking distance of building entrances;
      d.   Implements goals towards providing access, visibility, and stewardship of the riverfront.
      e.   Provides for an appropriate, finer grade mix of districts and potential uses, creating new, walkable, complete urban areas.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. The regulations of this section apply to all lots zoned with Moline Centre districts.
      a.   3 Acre Developments. All developments on a single parcel or combination of parcels totaling 3 acres or more must submit a development plan in compliance with the MPD regulations, prior to any subdivision, rezoning, or submittal of a development plan for review, except as follows:
         1.   Parcels currently designated as CV on the zoning map are not required to, but may elect to, submit as an MPD.
         2.   Rezoning any parcel to CV does not require submittal as an MPD.
      b.   Parcels to Include. The following must be included in the MPD:
         1.   All adjacent and abutting land under the same or similar ownership must be included. Similar ownership means parcels that have any common owners with legal rights.
         2.   All parcels considered to be part of the same development or phases of a development.
         3.   All adjacent and abutting parcels under separate ownership that are either vacant or anticipated to be redeveloped within 10 years of the submittal must be considered for planning purposes and noted as such. Planning purposes include such items as access to those sites, incorporation into the blocks of the MPD, continuity of waterfront access and visibility, access to usable open spaces, and mixing of uses and access to daily uses.
         4.   All parcels the Community and Economic Development director requests to be included for planning purposes.
      c.   Design Adjustments. Design adjustments (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) may be approved for those regulations specifically defined throughout this article, provided the Master Plan Development meets the intent of the MPD requirements (see Sec. 35-3908(a)(1)) and is consistent with the most recent comprehensive plan and other applicable planning documents. The submittal must include a clear description of the modifications to be approved. See Sec. 35-3909(e) for design adjustments process.
   (3)   APPROVAL PROCEDURES.
      a.   Development Plan. All MPDs must be approved as a development plan per Sec. 35-3909(c).
         1.   Project Information. A list of submittal requirements is available from the City. The required and any additional submittals the developer or zoning administrator deem necessary must illustrate compliance with this section, Sec. 35-3908, and any other requirements of the City.
         2.   Project Phasing & Guarantees. Description and mapping of anticipated project timing and phasing, including all infrastructure components (such as utilities, streets, parking, civic spaces, landscaping, uses, building types) must be provided. A developer agreement and other mechanisms required by the City (such as financial guarantees) must be included to ensure completion of all site components, such as streets and civic spaces, phased in conjunction with buildings and site plan developments.
         3.   Master Development Plan Components. The submittal plans must include all components defined in this section, Sec. 35-3908.
            i.   Boundary Lines. All streets, civic space, waterfront buffers, and building sites must be located on separate lots, rights-of-way, or easements. These lines provide the baseline for measuring locations of building types in Sec. 35-3903.
            ii.   Zoning Districts and Building Types. The regulating plan must locate all proposed new districts on lots and consider the regulations for building types in Sec. 35-3903 to ensure the areas designated can accommodate buildings meeting the regulations.
            iii.   Building plans and elevations meeting the regulations of Sec. 35-3903 are not required for the development plan approval; however, building and parking footprints are encouraged.
      b.   Subdivision. MPDs that consolidate lots; establish new lots, rights-of-way, or easements; and/or dedicate any land must submit for subdivision plat approval per Sec. 35-2108 for a minor subdivision or Sec. 35-2209 for a major subdivision. An approved development plan is required prior to or concurrent with subdivision approval. See Figure 3909(f)-B for a diagram of the development plan approval process, referencing subdivision approvals.
      c.   New Zoning Districts. All MPDs introducing new zoning districts per Sec. 35-3908(e) must submit for a rezoning per Sec. 35-2203. An approved development plan and subdivision plat is required prior to or concurrent with review and approval of the zoning map amendment. See Figure 3909(f)-B for a diagram of the development plan approval process, referencing rezoning approvals.
   (b)   BLOCKS AND STREETS.
   (1)   BLOCK LAYOUT. An interconnected system of streets and blocks is required for all MPD sites. See Figure 3908(e)-E for an illustration of an example layout of these regulations; other configurations that meet the regulations are possible.
      a.   Block Size. The smallest blocks feasible should be utilized. Block length must be no more than 600 feet, with a maximum perimeter of 1800 feet, except as follows:
         1.   Blocks with natural or existing site constraints, such as those abutting rail corridors, highways, steep grades, and waterways, may be longer.
         2.   Where blocks are longer than 500 feet, pedestrian access easements, minimum 20 feet in width with minimum 5-foot sidewalks, must be located approximately mid-block, effectively reducing the resulting pedestrian blocks to dimensions to no more than 300 feet or less.
      b.   Access Points. An access point is a new street connecting to an existing street. A minimum of 2 access points must be provided for the MPD, with a minimum of one per every 1,500 feet of boundary, except where rail corridors, waterways, steep grades, or limited access highways prevent access.
      c.   Extend Existing Streets. Streets must connect and continue existing streets from adjoining areas except when approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)). Future connections must be considered and temporary dead-end streets may be supplied for future extension with zoning administrator and director of engineering approval.
      d.   Shape of Blocks. The shape of a block should be generally rectangular in order to accommodate typically rectilinear buildings, but may vary due to natural features or other existing site constraints, such as highways and rail corridors.
      e.   Civic Space Frontage. See Sec. 35-3908(c) for civic space requirements. Open space, existing and new, should be fronted with streets to provide more visibility and access per Sec. 35-3908(c).
      f.   Cul-de-Sacs and Dead-End Streets. Cul-de-sac and temporary dead-end streets are not allowed, except when approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) and necessitated by natural features or site constraints, including but not limited to waterways or highways. If approved, pedestrian connections and associated landscape plantings are required where feasible to increase connectivity and access.
      g.   Lot Configuration. All lots must have frontage along a street per the building type requirements, unless otherwise specified. See Sec. 35-3903 for building types and lot size requirements.
         1.   Blocks must have lots fronting on at least 2 street faces, preferably the longest faces, with the exception of blocks containing open space or civic space per Sec. 35-3908(c). See Sec. 35-3903 for building type regulations regarding through-lots.
         2.   Flag lots, located on the interior of the block with street frontage only for driveway access, are not allowed except as approved by a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) and for utilities and infrastructure uses only.
         3.   Regulations for anticipated building types shall be considered when setting block depth and width to avoid the need for future variances or adjustments.
         4.   Consider lot and block orientation for maximum energy efficiency, depending on the building type. For example, block orientation along an east-west longitudinal axis will encourage development of long mixed-use buildings oriented along an east-west axis, with smaller east and west facing facades, able to take advantage of passive solar technology.
      h.   Service Access. The configuration of the lots and blocks must include alleys or service drives per Sec. 35-3908(b)(3) to accommodate parking and garage access, refuse and recycling pickup, and utilities in the rear or interior of lots.
      i.   Existing Lots. Blocks may be established to include already existing lots within them and those lots may retain their existing zoning district designation.
      j.   Vistas. Views down streets that terminate at parcels (referred to as "vistas" in these regulations), including where a street might angle at less than 90 degrees, must be considered when laying out streets and blocks, and locating open space, parking, and buildings. See Sec. 35-3908(d) for vista regulations.
   (2)   STREET CONFIGURATION. Complete streets provide for multiple modes of travel throughout the City. All streets, whether publicly dedicated or privately held, must meet the following requirements.
      a.   Base Street Requirements. The base street type is illustrated in Figure 3908(e)-A. The zoning administrator and director of engineering may require additional street right-of-way or configuration based on existing context and circulation needs. The base street defines the minimum components of any new street on the interior of the development and includes the components outlined in this section, 35-3908(b)(2).
Figure 3908(e)-A. Typical Base Street
      b.    Design Adjustment. A design adjustment may be approved for alternate street configurations, with the recommendation of the director of engineering. See Sec. 35-3909(e).
      c.     Pedestrian Area. The pedestrian area includes pedestrian-orient ed components from the back of curb to the edge of the right-of-way.
         1.    Storefront Streetscape Width. The minimum dimension required for streetscape along ground stories with storefronts is 14 feet, with a clear sidewalk width of at least 6 feet and a minimum 8-foot street tree buffer zone.
         2.   General Streetscape Width. Along non-storefront ground stories, the minimum dimension required for streetscape is 12 feet with a clear sidewalk of at least 5 feet and a minimum 7-foot street tree buffer.
         3.   Landscape. See Sec. 35-3907(f) for streetscape area regulations, including sidewalk and street tree regulations.
      d.   Travel Lanes & Pavement Width. Pavement width must accommodate travel lanes, on-street parking, and any on-street bicycle accommodations.
         1.   Minimum Pavement Width. Minimum pavement width is 36 feet to accommodate travel lanes and on-street parking. Dedicated bicycle accommodations require additional pavement width.
         2.   Maximum Pavement Width. The maximum crossing width for all streets internal to the development is 38 feet. Pavement widths wider than 38 feet must include a median in the middle to provide pedestrian refuge and/or bulbs/bump-outs to reduce the crossing widths to less than 38 feet.
         3.   Travel Lanes. Travel lanes must be between 10 and 11 feet in width. Travel lanes wider than 11 feet to accommodate truck traffic may be approved through an administrative adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)) with approval of the director of engineering.
      e.   On-Street Parking. On-street parking provides convenient parking for businesses and for parks and open space users, decreases the need for off-street parking, and buffers pedestrians on the sidewalk from vehicular traffic on the street.
         1.   On-street parking must be provided on both sides of the street. On-street parking on only one of a street may be approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), reducing the minimum pavement width for a two-way street to 28 feet with a minimum right-of-way width of 52 feet.
         2.   On-street parallel parking must be 8 feet wide.
         3.   Back-in or head-in angled parking may be approved through the design adjustment process in lieu of parallel parking with additional width to the right-of-way. Associated additional pavement and right-of-way width must be provided.
      f.   Bicycle Accommodations. New streets within the development must accommodate bicycle access per the City’s most recent bicycle or multimodal transportation plan. Dedicated bicycle accommodations must be included on through streets and higher activity streets. On non-commercial and lower activity streets, bicycles may share vehicular lanes.
      g.   Mid-Block Pedestrian Paths. Where the maximum block size is exceeded as allowed per Sec. 35-3908(b)(1).a or approved as a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), midblock pedestrian paths are required per the following:
         1.   The pathway must be a minimum of 6 feet in width, constructed of a durable hardscape material.
         2.   An easement, minimum 12 feet in width, must be either paved or landscaped with at least 1 street tree per every 50 linear feet of pathway.
         3.   Pedestrian pathways must be open-air, but overhead building crossings may be approved as part of a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
      h.   Street Crosswalks. Crossings at all street intersections shall include a clear pedestrian path across streets (crosswalks) with accessibility ramps at curbs, demarcated by paint or stamped patterns per City standards. Raised crosswalks are required for upland connections crossing streets to waterfront access (see Sec. 35-3907(h)).
      i.   Intersection Design. In lieu of 29-3112, intersections must be designed with either bulbs/bumpouts or an effective turning radius to shorten pedestrian crossing distances and reduce vehicle turning speeds, increasing pedestrian safety.
         1.   Bulbs or Bumpouts. Bulbs or bumpouts must extend to the edges of on-street parking along the intersection streets. The curb radius of the bulb/bumpout may be designed with the actual turning radius of a typical design vehicle as opposed to a maximum design vehicle. Bulbs/bumpouts is preferred over using the effective turning radius.
         2.   Effective Turning Radius. Without bulbs or bumpouts, intersections must be designed for the effective actual turning radius of a typical design vehicle as opposed to a maximum design vehicle, using the shortest actual curb radius possible. See Figure 3908(e)-B for illustration.
Figure 3908(e)-B. Illustration of Effective Turning Radius vs. Curb Radius
         3.   Turning Speed. When running analyses to determine corner radius size, the turning speed should be set to no more than 10 mph at signalized intersection and no more than 5 mph at unsignalized intersection.
         4.   Design Vehicle: Selecting the proper design vehicle should err on the side of selecting a smaller vehicle.
            i.   The default design vehicle for any intersection that includes a local or minor collector street should be a SU-30. A larger vehicle may be used if a study identifies that a particular vehicle making a specific turning movement (such as a bus) is larger than the vehicle specified above.
            ii.   For all other intersection types or intersections featuring a street under IDOT jurisdiction, the default design vehicle should be determined using either the IDOT BDE Manual or BLRS Manual.
         5.   Mitigation Strategies for Larger Design Vehicles. Where larger design vehicles are necessary, strategies should be utilized to mitigate curb radius size:
            i.   Recess the opposing stop bar at signalized intersection.
            ii.   Assume large vehicles will turn into the centermost lane.
            iii.   Allow for vehicles to use oversteer in analyses.
            iv.   Restrict turning movements of large trucks.
         6.   Control Vehicle. The design vehicle keeps an intersection compact for everyday use, while the control vehicle allows access by necessary and occasional vehicles. To ensure that access for EMS, fire, moving vans, and sanitation vehicles is not precluded, an intersection should be designed to allow a control vehicle to utilize all traversable parts of an intersection, including driving over curbs and across centerlines.
   (3)   ALLEYS OR SERVICE DRIVES.
      a.   Alleys or service drives (see Figure 3908(e)-C) must be provided through all blocks to provide vehicular, refuse and recycling, and service access to all lots, except as follows:
         1.   Parking Drives. Parking lot drives and parking structure drives may count as service drives if the drive is continuous through the block with at least 2 access points and serves all lots on the block.
Figure 3908(e)-C. Typical Alley or Service Drive
         2.   Single Access. A single point of access is allowed where a parking structure requires only one access and the access is located off a non-primary street.
         3.   Constraints. Where natural or existing site constraints (e.g. a waterway, rail line, or highway) limit vehicular access points and the block serves only one development, an alternative layout for service access may be approved through a design adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
      b.   Alleys or service drives may be private or public with dedication to the City, but must be located within boundary lines on the plan per Sec. 35-3908(a)(3)a. The easement, right-of-way, or designated area on the plan must have a minimum width of 20 feet and a minimum pavement width of at least 12 feet. See Figure 3908(e)-C.
   (4)   PRIMARY STREET DESIGNATION. The orientation and location of buildings on lots is determined by the designation of primary frontages per Sec. 35-3903(f)(4). Many building type requirements are specific to primary street frontage; primary streets are treated as the front of the building. Designation of certain streets as primary ensures those streets are treated consistently as fronts; and parking access, service entrances, and sides of buildings are intentionally located along non-primary streets. See Figure 3908(e)-E for an illustration of an example layout, designating primary and non-primary streets.
      a.   Minimum Designation. A minimum of 45% of a combination of the new streets in the MPD and existing streets fronting the development must be designated as primary streets. The measurement is calculated as the percentage of street centerline of new streets and existing streets abutting the property.
      b.   Building Frontage. Primary streets must be designated so that building lots abut at least one primary street with no more than 20% of the lots fronting only a non-primary street.
      c.   Civic Space Frontage. Where practicable, streets along civic space, required per Sec. 35-3908(c), must be designated as primary streets to ensure building fronts across the street face the civic space.
      d.   Alleys, Driveways, and Service Access.
         1.   Driveways and Service Access. Driveways and service access to lots must not be located off a primary street, except as otherwise allowed by building type.
         2.   Alleys. Alley access off a primary street requires approval of an administrative adjustment (see Sec. 35-3909(e)).
         3.   No Non-Primary Street Access. When a parcel is fronted by more than two primary streets and/or there is no non-primary street or alley access, the zoning administrator must designate which street may have driveway and service access. See Sec. 35-3903(f)(4) for primary streets in building types.
   (c)   CIVIC SPACE. All developments where a master plan development (MPD) is required per Sec. 35-3908(a)(2) must provide the following civic space.
   (1)   REQUIRED AMOUNT.
      a.   Distance from Principal Entrances. One type of civic space is required within a 500-foot distance, as measured continuously along a sidewalk, from all front entrances of all buildings and any residential and livework units with entrances on the street. The intent is to provide usable open space within a short walking distance for all occupants and visitors.
      b.   Mix of Civic Space Types. A mix of types is required, with not more than 2 of any one type utilized for each 5 acre increment of site.
      c.   Existing Civic Spaces. Existing open space may be counted towards the civic space required, provided the existing spaces meet the regulations of one of the types in Sec. 35-3908(c)(2) and the space is publicly accessible.
   (2)   TYPES OF CIVIC SPACE. The following types of civic space are allowed. Refer to Figure 3908(e)-D for example images.
Figure 3908(e)-D. Examples of Civic Space Types
      a.   Plaza. A plaza is a generally hardscaped area (minimum 60% coverage), minimum 5,000 square feet in size, with either street, pedestrian, or river right-of-way, or building frontage on all sides, and at least one side the equivalent of 25% of the perimeter fronting a primary street. A single plaza may not fulfill the minimum civic space requirements; if a plaza is utilized to meet the distance requirement, another civic space must be incorporated in another location on the site.
      b.   Square. A square is a combination of hardscape and landscape (approximately 50% and 50% respectively), minimum 1/4 acre in size, and surrounded by street frontage on all sides.
      c.   Green. A green is a generally landscaped space (minimum 70%), minimum 1/2 acre in size, with street right-of-way on at least 50% of the perimeter.
      d.   Greenway. A greenway is a linear landscape space, minimum 2 acres in total, minimum 30 feet wide and a minimum 70-foot average width, and with street right-of-way on at least 30% of the perimeter.
      e.   Park. A park is a larger, generally landscaped space, a minimum of 2 acres in size, with at least 25% of the perimeter on a street right-of-way.
   (3)   TRAILS. Refer to any City open space and/or trail plans, and any existing trails surrounding the site, to provide connections through and within the site for continuous trails.
   (d)   WATERFRONT ACCESS. See Sec. 35-3907(h) for treatment along all waterfronts abutting the site. Additionally, for any MPD abutting a waterfront, the following is required:
   (1)   GREENWAY ALONG WATERFRONT. The required waterfront buffer may be located within a Greenway civic space. See Sec. 35-3908(b)(1).e for street frontage requirements of civic open space. Where this Greenway is required, at least one more additional civic space type must be located on the site.
   (2)   UPLAND CONNECTION. See Sec. 35-3907(h)(6) for upland connection regulations. A minimum of one upland connection is required for the MPD, irrespective of the linear footage of waterfront edge.
   (e)   LAYOUT & LOCATION OF DISTRICTS. The MPD must designate locations of districts to meet the following requirements. Refer to Figure 3908(e)-F for an illustration of a site layout fulfilling these regulations.
   (1)   DETERMINATION OF MPD TYPE.
      a.   Existing Zoning Designation. The type of Master Plan Development (MPD) to be applied to the site is determined by the zoning designation(s) for the parcel on the City's current zoning map. See Table 3908-1 for types.
      b.   Multiple Designations. Where multiple district designations exist on the zoning map within the limits of the MPD, one of the following must be met:
         1.   One of the MPD types allowed on the site may be utilized for the entire development.
         2.   Multiple development types allowed on the site may be utilized for the development with a clear delineation on the MPD plan where each applies. All zoning regulations must be met for each development type.
      c.   Design Adjustment. A different MPD type for a site, or a different mix of new zoning districts applied to the site, may be approved through the design adjustment process (see Sec. 35-3909(e)), provided the proposed development is consistent with the City's most recent comprehensive plan or any City-adopted plan for the area, and the development meets the intent of the code per Sec. 35-3908(a)(1).
 
Table 3908-1. Master Plan Development Types
MPD Type to be Applied
Current Designation on Zoning Map
MIX OF ZONING DISTRICTS
ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS/ REFERENCE
SX- 1
SX- 2
GX- 1
GX- 2
RX
CV -1
CV -2
Core MPD
GX-1, CV-1
L
R
A
L
R
35-3908(e)(3)
Edge MPD
GX-2, RX, CV-1
L
R/A
R/ A
L
R
35-3908(e)(4)
KEY: R = Required on site R/A means at least one of the districts designated R/A is required and all are allowed
A = Allowed or permitted on site L = Allowed but limited on site per 3908(e)
 
   (2)   REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL MPDs. The following regulations apply to all MPD types.
      a.   General Layout of Zoning Districts. The following general layout guidance applies:
         1.   The same zoning district types should generally face each other across streets, including existing buildings or zoning districts, e.g. SX districts should be across the street from other SX districts except where SX-2 is intended for use at a node that could occupy a single neighborhood corner.
         2.   More intense zoning districts on block faces with less intense districts should be located on block ends. More intense districts include those allowing taller, bigger buildings or relatively more intensive uses, e.g. commercial uses are more intensive than residential uses or multi-unit uses are more intensive than single-unit uses.
         3.   Changes in district types should generally occur at a rear lot line, at an alley, or at corner parcels or corner sets of parcels (creating a node).
      b.   Specific Layout of Zoning Districts. The following layout requirements are applicable to these specific districts applied to a site.
         1.   SX districts should be clustered into areas or nodes at street intersections or linearly along a primary street corridor.
         2.   GX districts may be used as transition zones, located between SX and R or RX districts.
         3.   CV-2 must be used for all civic space required per Sec. 35-3908(c).
      c.   Building and Site Types. See Sec. 35-3903 for permitted building and site types and descriptions and regulations.
   (3)   CORE MPD. The Core MPD is required on applicable parcels per Sec. 35-3908(a)(2) where a GX-1 or CV-1 district is currently shown on the zoning map.
      a.   Required Zoning Districts. Table 3908-1 lists districts required to be used in this MPD type. See Sec. 35-3908(e)(2)b. for specific layout requirements for districts.
         1.   GX-1 District. At least 45% of the MPD lot area must remain or be zoned as GX-1.
         2.   CV-2 District. Required civic space must be zoned CV-2 per Sec. 35-3908(c).
      b.   Allowed Districts. Districts allowed with no limitations, and not required, are listed in Table 3908-1.
      c.   Limited Districts. Table 3908-1 lists districts allowed with the following limitations in this MPD type.
         1.   SX-1 District. A maximum of 90,000 square feet of lot area of MPD land may be zoned to SX-1. SX-1 must be located on a primary street or fronting a waterfront.
         2.   CV-1 District. CV-1 districts are limited to no more than 20% of the lot area. The use of the CV-1 district, by definition, is limited to civic and institutional uses only. See Sec. 35-3904 for uses.
   (4)   EDGE MPD. The Edge MPD is required on applicable parcels per Sec. 35-3908(a)(2) where a GX-2 or RX district is currently shown on the zoning map or where CV-1 is shown and the development abuts an R district.
      a.   Minimum Number of Building Types. In addition to the required GX-2 district, at least 2 different building types must be used.
      b.   Required Districts. Table 3908-1 lists zoning districts required to be used in this MPD type. See Sec. 35-3908(e)(2).b for specific layout requirements for districts.
         1.   GX-2, RX Zoning Districts. At least 45% of the MPD lot area must remain or be zoned as GX-2 or RX.
         2.   CV-2 Districts. Required civic space must be zoned CV-2 per Sec. 35-3908(c).
      c.   Allowed Districts. Zoning districts allowed with no limitations, and not required, are listed in Table 3908-1.
      d.   Limited Districts. Table 3908-1 lists districts allowed with the following limitations in this MPD type.
         1.   SX-2 District. A maximum of 90,000 square feet of lot area of MPD land may be zoned to SX-2. SX-2 must be located on a primary street or fronting a waterfront.
         2.   CV-1 District. CV-1 districts are limited to no more than 20% of the lot area. The use of the CV-2 district, by definition, is limited to civic and institutional uses only. See Sec. 35-3904 for uses.
Figure 3908(e)-E. Example: Streets, Blocks, and Civic Space Layout for a Core MPD
Figure 3908(e)-F. Example: Zoning District Layout for Core MPD
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3908 enacted; 04/18/23)

SEC. 35-3909. REVIEW PROCEDURES.

   (a)   COMMON PROVISIONS.
   (1)   APPLICABILITY. The common provisions of this section apply to all of the procedures in this Sec. 35-3909, unless otherwise expressly stated.
   (2)   REVIEW & DECISION-MAKING AUTHORITY. Table 3909-1 provides a summary of review and decision-making authority for projects within the Moline Centre districts.
   (3)   APPLICATIONS AND FEES. Complete applications and required fees must be submitted after the pre-application conference is held and prior to any formal reviewing.
      a.   Eligible Applicants. When the procedures of this section allow an application to be filed by an “eligible applicant,” such application must be submitted by, or on behalf of, a person, firm, corporation or organization that has a freehold, possessory, or contractual interest that is specifically enforceable in the land that is subject to the application.
      b.   Form of Application. Applications must be submitted in a form as required by the Community and Economic Development Department. Applications must include materials and information to assist review and to illustrate compliance with all applicable regulations, including at least the following:
         1.   A list of the names and addresses of all owners of record of the property that is the subject of the application; and
         2.   Maps, plats, surveys, dimensioned site plans, engineering documents, environmental reports, traffic studies, and other materials and information, as required by this code or application checklists established by the Community and Economic Development Department.
      c.   Application Fees. All applications filed must be accompanied by the required application fee, as established in the City's fine and fee schedule.
      d.   Professionals. Site plans involving engineering, architecture, landscape architecture or land surveying must be certified by an engineer, architect, landscape architect, or land surveyor authorized to practice by the state.
Table 3909-1. Summary of Review and Decision-Making Authority for Moline Centre Districts
REFERENCE SECTION
PROCEDURE
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR
PLANNING COMMISSION
CITY COUNCIL
ZONING HEARING OFFICER
Table 3909-1. Summary of Review and Decision-Making Authority for Moline Centre Districts
REFERENCE SECTION
PROCEDURE
ZONING ADMINISTRATOR
PLANNING COMMISSION
CITY COUNCIL
ZONING HEARING OFFICER
Text and/or Map Amendments
3909(b)
Site Plans
DECISION
Appeals
3909(c)
Development Plans
DECISION
Subdivision approval per 35-2209, Appeals
Rezoning approval per 35-2203
Special Use Permit
3909(d)
Administrative Adjustment
DECISION
Appeals
3909(e)
Design Adjustment
Review & Recommendati on
DECISION
Appeals
Variances
KEY
“Review & Recommendation” = reviews and makes a recommendation to the decision-making authority
“DECISION” = reviews and makes final decision of approval, approval with conditions, or disapprove
Appeals = hears appeals to decisions made by the decision-making authority
 
      e.   Completeness, Accuracy and Sufficiency.
         1.   An application will be considered complete and ready for processing only if it is submitted in the required number and form, includes all required information and is accompanied by the required application filing and notification fees.
         2.   The official responsible for accepting the application must make a determination of application completeness within 7 days of application filing.
         3.   If an application is determined to be incomplete, the official responsible for accepting the application must provide notice to the applicant along with an explanation of the application’s deficiencies and return the application and any application fee to the applicant.
         4.   Applications deemed complete will be placed in the first available application processing cycle and will be reviewed by staff and other review and decision-making bodies, in accordance with applicable review and approval procedures of this code.
         5.   The official responsible for accepting the application is authorized to request that applications or plans be revised before being placed on an agenda for possible action if the official determines that inaccuracies or omissions that will hinder timely or competent evaluation of the plan’s/application’s compliance with applicable regulations;
         6.   Failure to revise an application in accordance with paragraph (5), above may result in the application or plan being recommended for denial.
   (4)   PREAPPLICATION MEETINGS.
      a.   Purpose. Preapplication meetings provide an early opportunity for staff and applicants to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval under the zoning and land development regulations.
      b.   Applicability. Preapplication meetings are required for site plans and development plan procedures.
      c.   Scheduling. Preapplication meetings must be scheduled with the zoning administrator prior to any application submittal.
      d.   Guidelines. The zoning administrator is authorized to establish guidelines for preapplication meetings, including information that must be provided and available alternatives to face-to-face meetings, such as telephone conversations and email correspondence.
      e.   Development Review Committee. The zoning administrator may determine at their discretion whether the Development Review Committee or members thereof must attend any preapplication meeting; however, the applicant may request attendance of the Development Review Committee or any of its members at the meeting.
   (b)   SITE PLANS.
   (1)   GENERAL. Site plan review and approval is required in order to ensure a competent evaluation of whether proposed buildings, uses, and structures, and other site improvements comply with all applicable regulations of the zoning and land development regulations.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY.
      a.   All of the following require site plan review in accordance with the procedures of this section:
         1.   All new buildings and structures.
         2.   All additions to existing buildings that modify the footprint of any story of the building.
         3.   Renovations to the exterior facade beyond maintenance or replacement of any material with the same or similar material except as required by Sec. 35-3909(f)(3).
         4.   Any site improvements that are regulated by the zoning and land development regulations, including but not limited to parking, fences, walls, and steps, and landscaping in any street yard.
      b.   Minor repairs, maintenance, and replacement of any material with the same or similar material in the same location are exempt from the site plan procedure.
      c.   Changes in use that do not affect any of the items outlined in paragraph a, above, are required only to submit for a zoning certificate per Sec. 35-2102.
   (3)   APPROVAL AUTHORITY. The zoning administrator is authorized to review and approve site plans, but may refer any site plan for review and approval to the planning commission at the zoning administrator's discretion.
   (4)   SITE PLAN REVIEW. Upon receipt of a complete application, the zoning administrator must review the proposed site plan and distribute it to the development review committee for a determination of whether the construction and improvements identified on the site plan comply with all applicable regulations.
   (5)   ACTION. Upon completion of the review by the zoning administrator and the development review committee, the zoning administrator must act to approve the site plan, approve the site plan with conditions, disapprove the site plan, or, pursuant to Sec. 35- 3909(b)(3), forward the site plan and any review comments to the planning commission for final action to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the site plan.
   (6)   NOTICE OF DECISION. Within 10 days after the date of final action on the site plan, the zoning administrator must provide the applicant with written notice of the decision. If the site plan is disapproved, the notice must state the reasons for disapproval, which may be contained in a separate document or written on the site plan itself.
   (7)   APPROVAL WITH CONDITIONS.
      a.   Any site plan that is approved with conditions or subject to addressing development review committee comments must be completed and all comments addressed within 180 days of the date that the notice of decision is provided to the applicant. If this 180-day time limit is not met, the site plan decision expires.
      b.   If the zoning administrator determines that any aspect of the approved site plan has been revised beyond the conditions, the site plan must proceed back through the review and approval process again.
   (8)   DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENTS.
      a.   Before the issuance of a zoning permit, the applicant must submit an agreement in a form approved by the Community & Economic Development Director and City Attorney. The subdivision or development agreement will, without limitation, include or reference the following minimum information:
         1.   Proposed site development schedule for installation of guaranteed public and private improvements, referencing the final plat or development plan, and final engineering plans, and stipulating the improvements which must be installed prior to issuance of a building permit or certificate of occupancy for the buildings or structures to be constructed.
         2.   Description and estimated cost of public and private improvements, in a form and amount approved by the City Engineer, providing a detailed accounting of the various types and amounts of improvements included in the estimate.
         3.   Type and summary of terms of performance guarantee for the construction of public and private improvements.
         4.   Acknowledgment that the City will take no responsibilities for any public improvements, including, without limitation, maintenance of any sort and repairs, unless and until all of the public improvements are properly dedicated in accordance with this code. The Corporate Authorities may, in their sole and absolute discretion, take dedication of and assume responsibility for individual public improvements as may be requested in writing by the developer.
         5.   A summary of the covenants, restrictions and easements necessary for the development, including the responsibilities of a property owners' association, if proposed.
         6.   Agreement to pay:
            i.   A fair and equitable share of all water, sanitary sewer, and storm sewer improvements developed in the area surrounding the property that benefit the property, as determined by the City Engineer;
            ii.   All applicable park and school donations; and
            iii.   Any other applicable costs, payments, permit fees or other fees attributable to the subdivision or development.
         7.   An acknowledgment by the owner or developer that the City is not and will not be, in any way, liable for any damages or injuries that may be sustained as the result of the City’s review and approval of any plans for the property.
         8.   All other acknowledgments, indemnifications, and hold harmless agreements as the Corporate Authorities may require.
         9.   All other provisions deemed necessary by the Corporate Authorities in order to fulfill the purpose and intent of this code.
      b.   The required agreement and financial guarantee must be provided for the completion of all covered work within the time specified in the agreement. The time period may be extended upon written application by the applicant, signed by all parties, including the sureties, to the original agreement.
      c.   The City administrator is authorized to determine the adequacy, conditions and acceptability of any proposed financial guarantee, but all such financial guarantees, at a minimum, shall specify the terms and conditions noted below.
         1.   The guarantee shall have an expiration date not less than 3 months beyond the date specified in the approved development agreement.
         2.   Not less than 30 days prior to the expiration of such guarantee, the Corporate Authorities shall be given written notice by means of certified or registered mail, indicating that such guarantee is to expire. No guarantee shall expire absent such notice.
         3.   Failure of the owner or developer to install such guaranteed improvements prior to the scheduled completion date, as specified in the approved development schedule, shall be considered a default by the owner or developer and the issuing institution.
         4.   The guarantee shall only be released or reduced by the issuing institution upon written certification by the City Engineer stating:
            i.   that said guarantee may be released or reduced in accordance with this section, and
            ii.   the amount of such discharge or reduction.
         5.   If at any time the City determines that the institution issuing the guarantee is without adequate capital, assets, earnings and liquidity as required in Sec. 35- 3909(b)(8)d.2.iii; is unable to meet any federal or state requirement for reserves; is insolvent; is in danger of becoming any of the foregoing; or is otherwise in danger of being unable to honor such guarantee at any time during its term, or if the City otherwise reasonably deems itself to be insecure, then the City shall have the right to demand that the owner or developer provide a replacement guarantee from an institution satisfactory to the City. Such replacement guarantee shall be deposited with the City not later than 10 days following such demand.
         6.   If the owner or developer fails or refuses to complete the construction of the public and private improvements covered by the guarantee or fails or refuses to correct any defect or deficiency in such improvements upon request by the City, or in any other manner fails or refuses to meet fully any of its obligations under the guarantee or the applicable development agreement, then the City may, in its sole and absolute discretion, retain all or any part of the guarantee. The City thereafter shall have the right to exercise any other action it deems reasonable and appropriate to mitigate the effects of such failure or refusal, and to reimburse itself from the proceeds of the guarantee for all of its costs and expenses, including legal fees and administrative expenses. If the funds remaining in the guarantee are insufficient to repay fully the City for all such costs and expenses, and to maintain a cash reserve equal to the required guarantee during the entire time of such costs and expenses, and to maintain a cash reserve equal to the required guarantee during the entire time such guarantee should have been maintained, then the owner or developer shall, upon demand of the City therefor, immediately deposit with the City such additional funds as the City determines necessary.
      d.   Performance guarantees for the installation of public and private improvements shall be in a form approved by the Corporate Authorities. The following types of performance guarantee are acceptable, provided they are consistent with the regulations below.
         1.   Cash Escrow. A cash deposit may be used as a guarantee, provided the total amount of the guarantee required is placed with the Corporate Authorities and administered in accordance with the provisions of the development agreement.
         2.   Irrevocable Letter of Credit and Cash. An irrevocable letter of credit may be used as a guarantee, provided such letter of credit is issued by a financial institution approved by the Corporate Authorities, the administration of such letter of credit conforms to the terms of the development agreement, and the letter of credit is accompanied by a cash deposit in an amount not less than 10% of the total guarantee amount. The cash deposit shall, at all times until released, as provided herein, be maintained at not less than 10% of the initial total guarantee amount. The financial institution issuing the irrevocable letter of credit shall be:
            i.   Insured by the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation or Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation;
            ii.   Chartered in the State of Illinois or have a registered agent in Illinois; and
            iii.   Have adequate capital, assets, earnings and liquidity to ensure the financial soundness of the issuing institution, as determined by the Corporate Authorities.
         3.   Surety Bond. A surety bond may be used as a guarantee, provided the surety bond is issued by a surety company approved by the Corporate Authorities, the administration of the surety bond conforms to the terms of the development agreement and this section, Sec. 35-3909(b)(8), the surety bond is accompanied by a cash deposit in an amount not less than 20% of the total guarantee amount.
   (9)   COMPLIANCE WITH APPROVED PLAN.
      a.   Unless otherwise expressly provided in the zoning and land development code, the construction standards for all off-site improvements and on-site improvements required must conform to City design and construction standards and the approved site plan.
      b.   Inspections during the installation of off-site improvements and required on-site improvements may be made by the department or agency responsible for such improvements, as are required to certify compliance with the approved site plan and applicable City standards.
      c.   The applicant must notify the zoning administrator in writing at least 3 days before beginning any street or storm sewer work shown on the approved site plan.
      d.   The applicant must provide adequate supervision on the site during the installation of all required improvements and have a responsible superintendent, together with one set of approved plans, profiles and specifications, available at the site at all times when work is being performed.
      e.   Upon satisfactory completion of the installation of the required improvements, the owner must be provided with a certificate of approval from the zoning administrator. The city administrator is authorized to approve a release or partial release of any bond or financial guarantee for such improvements upon notice by the zoning administrator that the improvements have been satisfactorily completed.
      f.   The installation of improvements as required does not in any way obligate the City to accept such improvements for maintenance, repair or operation. Acceptance of improvements is subject to existing regulations concerning acceptance of each type of improvement.
   (10)   AMENDMENTS. The zoning administrator is authorized to approve revisions to approved site plans or to forward proposed site plan amendment requests to the planning commission for final review and decision. All proposed revisions must comply with applicable regulations and City standards.
   (11)   AS-BUILT PLANS. Upon satisfactory completion of all required improvements shown on an approved site plan, the applicant must submit the completed as-built site plan and electronic file. Such plan must be submitted at least one week before the anticipated occupancy of any building.
   (12)   APPEALS. An applicant for site plan approval may appeal the decision of the zoning administrator or planning commission defined in Article II.
   (c)   DEVELOPMENT PLANS.
   (1)   GENERAL. Development plan review and approval is required in order to ensure a competent evaluation of whether proposed streets, blocks, lots, open space, and new zoning districts comply with the Master Plan Development (MPD) regulations of Sec. 35-3908, subdivision regulations, and other applicable City regulations and standards.
   (2)   APPLICABILITY. All Master Plan Developments (MPDs) per Sec. 35-3908 require review and approval of a development plan in accordance with the procedures of this subsection.
   (3)   APPLICATION FILING.
      a.   Regulating Plans, Street Sections, Other Plans. See Sec. 35-3908(a)(3) for plan and drawing submittal requirements. Development plan approval does not require building design; however, general building footprint locations must be considered and shown.
      b.   Other Application Requirements. Phasing plans for all components of the site, including streets, open space, utilities and infrastructure, transportation components.
      c.   Site Narrative. A site narrative describing the intent, goals, and objectives of the development, funding and financing, other requirements defined by the City during the pre-application meeting.
      d.   Concurrent Filings. Complete applications for the development plan approval must be filed with the zoning administrator concurrently with subdivision and any rezoning applications.
   (4)   APPROVAL AUTHORITY.
      a.   The zoning administrator is authorized to review and approve site plans, but may refer any site plan for review and approval to the planning commission at the zoning administrator's discretion.
      b.   See Sec. 35-2210 for Subdivision and Sec. 35-2203 for Zoning Map Amendment procedures and approval authority.
   (5)   DEVELOPMENT PLAN REVIEW.
      a.   Zoning Review. Upon receipt of a complete application, the zoning administrator must review the proposed development plan for compliance with regulations.
      b.   Development Review Committee. The zoning administrator must distribute the application and their initial review to the development review committee, including the director of engineering, for a determination of whether the construction and improvements identified on the plan comply with all applicable regulations.
      c.   Advisory Committee(s). The zoning administrator must update any advisory committees in place established by the city administrator.
      d.   Adjustments. The zoning administrator may determine that administrative and/or design adjustments may be warranted for the project. The application may be revised and requested adjustments must be reviewed per Sec. 35-3909(d) and/or 35-3909(e). Design adjustments may be approved concurren tly with preliminary subdivision plat.
Figure 3909(f)-B. Development Plan Approval Procedure
   (6)   SUBDIVISION. The zoning administrator must prepare preliminary findings and a recommendation to the plan commission for preliminary subdivision plat review and approval per Sec. 35-2200. Design adjustments may be approved concurrently with preliminary subdivision plat.
   (7)   ZONING MAP AMENDMENT. For any rezoning requested by the applicant, upon approval of the preliminary subdivision plat, the zoning administrator must prepare preliminary findings and a recommendation to the City Council for the zoning map amendment review and approval per Sec. 35-2203. Lot and street dedications may be approved concurrently with the zoning map amendment.
   (8)   ACTION. Upon required approvals for subdivision and rezoning, the zoning administrator must act to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the development plan, or, pursuant to Sec. 35-3909(c)(4), forward the site plan and any review comments to the planning commission for final action to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the site plan. If approved by the plan commission when no rezoning is requested, the development plan approval may be concurrent with the subdivision approval.
   (9)   NOTICE OF DECISION. Within 10 days after the date of final action on the development plan, the zoning administrator must provide the applicant with written notice of the decision. If the development plan is disapproved, the notice must state the reasons for disapproval, which may be contained in a separate document or written on the site plan itself.
   (10)   APPROVAL WITH CONDITIONS.
      a.   Any development plan that is approved with conditions or subject to addressing development review committee comments must be completed and all comments addressed within 180 days of the date that the notice of decision is provided to the applicant. If this 180-day time limit is not met, the site plan decision expires.
      b.   If the zoning administrator determines that any aspect of the approved site plan has been revised beyond the conditions, the site plan must proceed back through the review and approval process again.
   (11)   INFRASTRUCTURE.
      a.   Improvement plans per Sec. 35-2109 are required for all streets and utility improvements.
      b.   Financial guarantees and development agreements per Sec. 35-3909(b)(8) are required per the city administrator's office.
   (12)   SITE PLAN. Approval of a site plan, in accordance with the applicable site plan procedures of this section, Sec. 35-3909, must occur before any building permits are issued for the development.
      a.   Site plan reviews and approvals per Sec. 35-3909(b) are required for each building, waterfront buffers, and civic space.
      b.   Financial guarantees per Sec. 35-3909(b)(8) may be required per the city administrator's office for assurance of implementation of any waterfront buffer and civic space required per the development plan.
Figure 3909(f)-A. Site Plan Review Procedure
   (13)    AME NDMENTS. The zoning administrator is authorized to approve revisions to approved site plans or to forward proposed site plan amendment requests to the planning commission for final review and decision. All proposed revisions must comply with applicable regulations and City standards.
   (14)     LAPSE OF APPROVAL.
      a.   Unless a longer time period or a phasing plan is approved at the time of approval of the development plan and any applicable development agreement, a complete application for an improvement must be filed within 1 year of the date of development plan approval and a complete application for site plan approval must be filed within 2 years of the date of development plan approval. If an application for site plan approval is not filed within the required time period, no further site plans may be approved for the project until the subject property owner has filed the original or amended development plan for re-review and reconsideration by the zoning administrator, planning commission, and City Council, as required, per the development plan approval process. Such re-review and reconsideration must follow the development plan review procedures of this section and will result in a new timeline for the project.
      b.   For projects to be developed in phases, phase limits must be shown on the development plan and approved by the city administrator. The city administrator may impose conditions upon the phasing plan as deemed necessary to ensure orderly development, including requirements for financial guarantees ensuring construction of all required improvements.
   (15)   AMENDMENTS.
      a.   Amendments to an approved development plan may be processed administratively with a revised development plan application, provided the amendments do not affect approved adjustments, subdivision approval, or zoning approval.
      b.   Depending on the degree of change identified, the zoning administrator may determine the amendment requires a full development resubmittal, including fee and any notice requirements.
      c.   Amendments that affect approved adjustments, subdivision approval, or zoning approval must be submitted as a new development plan application, including fee, notice, and required approvals.
   (d)   ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUSTMENTS.
   (1)   APPROVAL AUTHORITY. The zoning administrator has the authority to approve administrative adjustments to the Moline Centre districts as expressly defined in this subsection.
   (2)   ALLOWED ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUSTMENTS. All administrative adjustments approved must fall within one of the following categories:
      a.   Building and Parking Siting. Within the building siting and parking & accessory structures subsections of the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903, any dimensional requirement may be increased or decreased by up to 10% or 1 foot, whichever is more.
      b.   Building Height. Within the height subsections of the building type regulations in Sec. 35-3903, floor-to-floor heights may be increased by up to 1 foot, whichever is more, provided the overall building does not exceed the total height in feet that is allowed.
      c.   Transparency. Up to 3% decrease in transparency or a 3% increase in blank wall limitation for any story on a street facade, provided the overall street facade meets the original regulation.
      d.   Other Administrative Adjustments. Other administrative adjustments expressly stated in Division 9 as allowed in the Moline Centre districts.
   (3)   APPLICATION & REVIEW.
      a.   Administrative adjustments must be requested on the application for a site plan and reviewed concurrently with the site plan procedure.
      b.   During the site plan review process, an applicant may revise their application, under the direction of and with the agreement of the zoning administrator, to include a request for an allowed adjustment that will assist in the approval of the project.
   (4)   ACTION. The zoning administrator must act to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the administrative adjustment concurrently with the site plan approval. An administrative adjustment may not be approved without an approved site plan.
   (e)   DESIGN ADJUSTMENTS.
   (1)   APPROVAL AUTHORITY. The Plan Commission has the authority to approve design adjustments, provided each adjustment fulfills the intent statements defined for Moline Centre Districts in Sec. 35-3901(a), any parameters defined within these regulations, and the resulting form is consistent or compatible with the vision for the downtown.
   (2)   ALLOWED DESIGN ADJUSTMENTS.
      a.   Design adjustments to the Moline Centre district regulations are expressly defined through Division 9.
      b.   For an existing building renovation that requires site plan approval per Sec. 35-3909(a)(1), a design adjustment may be approved to any building type regulation (per Sec. 35-3903) or building design regulation (per Sec. 35-3906) in order to retain any existing building or site element, except the parking yard location. The project must meet the intent statements in Sec. 35-3901(a).
   (3)   APPLICATION & REVIEW.
      a.   Design adjustments must be requested on the application for a site plan or development plan and reviewed concurrently with the applicable procedure.
      b.   During the review process, an applicant may revise their application, under the direction of and with the agreement of the zoning administrator, to include a request for an allowed adjustment that will assist in the approval of the project.
   (4)   ACTION. The plan commission must act to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the design adjustment. Approval of a design adjustment does not constitute approval of any site plan or development plan, subdivision, or zoning map amendment.
   (f)   NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES. The following regulations apply in addition to Sec. 35-3112, Nonconforming Sites and Structures, in the Moline Centre districts.
   (1)   EXPANSION. In lieu of Sec. 35-3112(d), when renovations within any continuous 5 year period result in the addition of more than 50% in gross building square footage, all requirements of Division 9 Moline Centre districts must be met.
   (2)   MAINTENANCE & RESTORATION. In lieu of Sec. 35-3112(c), the following applies:
      a.   Maintenance. General repair and maintenance of existing building elements, such as resurfacing a roof, replacement of damaged facade materials, replacement of existing windows in the same location, does not require trigger correction of existing conditions up to conformance.
   (3)   RENOVATION.
      a.   Building Design. In lieu of Sec. 35-3112(c), when any one of the following occurs, the project must be in conformance with the applicable building design standards in Secs. 35-5501(3), 35-5501(5), and 35-5501(6):
         1.   Doors. Installation of additional doors or a change in location of a door. For a storefront door and window system, installation or change in location of 2 or more doors.
         2.   Windows. Expansion or change in location of 35% of windows on any street façade.
         3.   Facade Materials. Replacement of 35% or more of facade materials on any street facing facade with a different facade material.
      b.   Roof Renovations. Renovation of the shape or style of more than 50% of the roof.
      c.   Design Adjustment. A design adjustment may be approved for exemption from these nonconforming structure requirements, when the applicant can prove the structure substantially meets the goals and intent of the comprehensive plan and this code.
(Ord. No. 3014-2023; Sec. 35-3909 enacted; 04/18/23; Ord. No. 3045-2025; Sec. 35-3909 amended; 10/14/25)